Non a ee tithe sid Stab Nhe tb Ah fe thet ah mac sthd Taabali dedi Aa G~nahhonsetainiaisaes vue ~ ond tint hn ee teen lh ate oe : : ee etn oe ~ oe “ashi 82 b, Aetiet th. we An Bhwihe Anan edt ve Lu ete © nen Bova nb etie ac timtcin~ rw “ Ahlen od eae ty A ne eo “ z a " ‘ ptt 26 A Ste aut octmipatha thet de Hinton her eh er, he - . . neon rd age A A Ni roe . " CoS. GP” OH O-V-! , ye eee He le ? fathom he eth OE 0 hate 6 ee ee < * — ¥ * ts nda i Ro ai db 2 - . - : eI WE pao o TS ete ne i Bone tna a Ant nr et pointed ethane a tytn: Soa pets err ee Se ide ate Mon then Het Ne ie Bek dh ate eB " rey pure oie dp =n Oetin te =A Ot iota indie) nls teens > soda te pd Ipoh PhP ae 6 oes + hnow Steel Ge Pe Oe ah pent wre ated oe as te Moet sone eben oe ten in Np the by preserve Ct ee betel th ath a Zi en en os ‘ na te : > 4 tnd ale ek RAS Be DBO OAD AE PE a ne pee ye . = ee ee ga caren, Beer hte fe rue Op -S ~~ - - apnea Pe temrrererny SCS DT aaa me onanaiaien ~ — . 4 are segura pe tyme Aa me tn em wey oem a 2 : ara . ‘ a wen $5 - ‘ RA ~on ep ee A rf ve. - : ; one moe oes ere rr nas F 7 ¢ E10? PROCEEDINGS AND TRANSACTIONS OF THE a LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY, { VOL. V. oa mee ¥ roe =i 3/« es CL SESSION 1890—91. ONT LIVERPOOL : Prixtrep sy T. Doss & Co., 229, BrowNLow HILL, 1891, —5T4 0644. $ War Wy ’ CONTENTS. I. PROCEEDINGS. PAGE Office-bearers and Council, 1890—91 . : avail Report of the Council . : : ; 4 Wabi. Summary of Proceedings at the Meetings . SO ES Laws of the Society é aM ixeve List of Members . : ; 6 ee Librarian’s Report (with list of additions to Library) xxiv. Treasurer's Balance Sheet. ; 5 ; . XXVIII Il. TRANSACTIONS. Opening Address:—On the History of the Living Zoological Collection at Knowsley. By T. J. Moors, C.M.Z.S., Curator of the Free Public Museum, President. ‘ : : if Fourth Annual Report on the Puffin Island Biological Station and the L.M.B.C. Dredging Expeditions during 1890. By Professor W. A. HERDMAN, D.Sc. : : ; ; Set leg) On Foraminifera from the Mersey. By E. Burcrss. 73 Notes on Cucumaria planct. By H.C. CHapwick. 81 Revised List of the Marine Alge of the L.M.B.C. District. By R. J. Harvey Gipson, M.A., Hee. : ; : : 3 2 5 6 On the Genus Hcteinascidia and the Clavelinide. By Professor W. A. HeRDMAN, D.Sc. . 144 lave CONTENTS. The Distribution of Algze in Space and Time. By GrorGE Murray, F.L.S., Botanical a ment, British Museum. . ‘ 164 The Biological Results of the Cruise of Mr. A. Holt’s 8.Y. “Argo” round the West Coast of Ireland during August, 1890. By Professor W. A. Herpman, D.Sc. With an Appendix on the Sponges by R. HanirscH, Ph.D. .. . =) SH Report on the Polychetous Annelids of the L.M.B.C. District. By J. HoRNELL. . : : - 228 On the preparations of Marine Animals as Lantern Slides. By Dr. H. C. Sorsy, F.R.S. : . 269 List of the Fresh Water Algze of the Liverpool District. By W. NARRAMoRE, F.L.S. . . 22 ERRATA. Page 28, line 18 from foot, delete Sertularella tenella. Page 387, line 7 from foot, delete Leda pernula. Page 47, line 4 from foot, delete Chiton discrepans. Plate III. reprinted from the Journ. Linn. Soe. has not been re-lettered and bears it original number, PI. 34. Page 112, footnote: for Vol. part 33, read Vol. xxviu, part 33. Page 180, fifth line from the top; for 29, read 22. Sixth line from the bottom ; for 42, read 45. Page 132, sixth lne from top; for 39 read 40. Page 140, fourteenth line from bottom ; for 90 read 89. Explanation of Plate V. add Fig. 10. Isolated central cell. x 450. Fig. 11. Striation on walls of intercellular canal. x 450. PROCEEDINGS OF ,THE LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. OFFICE-BEARERS AND COUNCIL FOR SESSION V., 1890—91. President : T. J. MOORE, C.M.Z.S., Lonp. Pice-Presidents : J. DRYSDALE, M.D., F.R.M.S. Prorsssor W. A. HERDMAN, D.Sc., F.L.S., F.R.S.E. Hon. Creasurer : ISAAC C. THOMPSON, F.L.S., F.R.M.S. Hon. Librarian : R. HANITSCH, Pu.D. Hon. Secretary : R. J. HARVEY GIBSON, M.A., F.L.S., F.R.S.E. Council : H. C. BEASLEY. _ J. LOMAS, Assoc. N.S.S. N. CAINE. F. C. LARKIN, F.R.C.S. Pror. CATON, M.D., F.R.C.P. G. H. MORTON, F.G.S. W. J. HALLS. | W. NARRAMORE, F.L.S. C. H. HURST, Pu.D. THOS. C. RYLEY. ALFRED LEICESTER. | A. O. WALKER, F.L.S. REPORT of COUNCIL. Durine the Session 1890—91 there have been eight ordinary monthly meetings of the Society, held as hereto- fore at University College, and one field meeting at Hilbre Island in June, 1891. As on former occasions the Society has been favoured with addresses from some distinguished Biologists from other centres, viz., Dr. H. C. Sorby, F.R.S, and Mr. G. Murray, F..8., whose papers were much appreciated. The communications made to the Society have been representative of almost all branches of Biology, whilst not a few interesting exhibits have been submitted at the meetings. The society may congratulate itself on the excellent condition of the Library as shewn by the Librarian’s Report which follows. The Treasurer’s usual statement and Balance Sheet are appended. No alterations have been made in the laws of the Society during the past session. The members at present on the roll are as follows :— Honorary Members............ 5 Ordinary Members............. 66 Student Members.............. 25 SUMMARY of PROCEEDINGS at the MEETINGS. The first meeting of the fifth session was held at University College on Friday, 10th October, 1890, Mr. T. J. Moore, President, in the chair. 1. The Report of the Council on the Session 1889-90 (see “Proceedings,” Vol. IV., p. vill.) was read and adopted. 2. The Treasurer’s Balance Sheet for the Session 1889-90 (see “‘ Proceedings,” Vol. IV., p. xxxi.) was sub- mitted and approved. | 3. The Report of the Librarian (see ‘‘ Proceedings,” Vol. IV., p. xxvii.) was submitted and approved. 4. The following Office-bearers and Council for the ensuing session were elected :—Vice-Presidents, J. Drysdale, M.D., F.R.M.S., Professor W. A. filerdmean, DiSc., E.LiS., PARSE. ; Wreasurer, Isaac C. Thompson, F.L.8., F.R.M.S.; Librarian, R. Hanitsch, Ph.D.; Secretary, R. J. Harvey Gibson VOA Hl S:., HRS Re; Council, H.C. Beasley, N. Caine, Prof. Caton, M.D., F.R.C.P., W. J. Halls, C. H. Hurst, Ph.D., Alfred Leicester, Jevliomas, Acsoc. N.S.s. 7. Clarkin, H.R.C.S., Gao Morton. JH GS. VW. Naxramore, FE 1S., Thos. C. Ryley, A. O. Walker, F.L.5. 5. Miss A. EK. Warham, B.Sc., exhibited some specimens of the rare fresh-water worm Pteridonais. This rare worm was first found by Mr. T. Shepheard, F.R.M.S., of Chester, in a canal in that neighbourhood, about August, 1882. It was exhib- XK. PROCEEDINGS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. ited and described by Professor Ray Lankester at the meeting of the British Association at Southport in 1883. It is one of the Oligocheta, and obtains its name from the presence of three pairs of bunches of long sete placed on the segments behind the head. It forms a delicate tube, in which 1t lives, attached to Cordylophora and water-weeds, and which it can leave at will. Asexval reproduction takes place by gemmation. The specimens ex- hibited were sent to Professor Herdman by Mr. Shepheard a few days before (October 8rd, 1890). They were found in the Chester canal, where the animal had not been seen for six years previously. 6. The President read his opening address ‘‘ on the History of the Living Zoological Collection at Knowsley ”’ (see “Transactions,” this volume, p. 1). ‘The address was illustrated by many specimens from the Derby Museum, Pictures, Books, &c. A vote of thanks to the President was proposed by Dr. Newton and seconded by Mr. Morton and carried unanimously. The second meeting of the Society was held at Univer- sity College on Friday, November 14th, 1890, Mr. T. J. Moore, President, in the chair. 1. Mr. H. C. Beasley exhibited and made some remarks on a specimen of Lithostrotion gunceum. A dis- cussion followed. 2. A paper on the Foraminifera of Aigburth was read by Mr. I. C. Thompson for Mr. HE. Burgess. (See Transactions, p. 73.) 3. Prof. W. A. Herdman, D.Sc., read the Fourth Annual Report on the Puffin Island Biological Station and SUMMARY OF PROCEEDINGS AT MEETINGS. X1. the L.M.B.C. Dredging Expeditions. The Report was illustrated by lantern slides and specimens. Mr. F. Archer, Mr. Leicester, and Mr. Harvey Gibson afterwards exhibited with remarks some of the chief finds made in their special groups. (See Transactions, p. 19.) The third meeting of the Society was held at University College on Friday, December, 12th, 1890, Mr. T. J. Moore, President, in the chair. 1. Mr. G. H. Morton, F'.G.S., exhibited a series of speci- mens of Syringopora and made remarks on the genus. 2. A short paper by Mr. H. C. Chadwick on Cucumaria planci was communicated. (See Transactions, p. 81). 3. On the genus Hctemascidia, &c., by Professor W. A. Herdman, D.Sc. (See Transactions, p. 144.) 4. Mr. Harvey Gibson gave an account of the Marine Algze collected in the District during the past two years, and illustrated his remarks by specimens and lantern views. (See Transactions, p. 83.) The fourth meeting of the Society was held in Univer- sity College on January 23rd, 1891, Mr. T. J. Moore, President, in the chair. 1. Mr. G. H. Morton, F.G.S., exhibited with remarks some old Catalogues of the Liverpool Museum. 2. Mr. F. Archer, B.A., communicated some notes on the occurrence of seals in Anglesea. 3. Mr. H. C. Beasley exhibited a sandstone slab from Runcorn shewing foot prints and tracks of animals. A long discussion followed in which Messrs. Lomas, Morton, Herdman, Moore, Archer and others took part. Xll. PROCEEDINGS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 4, Mr. J. Lomas, exhibited a Calamite from St. Helens. 5. Dr. Hanitsch gave an address, illustrated by lantern views, on the structure of British Sponges. 6. Mr. A. J. Ewart gave an account of an expedition undertaken by himself, Mr. Henderson, and Mr. Harvey Gibson, during the first week of the year, to Port Erin, I. of Man, the object of the expedition being the collection of Alge. The results arrived at are given in Mr. Harvey Gibson’s paper on the Marine Algze of the District. (See Transactions, p- 83.) The fifth meeting of the Society was held at University College on Friday, February 13th, Mr. T. J. Moore, President, in the chair. 1. Mr. A. O. Walker, F..S., read a report on the Higher Crustacea collected in the L.M.B.C. District during 1890. 2. Prof. Herdman gave an account of the Biological results of the cruise of Mr. A. Holt’s S.Y. “‘Argo” round the W. Coast of Ireland during August, 1890. 'The paper was illustrated by specimens and lantern views. (See Transactions, p. 181.) 3. Mr. George Murray, F..8., Botanical Department, British Museum, delivered an address on the Dis- tribution of Algee in Space and Time. (See Trans- actions, p. 164.) A vote of thanks was proposed to Mr. Murray by the Secretary, seconded by Dr. Herdman and carried unanimously. The sixth meeting of the Society was held at University College on Friday, March 13th, Prof. W. A. Herdman, Vice-President, in the chair. at SUMMARY OF PROCEEDINGS AT MEETINGS. xiii. 1. Mr. I. C. Thompson read a letter from Mr. W. 8. McMillan giving some details of his biological work in the West Indies. 2. Mr. EF. Archer drew attention to the appointment of a Superintendent to the new Sea-Fishery Board under the Lancashire County Council. On the motion of Prof. Herdman, seconded by My. Archer, the Secretary was instructed to inform the chair- man of the County Council “‘that the Liverpool Biological Society learn with pleasure of the estab- lishment of a Sea-Fishery Board under the County Council of Lancashire and of the election of a Superintendent, to whom they will be pleased to afford all possible assistance in the prosecution of his labours.” 3. Mr. I. C. Thompson exhibited with remarks an abnor- mal ege. 4, Prof. Herdman exhibited with remarks a supposed mummy kitten from Heypt. 5. Mr. J. Hornell read a Report on the Polychetous Annelids of the L.M.B.C. District. (See Trans- actions, p. 223.) The seventh meeting of the Society was held at Uni- versity College on Friday, April 10th, Mr. T. J. Moore, President, in the chair. 1. The Secretary read a communication from Dr. Hurst suggesting certain experiments on peas, with the view of testing the results obtained by Mr. Francis Galton. 2. Prof. Herdman made some observations on the results of a recent visit of some members of the Society to Hilbre Island. The animals collected on that occa- sion were exhibited. XIV. PROCEEDINGS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 3. Dr. H. C. Sorby; F.R.S., gave an account of his method of mounting animals for exhibition by means of the lantern, and illustrated his address by a large series of slides prepared by himself. A discussion followed. (See Transactions, p. 269). 4. Mr. W. Narramore, F..8., communicated a paper on the Fresh Water Algze of the District, with critical remarks on species. The paper was illustrated by specimens and lantern views. (See Transactions, p. 272.) The eighth meeting of the Society was held at Univer- sity College on Friday, May 8th, Mr. T. J. Moore, President, in the chair. 1. The Secretary read a letter from the Chairman of the Fishery Board of the Lancashire County Council, acknowledging the promised aid of the S| in the work of the Fishery Board. 2. Dr. C. H. Hurst read a paper on “‘Heredity and Varia- tion.”’ A long discussion followed. 3. Dr. J. Ellis, F.E.S., read a paper on ‘‘ Secondary Sexual Characters of British Coleoptera.” A discussion followed. The ninth and last meeting of the Society for the fifth session took the form of an excursion to Hibre Island on June 6th. Prof. W. A. Herdman, Vice-President, took the chair at the business meeting held subsequently, when on the motion of the Chairman, seconded by Mr. I. C. Thompson, Mr. T. J. Moore was re-elected President for the ensuing session. | i el eee LAWS of the LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. I.—The name of the Society shall be the ‘‘ LivERPOoL BioLocicaL Society,” and its object the advancement of Biological Science. I1.—The Ordinary Meetings of the Society shall be held at University College, at Seven o'clock, during the six Winter months, on the second Friday evening in every month, or at such other place or time as the Council may appoint. I1].—The busmess of the Society shall be conducted by a President, two Vice-Presidents, a Treasurer, a Secretary, a Librarian, and twelve other Members, who shall form a Council; four to constitute a quorum. TVY.—The President, Vice-Presidents, Treasurer, Secre- tary, Librarian, and Council shall be elected annually, by ballot, in the manner hereinafter mentioned. V.—The President shall be elected by the Council (subject to the approval of the Society) at the last Meeting of the Session, and take office at the ensuing Annual Meeting. | Vi—The mode of election of the Vice-Presidents, Treasurer, Secretary, Librarian, and Council shall be in form and manner following :—It shall be the duty of the retiring Council at their final meeting to suggest the names of Members to fill the offices of Vice-Presidents, Treasurer, Secretary, Librarian, and of four Members who were not XVl. LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. on the last Council to be on the Council for the ensuing session, and formally to submit to the Society, for election at the Annual Meeting, the names so suggested. The Secretary shall make out and send to each Member of the Society, with the circular convening the Annual Meeting, a printed list of the retirmg Council, stating the date of the election of each Member, and the number of his atten- - dances at the Council Meetings during the past session ; and another containing the names of the Members sug- gested for election, by which lists, and no others, the votes shall be taken. It shall, however, be open to any Member to substitute any other names in place of those upon the lists, sufficient space being left for that purpose. Should any lst when delivered to the President contain other than the proper number of names, that list and the votes thereby given shall be absolutely void. Every list must be handed in personally by the Member at the time of voting. Vacancies occurring otherwise than by regular annual retirement shall be filled by the Council. VII.—Every Candidate for Membership shall be pro- posed by three or more Members, one of the proposers from personal knowledge. ‘lhe nomination shall be read from the Chair at any Ordinary Meeting, and the Candi- date therein recommended shall be balloted for at the succeeding Ordinary Meeting. Ten black balls shall ex- clude. VIII.—When a person has been elected a Member, the Secretary shall inform him thereof, by letter, and shall at the same time forward him a copy of the Laws of the Society. TX.—Every person so elected shall within one calendar month atter the date of such election pay an Hntrance Fee of Half a Guinea and an Annual Subscription of One LAWS. . ‘XVil. Guinea (except in the case of Student Members); but the Council shall have the power in exceptional cases, of extending the period for such payment. No Entrance Fee shall be paid on re-election by any Member who has paid such fee. X.—The Subscription (except in the case of Student Members) shall be One Guinea per annum, payable in advance, on the day of the Annual Meeting in October. XI.—Members may compound for their Annual Sub- scriptions by a single payment of Ten Guineas. XI1.—There shall also be a class of Student Members, paying an Entrance fee of Two Shillings and Sixpence, and a Subscription of Five Shillings per annum. XIIJ.—AIl nominations of Student Members shall be passed by the Council previous to nomination at an Ordin- ary Meeting. When elected, Student Members shall be entitled to all the privileges of Ordinary Members, except that they shall not receive the publications of the Society, nor vote at the Meetings, nor serve on the Council. XIV.—Resignation of Membership shall be signified in writing to the Secretary, but the Member so resigning shall be lable for the payment of his Annual Subscription, and all arrears up to the date of his resignation. XV.—The Annual Meeting shall be held on the second Friday in October, or such other convenient day in the month as the Council may appoint, when a Report of the Council on the affairs of the Society, and a Balance Sheet, duly signed by the Auditors previously appointed by the Council, shall be read. XVI.—Any person (not resident within ten miles of Liverpool) eminent in Biological Science, or who may have rendered valuable services to the Society, shall be eligible XVIil. LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. as an Honorary Member; but the number of such Members shall not exceed fifteen at any one time. XVII.—Captains of vessels and others contributing objects of interest shall be admissible as Associates for a period of three years, subject to re-election at the end of that time. XVIII.—Such Honorary Members and Associates shall be nominated by the Council, elected by a majority at an Ordinary Meeting, and have the privilege of attending and taking part in the Meetings of the Society, but not voting. XIX.—Should there appear cause in the opinion of the Council for the expulsion from the Society of any Member, a Special General Meeting of the Society shall be called by the Council for that purpose; and if two-thirds of those voting agree that such Member be expelled, the Chairman shall declare this decision, and the name of such Member shall be erased from the books. XX.—EHvery Member shall have the privilege of intro- ducing one visitor at each Ordinary Meeting. The same person shall not be admissible more than twice during the same session. XXI.—Notices of all Ordinary or Special Meetings shall be issued to each Member by the Secretary, at least three days before such Meeting. XXII.—The President, Council, or any ten Members can convene a Special General Meeting, to be called within fourteen days, by giving notice in writing to the Secretary, and Stating the object of the desired Meeting. The Circu- lar convening the Meeting must state the purpose thereof. XXIII.—Votes in all elections shall be taken by ballot, and in other cases by show of hands, unless a ballot be first demanded. LAWS. X1X XXIV.—No alteration shall be made in these Laws, except at an Annual Meeting, or a Special Meeting called for that purpose; and notice in writing of any proposed alteration shall be given to the Council, and read at the Ordinary Meeting, at least a month previous to the meet- ing at which such alteration is to be considered, and the proposed alteration shall also be printed in the Circular convening such meeting: but the council shall have the power of enacting such Bye-laws as may be deemed neces- sary, which Bye-laws shall have the full power of Laws until the ensuing Annual Meeting, or a Special Meeting convened for their consideration. BYE-LAW. Student Members of the Society may be admitted as Ordinary Members without re-election upon payment of the Ordinary Member’s Subscription; and they shall be exempt from the Ordinary Member’s entrance fee. LIST of MEMBERS of the LIVERPOOL ELECTED. 1890 1890 1888 1886 1890 1886 1888 1889 1889 1887 1886 1886 1890 1891 1890 1890 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. SIS SILOM L8OO0+O 1. A. ORDINARY MEMBERS. (Life Members are marked with an asterick. ) Archer, F., B.A., 21, Mulgrave-street Assheton, R., M.A., Owens College, Manchester Atkin, Hope T., Egerton House, Egerton Park, Rock Ferry Banks, Prof. W. Mitchell, M.D., F.R.C.S., 28) Rodney-street Batters, EH. A. L., BA, LLB. eisai Laurels, Wormley, Herts Barron, Prof. Alexander, M.B., M.R.C.S., 31, Rodney-street Beasley, Henry C., Prince Albert-road, Wavertree Brown, Prof. J. Campbell, 27, Abercromby-square Buchanan, J. R. M., M.D., 23, St. Albans-road, Bootle Caine, Nathaniel, 10, Orange-court, Castle-street Caton, R., M.D., F.R.C.P., Lea Hall, Gateacre Chisholm, J. M., M.D., White House, Woolton Clubb, J. A., University College Coombe, Miss L. M., Blackburn House, Hope- street Davies, D., 55, Berkley-street Davies, T. H., F.I.C., 85, Chestnut-grove, Marsh- lane 4 il L : q 4 I 1890 1886 1886 1889 1886 1886 1890 1886 1886 1886 1886 1887 ie KoloY/ 1886 1887 1890 1888 1886 1886 1886 1890 1886 1888 1886 1886 LIST OF MEMBERS. XXi. Dawson, R. A., Glengarry, Lytham Dillcock, T., 8, Church-street, Egremont Drysdale, John, M.D., VICE-PRESIDENT, 364, Rodney-street Dwerryhouse, A. R., Church-end Farm, Hale Edmonds, William, 69, Albany, Oldhall-street Ellis, J. W., M.B. (Vic.), F.E.S., Howard Place, Stoke-on-Trent Ewart, A. J., University College, Liverpool Giyon> Profi. h., M.D., W.R.C.P., 62, Rodney- street Gibson, R. J. Harvey, M.A., F.L.8., SECRETARY, University College Halhed, W. B., Sunnyside, Prince’s Park Halls, W. J., 35, Lord-street Hanitsch, R., Ph.D., Zoological Laboratory, Uni- versity College Healey, George F., Oakfield, Gateacre iWVerdman, Prof W. Aj. D:Sc., Es EK IR.SE., VicE-PRESIDENT, University College Higgin, T., F.L.5., Ethersall, Mossley Hill Hornell, J., 27, Church-street, Egremont Hurst, C. H., Ph.D., Owens College, Manchester Jones, Charles W., Field House, Prince Alfred- road, Wavertree Larkin, F. C., F.R.C.S., 54, Rodney-street Leicester, Alfred, Priory Gardens, Birkdale Lowndes, W., 173, Lodge-lane Lomas, J., Assoc.N.8.8., 23, Avondale-street, Smithdown-road Melly, W. R., 90, Chatham-street McMillan, William 8., F.L.5., Brook-road, Machull McClelland, Joseph, M.D., 7, Sefton-drive, Sefton Park XX11. 1886 1886 1886 1887 1888 1889 1888 1890 1886 1890 1890 1887 1887 1887 1886 1889 1886 1886 1889 1889 1888 1886 1886 1889 1889 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Moore, Thomas J., C.M.Z.8., PRESIDENT, Free Museum Moore, G. F., 15, Kremlin-drive, Tuebrook Morton, G. H., F.G.8., 209, Edge-lane, E. Narramore, W., F..5., 5, Geneva-road, Hlm Park Newton, John, M.R.C.8., 44, Rodney-street Ogle, John J., Museum, Bootle Phillips, Prof. Reg. W., M.A., University College, Bangor ary a! Phillips, T. R., 7, Wright Street, Keremont *Poole, Sir James, J.P., Abercromby Square Rathbone, Miss May, Backwood, Neston Roberts, Leshe, M.B., 31, Rodney-street Robertson, Helenus R., Glendaragh, Livingstone- drive Rowlands, W. Ellison, 28, Green-lane, Stoneycroft Ryley, Thomas C., 10, Waverley-road Smith, Andrew T., Jun., 18, Bentley-road, Prince’s Park Stewart, W. J., B.A., 26, Lord-street Tate, A. Norman, F'.1.C., 9, Hackins-hey Thompson, Isaac C.,F.L.8.,F.R.M.S., TREASURER, Woodstock, Waverley-road Thornely, Miss L. R., Baycliff, Woolton Hill Thurston, Edgar, Gov. Central Museum, Hemont, Madras, India Toll, J. M., 340, Walton Breck-road Vicars, John, 8, St. Albans-square, Bootle . Walker, Alfred O., J.P., F..8., Colwyn Bay ™ White, P. H., M.B., University College, Bangor Williams, Miss Leonora, 55, Rocky-lane £t ee LIST OF MEMBERS. XXlil. B. StuDENT MEMBERS. Armstrong Miss A., 26, Trinity-road, Bootle Armstrong, H., Stainsland, Spital, Cheshire Bell, R. G., 121, Kirkdale Road Buckley, Miss L., B.Sc., University College, Liverpool Christophers, S. R., 10, Lily-road, Fairfield Dickinson, T., 3, Clark-street, Prince’s Park Dumergue, A. F., 79, Salisbury-road, Wavertree Harnshaw, W. H., Leavy Greave, Rudgrave-place, Egre- mont Fowler, Miss C., High School, Belvidere-road Gould, Joseph, Littledale-road, Egremont Hannah, J. H. W., 4, Adderley-street, Edge-lane Harding, Miss M., Kremlin-drive, West Derby Henderson, W. S., 2, Holly-road, Fairfield McMillan, R., 20, Aubrey-street Nixon, H. T., 27, Anfield-road Nixon, J. P:, 27, Anfield-road Paden, R., Free Museum Palethorpe, Miss F., 14, Sandon-street Palmer, C. J. Li., 24, Rock.Park, Rock Ferry Ross, 8. J., 18, Liawrence-road, Wavertree Quinn, J. C., Gateacre House, Gateacre Waterhouse, W. J., 269, Lord-street, Southport Warham, Miss A., B.Sc., Girls’ High School, Pendleton Williams, Henry, Jun., 57, Balliol-road, Bootle Wilmer, Miss, Fernleigh, Westbourne-road, Birkenhead C. Honorary MEMBERS. H.H. Albert I., Prince of Monaco Claus, Prof. Carl, University, Vienna Fritsch, Prof. Anton, Prague, Bohemia ~ Gard, Prof. Alfred, Sorbonne, Paris Marshall, Prof. A. Milnes, D.Sc., M.D., F.R.S., Owens College, Manchest er REPORT of the LIBRARIAN. Our Society has arranged an exchange of publications with seven additional Societies since the last Report, making in all fifty-eight Societies. In July, 1890, the Library contained 828 volumes and pamphlets. It now numbers 1194, an increase of 366 in the year. The following list gives the titles of the exchanges and dona- tions received during this session :— 1. Archives Néerlandaises des Sciences exactes et naturelles. Tome xxiv., Nos. 4—5, xxv., No. 1. 2. The Australian Museum, Sydney. Report of the Trustees for 1889. Records, Vol. i, Nos. 4—6. Catalogue of the Australian Birds, Part iii., Psittaci. 3. Berichte iiber die Senckenbergische naturforschende Gesellschaft in Frankfurt a. M. 1890. Katalog der Vogelsammlung im Sencken- bergischen Museum, Frankfurt a. M., 1891. 4, Berichte der Konigl. Sachs. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Leipzig. 1890. 1891, i. 5. Bulletin de la Société Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscou. 1890. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, at Harvard sie Wall, Ab IOs O, sea, 2, 8, B88 som, U4. 7. Bulletin of the United States Commission of Fish and Fisheries. Vol. viii. (1888). 8. Bulletin Scientifique de la France et de la Belgique. Tome xxii.; DM ssa, My ‘ 9. Fishery Board for Scotland. Eighth Annual Report. 3 parts. 10. Journal of the Marine Biological Association. N.S. Voli., No. 4, Vol. ith, INO) the , 11. Math. u. naturw. Mittheilungen aus d. Sitzungsber. d. kénigl. preuss. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. Mai, 1890—April, 1891. lla. Sitzungsberichte d. kénigl. preuss. Akademie etc., 1891, Nos. i—xxiy. 12. Mémoires de la Société de Physique et d’ Histoire Naturelle de Genéve. Tome xxxi., 1" partie. 13. Mémoires de i Société Zoologique de France. Tome iii., Nos. 2—4 ; Bulletins: Tome xv., 3—6. 14, 15. 16. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. LIBRARIAN'S REPORT. XXV.. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1889, part 4; 1890; 1891, part 1. Proceedings of the Birmingham Philosophical Society. Vol. vii., part 1. Proceedings of the Canadian Institute. Ser 3, Vol. vii., No.2. Fourth Annual Report. Transactions, Vol. i., Nos. land 2. Time Reckon- ing for the Twentieth Century. By S. Fleming. Proceedings of the Royal Physical Society, Edinburgh. Session 1889-90. Scientific Proceedings of the Royal Dublin Society, Vol. vi. (N.S.), Nos. 7—9- Transactions and Annual Report of the Manchester Microscopical Society, 1890. Verhandlungen der k.k. zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien. Jahrgang, 1889 (xl), Nos. 3 and 4. Verhandlungen des naturhist. Vereines der preussischen Rheinlande. Jahrgang xlvi., 2. Halfte. Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra den naturhistoriske Forening i Kjoben- havn. 1890. : Det Videnskabelige Udbytte of Kanonbaaden ‘‘ Hauchs” Togter. No, ‘iii.: Crustacea Malacostraca. And: No. iii., Atlas. Rendiconto dell’ Accademia delle Scienze Fisiche e Matematiche. Napoli. Vol. iv., Nos. 6—12; Vol. v., Nos. 1—5. Studies from the Biological Laboratory, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore. Vol. iv., No. 7; Vol. v., No.1. Johns Hopkins Uni- versity Circulars, Vol. x., No. 88. Forhandlinger i Videnskabs—Selbskabet i Christiania. 1889, Nos. 1—12. Studies from the Biological Laboratories of the Owens College. Vol. ii. (a) Annual Reports of the Smithsonian Institution. 1888. (b) Proceedings of the United States National Museum. Nos. 782, 794, 799—809, 811—830. (e) Bulletin of the United States National Museum. No. 38. (d) Annual Report of the United States National Museum. 1888. - Procés—Verbaux de la Société Linnéenne de Bordeaux. Vol. xliii. 1889. Bulletin des Séances de la Société des Sciences de Nancy. 1889, 1890, Nos. 1—5. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch—Indié. Deel xlix, 1890. | (a) Kgl. danske Vidensk. Selskabs Skrifter, 6 te Raekke, naturvid- enskabelig og mathematisk Afd. V, 3. . (b) Oversigt over det Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandlinger. 1890, No. 2. XXVI. LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 33. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. Vol. xxiii, parts 1—4; Vol. xxiv, parts 3 and 4. 34. Transactions of the Royal Society of Victoria. Vol. i.—Proceedings, Vol. ii, (N.S.). 35. Berichte d. Kommission zur wissenschaftlichen Untersuchung d. deut- schen Meere in Kiel. Vols. i—vi.—Ergebnisse d. Beobachtungssta- tionen an d. deutschen Kiisten. 1873—89.—Atlas der Meeresalgen.— . Fische der Ostsee.—Mittheilungen. 36. Annual Reports of the Fishery Board for Scotland. Vols. i—v. 37. Bergens Museum, Aarsberetning, 1886—89.—Turbellarier ved Norges Vestkyst.—Nye Alcyonider, Gorgonider og Pennatulider.—Myzosto- mernes anatomi og histologi. 38. Laboratory Reports of the a College of Physicians, Edinburgh. Vols. i, ii and iii. 39. Archives du Musée Teyler, Haarlem. Sér, 2, Vols. i—iii.—Catalogue de la Bibliotheque. Tom. 1 et 2. 40. Annalen des k. k. naturhistorischen Hofmuseums, Wien. Band i.—yv. Studies from the Morphological Laboratory in the University of Cambridge. Vol, i, part 2. Vols. ii, iii, iv. Vol. v, part 1. 42. Archiv des Vereins der Freunde der Naturgeschichte in Mecklenburg, 44, Jahr. (1890.) Beilage zum Archiv: Die landeskundliche Literatur uber die Grossherzogthiimer Mecklenburg. Von Fr. Bachmann. 43. Bolletino dei Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia comparata della R. Uni- versita di Torino. Vols. i.—v. Vol. vi, Nos. 94—103. 44, Nachrichten von der konigl. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu G6t- tingen. 1889. 1890. 45. On Pherusa fucicolu, L. By Alfred O. Walker, F.L.S. Presented by the author. 46. On the development of the Sporangia in Rhodochorton rothui, N., and R, floridulum, N., and on a new species of that genus. By R. J. Harvey Gibson, M.A., F.L.S. Presented by the author. Asan increase of the book-case accommodation could not be postponed any longer and as there were no special funds available, it was suggested that the members might be asked for a voluntary subscription of five shillings each towards the purchase of a book case, the cost of which was estimated at about £14. Circulars were sent out, and the Librarian wishes to express his thanks to those members who have answered. The donations oe Tersiy Steep >, eT LIBRARIAN’S RFPORT. XXVII. already received amount to £11, and it is hoped that the balance will be subscribed in the near future. Special thanks are due to Dr. Drysdale who generously subscribed the sum of £5 for this purpose. List of Subscribers of 5/- each :— Mr. Archer; Miss Armstrong; Mr. Assheton; Prof. Campbell Brown; Mr. Dawson; Mr. Dwerry- house; Mr. Ewart; Mr. Harvey Gibson; Mr. Falls Dre Elanitsch Prot. Herdmane. Nir Fioneclll Dry hunt Ma 'C. We Jones. Mir Leicester; Mr. Lomas; Mr. Melly; Mr. T. J. Moore; Mr. Morton; Miss Rathbone; Mr. Ryley; Mr. 1I.C. Thompson; Mr. Toll; Mr. A. O. Walker. UALSHOIdT CHa TV “ACTOASVELT, “NOW ; ETE DOL EOS ET ea ‘NOSdNOHL “0 OVVSI CM Gace tee eee eoeree' TalUsvad], JO spuey ut souvpeg Aq ZL O08F 0 2 08F (). Sitpeeee eae psec cence SOOO nICOOOOO GUC OOOaoD SSUTPEd00LJ jo ares G 1 @ FEE ogoveceen00 Sonoud 6000 1681 ‘oun W108 ‘purty ul doURleg, 66 0 9 DODDGODOOOU -/G qe suondriosqng (S10 WT qyuepnys VG 6c p G eg pene cece eee eeeeeeee eevee eeeeeees etme cere eese serene ee eeee aoeysog (3 COTO Sees wus oo weaet WoTdLosqng JlepT Stoquieyy T ‘* te Glaze ee Soave peers Sere sjlodey pue syoog jo esvieg “ BE TG eererseadacosos BooodG -/1 7e suoydriosqug SLOG UIa 66 6c 9 9L 0 BOOOOOOOOOOOOOmCnonnn SNOLLE A ‘od OL 0 Do0OnGeo00000000G0 9/6 ‘op Syuepnyg P ce 0 0 $S OOOO OIOO OGG 09 R qqod “L ‘K19to1ye4G pue SUTJULI 6é CEG aepeaiecn eo Se 9/OT 7R Seay couRyUG slequieyy TT ‘‘ OSC Pee et ore seers SOTITIQATT 7B ooURpueyyy pure voy, ‘* Clee ies SE cr sce O6ST ‘oun YIOg ‘oourpeg Aq On0ne ee Sas: eases aso][0Q AjIstoATUy) ‘02 ‘SULOOY JO OS() OT, SG “T68T p Ss #F “T681 “1p ‘UGUASVELT “NOH ‘NOSATNOHL (O OVVSI HLIM INQODI0V NI IG “ALAIOOS TVOIOOTOI€A TOOdHHAIT AHL “TRANSACTIONS OF THE IVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOUIKTY. OPENING ADDRESS 4 ON THE HISTORY OF THE LIVING COLLECTIONS AT KNOWSLEY. By T. J. Moornr, Corr. M.Z.S. Lond., President. IPATga IL. WHEN the Society did me the honour to elect me to the office of President, and I was asked what subject I would take for my Presidential address, I suggested the History of the Living Collections formerly existing at Knowsley, and known far and wide for many years, but now a mat- ter of memory only to a few people well on in life. The suggestion having been favourably received, I now proceed to redeem my promise. The collection was a notable one, formed for a very worthy object, very successfully carried out, and the only records ever made are now quite unattainable, viz., the ‘Catalogue of the Menagerie and Aviary at Knowsley formed by the 13th Earl of Derby, K.G., President of the Zoological Society of London, August, 1851 (Liverpool: published by Joshua Walmsley, 50 Lord Street).”” The catalogue was the only one ever prepared, and was written by myself for the purely business purpose of sell- ing the living collection by auction on the premises by Mr. J. C. Stevens, of King Street, Covent Garden, London, the old-established natural history auctioneer. This was speedily out of print. The other record was prepared for private circulation and presentation by the Earl of Derby, edited by Dr. John Edward Gray, of the 1 e 2 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. British Museum, printed in folio in 1850, and illustrated by 59 chromolithographs of hoofed quadrupeds from draw- ings made from the living objects by Mr. B. Waterhouse Hawkins, the well-known zoological artist, who sub- sequently modelled the restorations in the grounds of the Crystal Palace, Sydenham, of the huge Saurian and other extinct animals, which models are still to be seen there. A preliminary volume contains similar illustrations of animals and birds, by Edward Lear. Edward Geoffrey Smith Stanley, thirteenth Earl of Derby, succeeded to the title and estates of his father, the twelfth Earl, in 1834, whose taste for side issues of natural history was devoted for many years to the breed- ing and training of fighting cocks, long since dropped by the world of fashion, and to the training of racehorses and the founding of the Derby and Oaks races at Epsom, to which he annually migrated with a large retinue, and which still maintain their hold in undiminished force upon all classes of the British public. The thirteenth Earl’s tastes were of a different kind: though still bent upon natural and living objects, they were quiet and un- obtrusive, being devoted to the study of birds and beasts preserved in his museum at Knowsley Hall, and be- queathed at his decease to the borough of Liverpool, and to the collecting and breeding of such beasts as would be likely to be ornamental or useful if successfully natural- ized in this country. In the pursuit of this object, unselfish and patriotic in the extreme, he spared neither time, labour, nor expense. Restrained, however, during the lifetime of his father, when he came into power he threw himself heart and soul into improving his estate and the laying out of roads extending far and wide; and whereas his previous efforts in relation to his living col- lections were limited to the modifying and adapting of OPENING ADDRESS. 3 grounds and structures already to hand, he now planned and erected a grand “‘ New Aviary”’ of large extent and laid out for great distances all around it large fenced pad- docks and rustic sheds for deer and cattle, and extensive accommodation for water-fowl. His tastes were inborn, and his devotion thereto culminated in his election to the Presidency of the Linnean Society, and subsequently to that of its offshoot, the Zoological Society of London, originated in 1824 under the auspices of Sir Thomas Stamford Raffles, late Governor of Sumatra. The Society began with unlimited aims, as regarded its living collec- tion, in the Regent’s Park, and shortly after established a farm at Kingston in the hope that its larger space and ereater privacy might prove more suitable for objects akin to Lord Derby’s—that of breeding creatures useful or or- namental. However, after a few years (in 1834), while Lord Derby was extending his labours, the Society con- tracted theirs by giving up the farm on account of expense. The accommodation devoted to the living collection at Knowsley was roughly estimated at 100 acres for all pur- poses, including old and new aviaries, paddocks, planta- tions, coppices, &c., the general term ‘‘ Aviary” finding acceptance and use with the inhabitants and people generally, but a lime was drawn at Menagerie as being unmanageable and altogether foreign. Some thirty names of attendants were down on the pay lists. The Superin- tendent and ruling spirit in all things was Mr. John Thompson, a man of suitable genius and of great vigour and energy, selected from the staff of the Zoological Society. My own appearance at Knowsley, from the staff of the Zoological Society, i May, 1843, as his assistant and amanuensis, was due to his kindly recommendation to the Earl, and continued to the close in 1851, when the four- 4 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. teenth Earl recommended me and Mr. Dyson (a Con- chologist, &c., who had collected in Central America), to the Town Council, who appointed me in January, 1852, Keeper of the Derby Museum, on its removal to Liverpool. Lord Derby was not the only great landed proprietor with zoological proclivities. Harl Fitzwilliam, of Went- worth House, Yorkshire, had the next largest collecton to that at Knowsley; and Sir Robert Heron, of Stubton, a Lincolnshire Baronet, ranked next. At Windsor, under George IV., and at Buckingham Palace, under the Queen, similar tastes were indulged. George IV. received from the Pasha of Egypt the first living Giraffe imported into England, and this brought John Gould to hght. The son of a gardener, he had acquired sufficient skill to be en- trusted with the stuffing of this giraffe, which was so meritoriously done that both he and the giraffe were transferred to the Zoological Society's Museum, where the genius of Gould (a great and not even yet fully appre- ciated genius), discovered itself to the Society and to the Ornithological world. The Queen had a small aviary at Buckingham Palace, and sent some living Angora goats from Windsor to Knowsley, and other interchanges of living specimens likewise took place. Finally Lord Derby, in his will, gave directions that the Queen first and the Zoological Society next, should each have the choice of all the speci- mens from any one species from Knowsley that might be living at his death. The Queen chose the Impeyan pheasants, being the first pair imported into Kurope, and three young birds bred from them at Knowsley, which, by the way, were reared by myself. The Zoological Society chose the Hland antelopes, five in number, and valued at £1000. These also were the first imported to Europe and bred at Knowsley. OPENING ADDRESS. 5 | The living collection was never in a more flourishing condition than at its dispersion: long cherished plans were yielding their result, and the extension of steam to mercantile shipping was beginning greatly to facilitate the transport of living specimens from India and the Cape, and would in a very few years have greatly added to the collections. As it was it seemed a pity to disperse what had been gathered together at so much labour and cost. But it was the wisest course; to let it droop and gradually die away would have been melancholy in the extreme, whereas the living collection, then in its prime, was a memory to all who were familiar with it. Alas! now but few. Its richness may be gathered from the following sum- mary appended to the Catalogue, which will be given more in detail further on after some particulars as to how the Collection had been got together. Of which are Knowsley-Bred. Species. Individuals. Species. Individuals. Total number of Mammalia as alle Gul 845 | 39 207 Total number of Birds, exclusive of Poultry! 318 1272 45 549 Total .. -- ff 412 | 1617 | 84 | 756 At the time of his death, Lord Derby was in correspon- dence with some 30 agents in the Old World and the New. He had sent out an Expedition consisting of Mr. Burke and two other men from Knowsley Gardens to South Africa. and supported them there for three years collecting plants and animals. He sent Mr. Whitfield, a retired Surgeon, annually for many years in succession to the 6 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. West Coast of Africa for Antelopes, Ostriches, &. He sent Mr. Bates on two expeditions to Honduras for Ocel- lated Turkeys, also Mr. David Dyson. He sent Mr. Burke to collect in the Hudson Bay Territories; and sent his Superintendent for several years in succession for Bustards specially reared for him in Germany, and more than once to Norway and Sweden for Reindeer and Capercaillie. All this activity resulted in the acquisition of many museum specimens, the British Museum and Zoological Society receiving all the larger objects, as Giraffes, Rhinos- ceroses and other large game to the ultimate loss of Liver- pool. Over and above all this resulted the discovery of some important beasts and birds altogether new to science, e.g., the Striped Eland or Jing-e-Jonga, Oreas Derbianus, from West Africa ; the Water Musk Antelope, Hyomoschus aqua- ticus, from Sierra Leone, Gambia, and Senegal, remark- able for being the only ruminant having the third and fourth metacarpals distinct through hfe, so that the manus scarcely differs from that of the Boars; the Derbian Screamer, Chauna Derbiana, Gray, from the northern coast of Columbia; the Derby Mountain-Pheasant, Oveophasis Derbianus, G. R. Gray, from the Forests of the Mountain Volcan de Fuego, or Volcano of fire, Guatemala original or type specimen. This last remarkable bird, the first speci- men of its kind ever taken, was presented by C. Klee, Hisq., of Guatemala, and brought to England in 1843 by Mr. Bates, a collector sent to that country by his Lordship expressly to procure Natural History specimens. Very few specimens have since been obtained. The bird being confined, so far as is yet known, to a single mountain, 1s exceedingly rare, and very difficult to procure. Mr. O. Salvin, whose hunter had brought him three specimens, made three or four expe- ditions without seeing more than traces of it. He states OPENING ADDRESS. iff that they feed on the fruit of the Palo careta, a forest tree itself rare, of the genus Prunus, that in the morning they frequent its upper branches, they then descend to the under- wood where they remain all day basking and scratching among the leaves, and that it is known to the Indians as the Khannandy, and to the half breeds as Faisan. Mr. Bates called it Gallina de Monte. The remarkable protu- berance on the head is attached to the skull and is very hollow, being filled with a kind of cellular tissue as.in the bill of the Toucan, and is very fragile. The female differs from the male only by being smaller, and having a shorter and more tapering horn. The habits of this species, and the form of the horn show its affinity to the Curassows. (See O. Salvin, in the ‘ Ibis” for 1860, p. 248.) In person Lord Derby was tall and of very active habits, fond of walking and of his gun, but very deaf. He became paralized on his left side soon after attaining his title. He took daily carriage exercise, and took great interest in laying out the new roads through the park. Those across the moss presented many difficulties. He commenced and carried on to completion a high and well built stone wall round the whole of the park, measuring 10 or 12 miles in length with numerous tastefully built stone lodges. The old Aviary measured some 380 feet by 385 feet, was walled in, and comprised an ornamental piece of water with an island and breeding boxes on poles for British and foreign water fowl, of which Hider Ducks with their musical morning call, and Whistling Ducks with. their cheerful cry of ‘‘ Veakettle-tea kettle-tea”’ at all times of the day; the songs of Virginian Nightingales, Cardinals and other Grosbeaks, various tuneful Finches, in aviaries close by, and gently cooing Doves did indeed so merrily pass the day ; the cries of the Whistling Hagles, Caracara Vultures and other numerous Birds of Prey; the shrill clarion of 8 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Cranes, on the lawn, the ventriloquistic double notes of Trumpeters and the call of Cariama perched on the tall posterns of the gates, made life lively and cheerful. I at least enjoyed it vastly, as did those few individuals who were so fortunate as to obtain orders of admission, strictly limited to two parties of half a dozen a day, under special guide and guard. The Stanley Cranes were often allowed to disport themselves here, dancing in stately minuet fashion, dignified, yes, very dignified, and slyly watching the movements of every visitor withal, and pec- king a sharp and forcible peck on the hands and knuckles in spite of the vigilance of the attendant. The Birds of Prey, over 50 in number, were kept in wire or net enclosures near by, and to prevent undue obe- sity and sluggishness, were condemned to two involuntary fasting days in each week; yet notwithstanding this limitation, and without the help of any, or scarcely any carnivorous mammals, a contract for a dead horse or dead cow was a weekly necessity. On one occasion an injured carriage horse, fat and in tempting condition, and killed on the premises, caused just a little surreptitious experiment- ing on the qualities of rump steaks from a horse by the boldest and youngest hands on the staff: the examples of Parisians being at that time much discussed in the papers and therefore having some degree of responsibility: the verdict was not unfavourable though I was not myself a juror. Besides Cranes other creatures were turned out on the old aviary lawn for exercise: notably some newly im- ported Ostriches, immature but full sized; and such is the power of these birds that one of the biggest men about the establishment, a blacksmith full six feet high, was twice felled to the ground by one of these birds before he could beat a safe retreat; the upward lifting of the foot, the rear- ’ 7] \ at OPENING ADDRESS. g ing of the bird to an alarming height, and the sudden descent of the foot, two-toed and ‘‘nothing more,” on the man’s breast is a sufficient explanation of the fall of the poor blacksmith, for the Ostrich was privileged but the blacksmith was not: give and take being necessarily pro- hibited among the living specimens. Some time before this the adult male Ostrich in our museum (the finest . stuffed one I have ever seen) came to an untimely end at Knowsley, suspicion supposing he had not had the full benefit of his privileges. This happened more than forty years ago, but only came to my knowledge a few days since, when comparing notes with Hdward Prescott, one of the staff, and who alone beside myself now lives to bear personal testimony respecting the Aviary at Knowsley. This bird was seemingly all right when shut up at night and was found dead in the morning, but without external injury. The new Aviary was directly planned and constructed for its special purpose. It occupied a plot of ground protected by a wall and embankment all round it, thickly plan- ted with shrubs and trees, and bearing a girdle of stout hurdles to prevent the intrusion of strangers. A carriage drive passed through this, and the ground was divided into spacious hurdle paddocks, with substantial buildings an- nexed, in which the Ostriches, Zebras, Antelopes and other precious denizens were housed. The most notable feature however was a huge wire Aviary in several compartments, masking the dwelling house of the Super- intendent, in the rear of which were a series of houses with glass roofs and fronts protected with wirework, in which were kept in great freedom, amid dwarf shrubs and trees, the Impeyan and Argus Pheasants, the first ever umported, and other choice birds, such as Curassows, Crowned Pigeons, and other smaller and rare species. 10 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. My own sleeping room looked directly into this arrange- ment, and through my window I witnessed, at five o’clock on spring and summer mornings, the first imported Argus Pheasant display himself by curving his huge wings over his head hke a triumphal arch, as he would have done had he had a mate, which unfortunately was not the case. Here also I witnessed the superb Impeyan Pheasant court his mate and display his gorgeous metallic tints with staid but grotesque demeanour. These also were the first pair seen alive, and they and their progeny were sub- sequently housed in Royal accommodation, as they ulti- mately went to the Queen. In a neighbouring compart- ment lived a bachelor Brush Turkey, Yallegalla Lathami or Mound Bird from Australia. His occupation for several weeks was to scrape together, all the leaves and loose vegetation I could supply him with, scraping doubtless in fond anticipation of the dawn of some Queen Tale- galla upon his solitude: unhappily it was a case of ‘ love’s labour lost,” although the scene has been faithfully set forth by the skilled hands of Mr. Henry Reynolds, the lamented Taxidermist, to the Museum, lately deceased, where other examples may be seen, of how various mound making birds prepare for the hatching of their egos by the heat evolved from the decomposition of vege- table matter. Time fails me to dwell upon other inmates of this Aviary: of Tree Pigeons which refused the most enticing dove-like food, when it was placed before them on the eround where all the other species condescended to feed, and lke spoiled children would not eat till placed accord- ing to their accustomed habits, viz., on a level with the tree boughs several feet from the ground: of the beautiful Australian Pigeon, Ocyphaps lophotes, or the corpulent Wonga-wonga and Nicobar, or the bronze wings, with Po i a a Opin esc, OPENING ADDRESS. 11 beautiful metallic reflections; all Ground Pigeons, and all from Australia; as also the Crowned Pigeons of the Nicobars. Beyond these, and domiciled in one of the houses were African Ostriches, the finest in the country, the accommo- dation being unequalled elsewhere. Here the Ostriches -were let out for air and exercise daily in spacious pad- docks, with choice herbage; here they had space to indulge to some extent in their very erratic style of running ; somewhat in the manner of their relations the Rheas, or so-called American Ostriches, the strong point of which is their frequent and sudden turning at right angles when at full speed, thus out-manceuvering a horse, which necessarily shoots on ahead. The African Ostrich does this in a fashion, but he has a habit peculiar to himself: he sits down upon his haunches, draws his neck in and downwards, and blushes till his neck looks like a huge and limp German sausage. This he sways from side to side of his body, with heavy blows and gro- tesque noises. I have seen at Antwerp Gardens a living male Somali Ostrich not long known, having a well coloured neck and steel-blue leggings, who gave his mind during our interview wholly and solely to ‘‘ going in” for me any way whatever, though fortunately perhaps for me, no way could he discover. The following notes on the Llama tribe, the Red Deer or Stag, and the Stanley Crag, by Lord Derby, are ex- tracted from the ‘‘ Gleanings” already referred to. “Specimens of the four kinds of the Llamu tribe of animals, namely, the Llama, Alpaca, Guanaco, and Vicuna, have for several years been kept in life at Knowsley. “Of the four kinds the Aipaca is the most important, at 12 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. bearing the wool now so extensively used for articles of © dress, on which account numerous attempts have been made to naturalize the species in Great Britain, which its reputed hardihood seemed to point out as an easy achieve- ment, but which attempts have not hitherto been attended — with as much success as was anticipated. Thelength of the — voyage, added to unskilful treatment, so much impairs the health of those that survive, that they seldom live for any length of time after their arrival; otherwise they could, with judicious treatment, in all probability be naturalised, and after a few generations would, as in the case of some other exotics, become perfectly inured to our climate. The four kinds are perfectly distinct, yet have such a general appearance, that one kind may easily be mistaken for another: the distinctions however are very evident to a practised eye, and are as follows :— “The Guanaco approaches the Llama very nearly, both in its size and the texture of its wool, but is a much stronger and more vigorous animal. It is clean and well- made, light and active, and always of a light buff or fawn colour on the upper surface, and white beneath and on the inner side of the hmbs; the face is greyish-black. There is less wool on the head, neck and upper part of the limbs, and that on the body is shorter and more sparingly fur-— nished than in the Llama, and is mixed with coarse hair of greater length than the wool. The male is vicious, ac- tive, watchful and restless, and nearly or quite untame- able; this is the invariable character of the species. In confinement it is constantly trying to seize any person that approaches it: it endeavours to throw down its opponent by springing against him with all its force, and then bites viciously. The spirit of the adult animal is such, that it will never allow itself to be conquered otherwise than by sheer strength. The female, though OPENING ADDRESS. 13 milder and of more quiet habits, is of a fiery disposition and ready to avenge any affront. “The Vicuna is the smallest of the four kinds, measur- ing 2 feet 10 inches at the withers. The neck is long, the ears moderately so. The wool is shortest on the neck and limbs: on the body it is three inches in leneth; and along the lower part of the sides numerous hairs of double that length are intermixed with the wool, and wave lghtly over the undercovering, to which they, form a sort of fringe. The colour is always buff or fawn and, as in the Guanaco, never varies. The Vicuna is a very timid animal, always wandering to the furthest limits of its enclosure, seeking further liberty: it is very nimble, light and active, fond of solitude, and perfectly harmless. The wool is of the finest texture, greatly surpassing even that of the Alpaca, and has lately been used as a substitute for the fur of the beaver. “The Llama is the largest and strongest built of the four kinds, standing about 3 feet 9 inches high at the shoulder. The colour varies so considerably in different individuals, that the five living examples now at Knowsley are each of a different colour; but the variations, though so great, are generally merely variations of one colour, brown; 1 some specimens there is more or less of pure white on different parts of the animal. The wool is coarse, unfit for finer fabrics, and seldom more than 12 inches long: it covers the lower part of the neck and the whole of the body, leaving the head and legs clothed with only a short fur. The ears are longer in proportion than those of the Alpaca, and rather more curved towards each other. Its temper is always mild and gentle. “The Alpaca is much smaller than the Liama, and more slenderly built, standing about 3 feet 2 inches high at the shoulder, The colour varies, but not so much as in the 14 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Llama: some are pure white, with one or two patches of black: some are entirely black: while others are dark brown; but black is the predominant colour. The wool is thick-set and extremely fine and soft, and covers the whole head, neck, body and legs, leaving only the face bare. The wool reaches in some instances to 17 inches in Jength, and sometimes exceeds even that, which . is perhaps rather more than the average, which is attained in about two years after shearing. The full-fleeced Alpaca is so thickly clothed with wool from head to foot, that he may at once be known from the rest of the group; his long neck appears of great bulk from the quantity of its clothing; indeed, no animal could be provided with a warmer dress, which in some cases almost touches the eround. ‘The Alpaca is perfectly harmless and inoffensive. ‘“‘ As the question of the age of the Stag or Red Deer (Cerus elaphus) has been very much questio verata, and there are but few instances in which it can be spoken of with any degree of accuracy, I am inclined to think it might be of some use to state what is known here relative to one of our Stags, and who has latterly been honoured with a place in the National collection at the British Museum. ‘ Old Billy,’ by which name he was well-known to all in this neighbourhood, was bred in the park at Knowsley in 1819, and at the usual age of three years was caught and sent up (1822) for the supply of the hunting paddocks kept by my late father for that sport at the Oaks, Surrey, and after being regularly hunted during some years without any injury being sustained by him, had the singular good fortune of returning to his native haunts in this park, where for many seasons he continued the acknowledged head of all the Deer, though he was not without a frequent struggle for the dominion with some of OPENING ADDRESS. eae 5) his aspiring younger rivals. In one of these combats it is supposed that he received a wound which made him foy a time rather lame; in consequence of which the keeper, he thinks in 1830, enticed him into the yard behind his house, and there doctored him until his recovery, upon which in a few months he was restored again to the full range of the park. From that period, however, he never forgot the benefits he had received in the keeper’s yard, and in subsequent severe seasons would often make his way into it and go to the bin from which the keeper had been accustomed to give acorns, &c., during his illness; and if he could contrive to open, would proceed to help himself. Even at other times, if the keeper met him in the park and called to him by his name, he would stop and stand still, look round him, and on recognising his friend would leave his hairy comrades and meet the caresses of his benefactor. On the keeper naming this once to Lord Stanley while walking in the park, and Billy in sight, the keeper called to him, and Lord Stanley, in the man’s company, went up to him, spoke to, and patted him. From that time Lord Stanley shared also in the influence the keeper had over him, so as even to be able to introduce other persons to Builly’s acquaintance,— among them myself; but I have never ventured to exer- cise the same familiarity with him as my son or the keeper, though whenever I have met him in the park, and called him by name, he would stop, recognise it, and ad- vance towards me, even if I was in a carriage, though he would not then come very near up to it. He did not seem to care even if his friends had a gun in their hands; but a dog, especially a strange one, he had a great dislike to. Some dogs that the keeper kept in his back yard, Billy was very good friends with there, but if he met them loose in the park they were as strangers to him, 16 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. “Thinking, both as a fine animal, and also on account of the singular circumstances attending him that it would be worth while to retain a picture of him, Billy, in the year 1842, stood for his portrait to a well-known talented artist of Liverpool in the line of animals, Mr. Richard Ansdell, who was at that time taking likenesses of several of the animals then in the Menagerie here, which picture now hangs opposite to the entrance door in the hall at Knows- ley. For the two or three last years of his life poor Billy had become very infirm, and so evidently declining, that it was clear he could not longer resist his competitors unaided. The keeper therefore adopted the plan of plac- ing him in a small clump of oldish trees, fenced in from the general park during the winter months, and in that shelter he died in March, 1845, having evinced for some time the infirmities of his advanced age. I do not how- ever, think that there had been much alteration in his horns for the last few years, though what alteration there was, was for the worse; and at the last his horns were so very indifferent, that when Thompson sent up the body to the British Museum, he did not send the last horns with which he died, but a somewhat earlier and rather better pair, as the last were injured and broken in the animal’s last struggles. Shaw tells me it was the last three winters that he was kept up in the plantation, from whence he would often lead him across the frout green into his old quarters in the yard, and when there, if he could find an opportunity by the door being open, he would often enter the kitchen and lie down lke a dog before the fire.” Lord Dervy, in his Notes on Stanley Cranes (Scops Paradisea.), observes in his ‘‘ Gleanings from the Menagerie and Aviary” :— ‘‘T possessed for some years several individuals of that OPENING ADDRESS. 17 species of the genus Anthropoides which my late friend Dr. Latham had done me the honour to distinguish by my name, in consequence of my having the good fortune first to draw his attention to the bird, which I had seen in the Tower of London, then under the care of Mr. Cops; but not one of them had ever shewn any chance of a sign of breeding, until, in the year 1843, my Superintendent, Thompson, thought he saw in two of them an inclination to pair, and he immediately determined to separate them from all others of the same kind, in a small paddock behind his own house, in which were the Elands and some large fowls. The plan succeeded, for in the next year, (1844) the hen had seven eggs, but scattered about in different parts of the paddock, without any appearance of anest. From this circumstance I entertained little, if any, expectation of any good being derived from them, but we decided to put them into the hatching-machine, and the result was, that while six out.of the seven proved barren, the seventh produced a chicken, which however was always delicate and lived but a very short time, not above two or three days. “The system of seclusion was continued, and in the spring of 1845 she laid five eggs, which Thompson placed at first under a turkey, but not considering her a suffici- ently good nurse, when the period of hatching drew near, he took them from her and put them under a large hen, of a somewhat Indian breed. ‘Two of the five proved addled; the other three had birds in them, of which the third died in the shell; but two were hatched, and far from shewing any disposition to remain in the nest and be fed, they from the first took to their legs, and followed the example of so many chickens or partridges, actively running about and picking up the food thrown to them, and even taking from the hand. They ap- 2 18 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. peared to go on very well for some short time; but in about. a week or ten days, I think, one of them was found one morning to be suffering apparently from cramp, for'it could not stand on its legs, though it fed very well ; but though every attention was paid to it, it never recov- ered its powers. . . . The other continued strong and healthy, and grew very rapidly in size, and I trusted we might have succeeded in finally rearing that one; but at last, a short time before its companion’s death, it also be- came ill, and survived its fellow but very little. I had them both preserved, and all three now form portions of my Museum. The same attempt will be continued with the same pair next season, and a second pair are already separated after the same plan, when I trust, with one or the other, we may be more fortunate than we have yet been, especially if the next season should be more favourable than the two last have been.” Ultimately one bird when arrived nearly at maturity soared to a considerable height from the paddock, but in descending snapped its legs in a hurdle. and died in conse- quence; so serious and unexpected are the risks and accidents to which animal life is subject in confinement. Norr.—A further paper dealing with some of the more interesting animals kept at Knowsley will be laid before the Society later in the Session, and printed in due course. 19 FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT of the LIVERPOOL MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION on PUFFIN ISLAND. By W. A. Herpman, D.Sc., F.L.S., F.R.S.E., DERBY PROFESSOR OF NATURAL HISTORY IN UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, LIVERPOOL; CHAIRMAN OF THE LIVERPOOL MARINE BIOLOGY COMMITTEE, AND DIRECTOR OF THE STATION. [Read 14th November, 1890.] THE YEAR. THE past year, although rather an uneventful one, can show its fair share of work done both at Puffin Island and also by means of dredging expeditions in Liverpool Bay. In accordance with the decision of the Committee ex- pressed at the end of last year’s report, the Puffin Island Biological Station was closed from the beginning of November till the middle of March, but although it seemed best to do this under the special circumstances of the time, the Committee hope that they may never require to close the station again. ‘The interruption to work and the disorganization of arrangements was considerable, extra trouble and fresh expense were caused at the re-opening in spring; and although the former keeper, who had ob- tained a temporary situation in Liverpool during the winter, came back to the Station and was in charge most of the summer, he had evidently become unsettled and no longer displayed that single-minded devotion to Biology which is essential in such a situation. Later in the summer he became engrossed in other matters which occupied his time and energies to an extent quite incom- patible with any further tenure of the Puffin Island post, 20 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIBTY. and consequently he had to leave the employ of the Com- mittee. He has been succeeded as keeper by Thomas Jarrett, who was at one time an assistant at the Biologi- cal Station and left, of his own accord, for the purpose of getting married—after which he went to sea. __ Jarrett and his wife have now been in charge of the Station for some weeks, and are carrying on the work of taking observations and making collections very satis- factorily. Only a few days ago, by taking a tow-netting off Puffin Island in the very early morning before it was hight, he obtained a number of specimens of the interesting phosphorescent Schizopod Nyctiphanes norvegica, which had never been found before in our district. . STATION RECORD. The following Naturalists have been working at the Biological Station for longer or shorter periods during the present summer :— DATE. NAME. WORK. 1890. Apri]. I. C. Thompson, F.L.S., Liverpool ..._... Copepoda. — R. J. Harvey Gibson, F.L.S., University Colles, IinemjN@oll o50. con cba on0 coe AAIN@ee. — G. A. Burrow, Botanical Assistant, Liverpool Alge. May. I. C. Thompson, F.L.S.... ... ... ... ... Copepoda. — George Brook, F.L.S., University of Edin- burbs een ee ... ... ... Embryos of Molluses. = W. A. Herdman, Uneesiey Callan, Liverpool Nudibranchs and Tunicata. — Red) Es Gaibson, WeuaSiv..- ens) pees | eee enone oes _— Nath. Caine, Liverpool ... ... ... . General. — A. J. Ewart, University College, Liverpool Alge. — J. Hornell) diverpool 7-2. :.:.0 ...)) eee eb olyjeletem — Jeplaomasselaverpool skeen enn ene Polyzoa. — Perey F. Kendall, Manchester ... ... ... Mollusca. [A number of others forming the dr odoin party on the ‘‘ Hyena” expedition of May 23rd paid a passing visit to the Station.] | | nl of se MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 21 ese) J. Hornell, Giverpool’ ... ... ... ... -.. Polycheta. — R. J. Harvey Gibson, F.L.S.... ... ... ... Alge. — George Murray, F.L.S., British Museum ... Alge. — L. N. Boodle, R. Coll. of Sci., London... ... Alge. = EH. A. L. Batters, F.L.S., London... ... ... Alge. — H. C. Chadwick, Manchester... ... ... ... Echinoderms, Aujust. J. Vicars, Bootle ... ... ... ... .. «.. Land Plants. — J. A. Clubb, University College, Liverpool... Nudibranchs. — HapiniscoesMiverpool Vis 2.) ea. os pa-e General. — AeebuLCharty liverpool. <2; ... © -.5, 10. 6 General. = A. T. Watson, Sheffield ... ... ... ... ... General. Sept. Miss L. R. Thornely, Liverpool ... ... ... Hydroida. — Miss J. H. Willmer, Birkenhead ... ... ... Polyzoa. — Miss M. Beaumont, Liverpool ...’ ... ... General. — Wekhornelyseliverpoolie os cs) 14 <1 General. Meroe © ihompson, Ee isS: .. sy! ess. eq . -« Copepoda. — R. J. Harvey Gibson, F.L.S.... ... ..._... Alge. — Vee Aen Elercmanteier a aessneeea eee peeo) y eea Lumicatayand Nida branchs. — Alfred Leicester, Southport .......... ... Land Mollusca. This list happens to contain exactly the same number of entries as the corresponding one for 1889, but in the present year the Station was not open for work until April. The absence of any workers during July may be partly accoun- ted for by the general bad weather during that month, and by the specially bad weather on July 12th when several of the Committee who intended to work for some time at the Station started with a dredging expedition in the steamer “‘ Spindrift” but could not be landed at Puffin Island and were brought back in the evening to Liverpool. . The sailing boat ‘Bonnie Doon”’, the black rowing boat ‘‘ Ascidian’’ and the small blue punt are still in ser- viceable condition and have been in constant use during the season. The fixed work-table and shelving in front of the window in the room opening off the kitchen, and the sleeping bunks in the inner room, were put up early in the 22 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. year and have proved useful additions to the Somer meagre accommodation at the Station. PUBLICATIONS. Since the last Report no new volume of the ‘‘ Fauna’’* has been issued, but several L.M.B.C. papers have been communicated in the usual way to the Biological Society and published in the Transactions. Extra copies of these in sheets have been printed off for the purpose of being included in the third volume of the “‘ Fauna” which will probably be ready some time in 1892. These papers are:—(1.) a third report by Dr. R. Hanitsch, on the Sponges of the district, a lengthy paper illustrated by six plates, adding twelve species to our record and three species new to science, containing a re-description of the remarkable Seriola compacta from the caves on Puffin Island, and giving an account of the enormous masses of Cliona celata obtained off Rhoscolyn, on the west coast of Anglesey, during the ‘“‘ Hyena’ cruise of May, 1890; (2.) a list of the land Mollusca of Puffin Island, by Mr. Alfred Leicester; (3) a report (one plate) by Mr. Alfred O. Walker on the Higher Crustacea collected during 1889, containing some notes on Cumacea, and a descrip- tion for the first time of the adult male of the Amphipod Podocerus isopus; (4) a paper by Mr. I. C. Thompson, on the remarkable Copepod genus Monstrilla and the family Cymbasomatide; and (5) the third report on the Nudi- branchiata, by Professor Herdman and Mr. J. A. Clubb, with four plates, and containing some further investiga- * Volume I. of the Fauna of Liverpool Bay, price 8/6, was published in 1886. It contains 372 pp. and 12 plates. Vol. II., price 7/6, and containing 240 pp. and 12 plates, was issued in July, 1889. Copies of these may be obtained on application to the Liverpool Marine Biology Committee, Univer- sity College, Liverpool. . - } ¢ eee eee MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 23 tions into the structure and functions of the cerata or dorsal papillee, a discussion of the condition of the epipodia in various genera, and an account of some experiments made at the Liverpool Aquarium in feeding fishes with certain Nudibranchs. A number of additional L.M.B.C. reports are well advanced and will be laid before the Biological Society in the course of the present session. Amongst these may be mentioned,—an extensive report by Mr. Harvey Gibson on the Alge, in the preparation of which Mr. Gibson has been fortunate enough to secure the assistance of Mr. H. A. Li. Batters, Mr. George Murray and other celebrated algologists; and a report upon the Polycheeta, on which Mr. J. Hornell has been engaged for a couple of years, and in which upwards of 70 species will be discussed, at least half of which are additions tothe Fauna. The long expected report upon the Fishes of the district, by Mr. Moore, will, it is hoped, be soon completed ; and we welcome as new recruits Dr. C. Herbert Hurst, of Owens College, who has taken charge of the Pycnogonida, and Mr. F. Archer, who has been a valued friend and critic and a member of our Committee from the beginning, and who is now responsible for the Testaceous Mollusca and has already added considerably to the records pub- lished by Mr. Darbishire in our first volume of ‘The Fauna.” SURFACE ORGANISMS. The weekly records filled up by the keeper show that the gelatinous surface Alge referred to in last year’s report have again been present in abundance. This condition of the sea was first noticed on June 6th, and continued with intermissions until September 6th, when it finally disap- peared. Accordingto Mr. A.W. Bennett, to whomit has been 24 .TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. submitted, the brown gelatinous matter is a Diatom allied to Rhizosolenia, but in a peculiar condition being without its siliceous covering. Mr. Thompson noticed the abundance of small drum-shaped greenish-brown Algzein the tow-net- tings which he examined from June 7th onwards. Cteno- phora have been present in profusion on the’ surface throughout the summer. Mr. T. Comber, F.L.8., has examined some ofthis year’s surface gatherings for Diatoms, and finds by far the most prevalent form in the samples he received 1s Beddulphia bayli (96 per cent. in gatherings taken in May). However, his further observations are reserved until more material has passed through his hands. The surface Dinoflagellata (Ceratiwm trzpos and allied forms) which are sometimes present in great abundance are now being investigated by Mr. I. C. Thompson. The Puffins (Fratercula arctica) are stillabundant. They came to the island this year in the last week of April, and left about the middle of August. THE SEA-WEEDS OF THE DISTRICT. Investigations on the Alge of Puffin Island and the neighbourhood are now being carried on very actively by Mr. Harvey Gibson, who tells me that he has on record 275 species in all, of which 70 are additional to his former report. Early in April Mr. Thompson, Mr. Gibson and the Botanical Laboratory Assistant, Geo. Burrow, went to the Island for the Kaster holidays. Mr. Thompson worked the surface successfully, taking gatherings by moonlight round the Island (when Zaus spinatus and other forms were taken), and also leaving a tow-net out all night attached by a rope 20 feet long to the ‘‘D. B.” or Dinmor buoy, about one mile out to sea from Dinmor Point, Anglesey. This net was found when examined 24 hours after to have caught an enormous pe (oman ~ Doiron a q . i -_ MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 25 quantity of surface organisms, the greater number being Copepoda, and these chiefly Temora longicornis, Centropages hamatus, Pseudocalanus elongatus and Calanus jfinmarchicus ; with these were a quantity of Peltidiwm depressum, a littoral species usually found attached to L omnia, but apparently swimming on the surface during the early morning hours. A large number of Cumacea (3 species) were also in the tow-net and several Schizopoda, Amphipoda (5 species) and some Sagitta. The net, although kept extended near the surface by the strong tide, probably sank at the slack tide near to the bottom so as to have taken Cumacea and such a feebly-swimming Amphipod as Dulichia porrecta. Mr. Gibson occupied himself with the Algze, examining especially the Beacon rocks, the Sponge caves and shelving rocks on the north side of the Island, the caves at Dinmor Point and the D. B. buoy, where he was fortunate enough to find, along with many common forms, over 20 of the rarer species, including Lyngbya gracilis, Dermocarpa prasina, Entocladia wittrocki, Epicladia flustre, Pringsheimia scutata, Calliblepharis jubata, and Ahnfeltia plicata, new to our dis- trict, and one, Lthodochorton seiriolanum, new to science. Mr. Gibson again visited the Island towards the end of May along with Mr. Ewart, and made further collections of Algze from the rocks, chiefly of the North side and N.E. Spit, including Callithamnion corymbosum, Ceramium acan- thonotum, Grifithsia setacea, Ralfsia verrucosa, Hildenbrandtia rosea, and Polyides rotundus. Later on (June 21st), an important party of Botanists, consisting of Mr. George Murray, F.L.S., of the British Museum; Mr. Ll. N. Boodle, Demonstrator of Botany at the Royal College of Science, London; Mr. E. A. Batters, F.L.S.; and Mr. Harvey Gibson, visited the station with the object of prosecuting further researches on the Algal flora of the Island. As this was the first occasion on which the 26 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. marine plants had received the attention of an algologist so skilled as Mr. Batters, it was to be expected that many rarities would be collected and many additions made to the preliminary list already published. The party utilised every low tide occurring during their stay, and although the tides were by no means very favourable, yet at least 150 species were collected, including :—Ascocyclus repians, Isthmoplea spherophora, Symploca harveyi, Ectocarpus termin- alis, Laminaria hyperborea, Lithophyllum lenormandi, Punctaria tenuissima Chantransia secundata, Phyllophora trail, Calh- thamnion gracilimum and Dictyota dichotoma, var. intricata. A form hitherto undescribed and forming the type of a new genus was discovered by Mr. Batters encrusting the stems of Cladophora pellucida, and will be described by Bornet and Batters under the name of Schmitziella endop- lea, n.sp. and n. gen. One of the richest localities on the island is undoubtedly the deep gully on the north- east side, and there, and in the deep rock pools on the east Spit, the best finds were made. Altogether the two days’ work was productive of no less than 27 species new to the district, of which one is new to science. Mr. Gibson and Mr. Batters visited Hilbre Island in July and examined the rocky parts of the Island. Their chief finds were :—Sphacelaria radicans, Litosiphon pusillus, Prasiola stipitata, and several species of Cyanophycee. Mr. J. Vicars visited Puffin Island again this year for the purpose of collecting land plants (see Appendix A. to last year’s report, p. 43). He chose his time so as to be a couple of months later in the year than on his previous visit, but was not able to make any additions to the list. In a final visit to Puffin Island at the end of October, Mr. Gibson found on the 8.W. Spit, Rhodochorton membrana- ceum, Rhodymenia palmata, Prasiola stipitata, and many species already noted from Hilbre Island, and elsewhere, 4 a Seieliaal a a ee —— MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 27 but new to this locality. On this occasion also the cysto- carps of Catenella opuntia, which have been seldom seen before, were found in abundance. ZOOPHYTES, ANNELIDS, &C. Before the ‘‘ Hyena” dredging expedition in May, a party of eight members of the Committee and others, in- eluding Mr. George Brook, F.U.8., Lecturer on Embry- ology in the University of Edinburgh, worked at the station; and a week later Mr. J. Hornell, who had been on the “‘Hyzena”’ trip, left the rest of the party at Bangor and then devoted some time to the investigation of the Annelids firsé of the mud flats about Garth, where he found several species new to the district, and secondly at Puffin Island. Amongst the most notable forms col- lected on this occasion by Mr. Hornell were Dasychone lucullana, Serpula reversa, Sigalion boa, Trophonia plumosa, Phyllodoce laminosa, Flabelligera affinis, Scoloplos armiger.. and a specimen of the curious and aberrant Spherodorum — flavum. The most abundant Polychzta on the shore at Puffin are Hulalia viridis, Nereis pelagica, Polynoe lagisca, and a Crrratulus. The Gephyrean worm Phascolosoma vulgare also occurs in mud under stones on the south Spit (October 26th, 1890). Mr. Chadwick collected at Beaumaris and at Puffin Island towards the end of June, and had a couple of days dredging from the Turbot Hole upwards to the straits; and Mr. J. A. Clubb and others did some work at the station in August. Mr. Chadwick dredged a fine Chudina oculata, eight inches in height, four examples of Pilumnus hirtellus each ensconced within a separate whelk shell, many Clavelina lepadiformis, which is very abundant near Beaumaris, and some Cucwmaria planci which have since reproduced by transverse fission in captivity, three of them 28 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. having now become seven in number (see Trans. L’pool Biol. Soe., vol. V., 1890-91). Early in September, three lady students of University College, Liverpool, Miss L. R. Thornely, Miss J. H. Willmer, and Miss M. Beaumont, accompanied by Mr. W. Thornely, spent a week at the Station chiefly in collect- ing and preserving material and in examining the Hydroids and the Polyzoa, at which Miss Thornely and Miss Willmer had been working for some time previously. Miss 'Thornely has examined and identified nearly all the collections of Hydroid Zoophytes and Polyzoa made in the various expeditions during the year, and reports to me that we have now found 71 species of Hydroids in the L.M.B.C. district, and of these 34 have been found on the shores of Puffin Island. Among the rarer forms found recently may be mentioned: Hydranthea margarica, Sertu- larella tenella, Campanularia hincksi’, Gonothyrea gracilis, Agluophenia tubulifera, and Plumularia echinulata. During her work at Puffin Island Miss Thornely found the following four species of Polyzoa which had not been previously recorded, viz., Lepralia pallasiana, Cellepora avicularts, Pedicellina cernua, and P. gracilis. Miss Thornely has also identified 25 species of Polyzoa found by Mr. F. Archer at Bull Bay. In April, Dr. Hanitsch, Mr. Hornell, and Mr. C. H. H. Walker spent some time in collecting at Port Erin, Isle of Man, where they succeeded in getting some remarkably fine specimens of Puchymatisma johnstoni and other species of sponges, including two new to the district, viz., Reniera ingall?, B., and Chalina montagui, J., the latter an extremely fine specimen, equal to if not surpassing in size any speci- men of the species ever recorded. In fact Dr. Hanitsch considers that in sponges this year has been remarkable rather for the number of fine specimens obtained than for MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 29 additions to the list of species. Those collected during the ‘‘ Hyena’ expedition will be referred to further on. PROTECTIVE COLOURING. The important and now popular subject of the relations existing between the forms and colours of animals and their environment has received a good deal of attention at Puffin Island, and various instances of protective and warning colours have been noted in the reports. There are two additional cases of “‘procryptic’’ colouring (according to Poulton’s excellent system of nomenclature) which seem worthy of record, viz., the small flat-clawed crab Porcellana platycheles and the Annelid Hulalia viridis. P. platycheles is very common on the shores of Puffin Island and is generally found on the under surfaces of irregular fragments of carboniferous limestone. A dozen or more specimens may be exposed on turning over a large stone, but until one is aware of the concealment, the crabs are so inconspicuous that they usually escape notice. They place their flat bodies in slight depressions on the stone, and the dirty greyish-brown colour of the carapace cor- responds exactly with the muddy surface of the decay- ing limestone, while to still further aid this protective resemblance, the strong hairs with which the limbs are fringed entangle mud particles and other foreign bodies and so help in grading off the body of the crab into the surrounding stone. And then the habits of the animal come in: P. platycheles is a peculiarly sluggish crab, and certainly in many cases its salvation must depend upon lying quiet. When the stone is turned over the crabs usually ‘‘sham dead” or rather, in this case, ‘‘ sham rock,”’ and so long as they remain motionless are very incon- spicuous indeed. It is obvious that in such a case the more sluggish the animai is in time of danger the greater 30 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. is its chance of escape, and very probably the habit of lying quiet has been acquired for this purpose by the action of natural selection. The ventral surface of the crab is white, in marked contrast to the dark coloured back, and this I believe is also protective. When stones are turned over or shaken a certain number of crabs lose their hold and fall on their backs. They then lie still with the white ventral surface exposed and are readily mistaken for the white worn fragments of shells and chips of rock found im- bedded in the mud under such stones. Hulalka viridis is a Phyllodocean worm of a brilliant green colour which is very common on the shore at Puffin Island in the crevices of rocks and in the holes made by Saxicava rugosa, and is often seen hanging in a loose coil or festoon from an overhanging ledge or from the under surface of a stone. It is of course, when seen by itself or when attention has been drawn to it, a conspicuous object on account of its colour, but when lying upon green seaweeds it is very effectually concealed. Very frequently, however, the worm occurs amongst red and reddish-brown seaweeds where it naturally forms a contrast with its surroundings. In such cases it bears considerable resem- blance to the tufts of the green filamentous Alea Cladophora rupestris which are seen scattered about amongst the red seaweeds. You may look at a tangled green bunch which seems to be an Alga and wonder what it is that is slightly unusual it its appearance, when perhaps one of the coils will slowly move and the apparent seaweed resolves itself before your eyes into a specimen of Hulalza. It is won- derful how easily even the practised eye of a naturalist may be deceived by these resemblances, and I have no doubt it is the same with the eye of the careless fish or other passing enemy. MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 381 NUDIBRANCHIATA. Mr. Clubb and I have been carrying on our observations on Nudibranchs during the last year whenever opportunity offered. We went to Hilbre Island on February 20th, to attend the 20-foot tide. Although low water was not till 6 p.m. when it was rather cold and dark, we succeeded in finding the following species :—-Holis papillosa (spawning), Acanthopsole coronata, Coryphella rujfibranchialis, Cuthona nuna (2), Galvina picta (two distinct colours), Dendronotus arborescens (many of all sizes), Ancula cristata (very abun- dant, and spawning) and Doris bilamellata (spawning). In regard to the other animals noticed on this occasion it may be mentioned that the spawn masses of Arenicola and of Scoloplos were abundant in pools on the sand. The Hydroid Zoophyte Garvera nutans was also abundant. This form is certainly spreading in the district and has been found twice this year at Puffin Island, by Mr. Thompson on April 4th, and by myself on October 26th. The masses of Sabellariza alveolata at Hilbre were found to be spreading and to cover a large area. Mauy young colonies of Alcyonium digitatum were observed, and many small specimens of Sabella. The starfishes which are usually so very abundant were almost entirely absent on this occasion. No young mussels, and no specimens of Hydrobia were found. A month later, in March, we made a second trip to Hilbre at a very low ebb, accompanied by Dr. Hanitsch, and again succeeded in obtaining a number of Nudi- branchs. Wefound several specimens of the rare Coryphella landsburgi. Thisis apparently the first time this species has been found in our district since the two original specimens recorded by Dr. Byerley in 1849 and 1853. These new specimens afforded us the opportunity of re-describing the 32 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. living animal and of observing the condition of the cnida or stinging cells. We also found Galvina picta again, and Mr. Walker has sent us specimens dredged at Colwyn Bay during the same month. There can be no doubt that this species is becoming more abundant in the neighbour- hood. | We were much impressed on both the February and March visits to Hilbre with the effective protection afforded to Doris bilamellata by its rich yellow and brown tints which, although rendering it conspicuous in a white dish or a vessel of clear water, harmonize com- pletely with the animal’s natural surroundings, the dark purple-brown rocks spotted with patches of adhering mud, sand, small Algze and Zoophytes. A reef of rock which we were exploring on the March visit had a num- ber of specimens of this Nudibranch scattered over it which were not at first noticed because of the perfect manner jn which their colours blended with those of the environment. Ancula cristata was again present in extraordinary pro- fusion at Hilbrein March. On one reef of rocks a little way above low water mark, there must have been many thousands of specimens present. For yards it was im- possible to walk without treading on them, and handfuls were readily collected by scraping the specimens together from the mud-covered rocks. Many of these we brought to Liverpool alive and used for the experiments with fishes in the Museum Aquarium, which were described in our Third Report on the Nudibranchiata, and in “‘ Nature” for 26th June, 1890. This Nudibranch anchors itself to the rock by a string of mucus attached to its tapering tail, and this habit enables it to live as it does on exposed rocks in the wash of the tide. Ihave several times watched specimens of Ancula in a few inches of water when there was a strong tide running past the rocks and waves dashing on them, herd sii ont sao de laa MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 33 and noticed that they were swayed backwards and for- wards in the water, but remained securely anchored by their tails. Ancula is not protectively coloured; and as it has no cnidophorous sacs with stinging cells, like those of Eolis, its bright white and yellow colouring and con- spicuous appearance on dark rocks seems at first in- explicable. From experiments made at the Aquarium last spring I came to the conclusion that it is distasteful to fishes, and possibly it is the secretion of certain large compound glands at the apices of the cerata or dorsal processes which is of an offensive nature. Doto coronata, when it is found at Hilbre Island, gene- rally occurs on colonies of the Zoophyte Clava multicornis ; but Dr. Sibley Hicks tells me that he has found it in our district, on the sides of the body of the sea-anemone Anthea cereus, lying in cavities which it had apparently eaten out for itself. Another rare Nudibranch which we found at Hilbre in March was Cratena viridis, of which only two specimens had been found before in our district, one at the Isle of Man and the other at Puffin Island. A fourth was dredged later in the summer in Rhoscolyn Bay, Angle- sea, during the cruise of the ‘‘ Hyena.” Altogether we have now recorded forty-three species of Nudibranchs in our district, of which thirty-one have been found at Hilbre Island and seventeen at Puffin Island. Besides affording opportunities for investigations into the condition of the stinging organs in various species of Kolids, and into the relation of the colouring to the euvironment in other forms of Nudibranchs, these speci- mens have enabled us to make a comparison of the epi- podial structures throughout a series of genera, from which we have arrived at the conclusion that all the dorso- lateral projections, or cerata, of Nudibranchs, often the 3 34 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. most conspicuous and brightly coloured parts of the body, are to be regarded as outgrowths of an epipodial ridge. The experiments with fishes referred to above, and which I announced my intention of undertaking in last year’s L.M.B.C. report, have been fully described since in the third report on the Nudibranchiata. They showed that the order of edibility of the forms which were offered to the fishes was :—Dendronotus, Doris, Ancula, and Folis ; Holis being the most distasteful form, Ancula next, Doris less so, and Dendronotus edible, but from its size offering difficulties to the rather small fishes which we tried.* These results are of importance in connection with the explanation of the colours of the various Nudibranchs. It is obvious that if an animal is not thoroughly objec- tionable, from taste or otherwise, and has not yet become conspicuous with warning colours, it will be an advantage for it to be protectively coloured. Holis is a most dis- tasteful form, and has conspicuous colours of a warning nature. Ancula is also distasteful and is conspicuously coloured. Joris is less distasteful and is still protectively coloured ; while Dendronotus, which I regard as edible, is very effectually concealed amongst the seaweeds it lives on, by its large branched cerata and red-brown colours. THe “ Hyana” EXPEDITION. The Liverpool Salvage Association having once more kindly placed their s.s. ‘‘ Hyena” at the disposal of the | L.M.B.C., a four days’ dredging cruise was arranged and successfully carried out at Whitsuntide. The old gunboat left the Mersey on Friday, May 28rd, and steamed to the Menai Straits. Some of the party spent the afternoon and evening collecting on the shore at Puffin Island, near which the “‘ Hyena’ was anchored for the night. On the * For further details see Trans, Biol. Soc., Liverpool, Vol, IV., p. 150, MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 35 }) following morning (after landing some beds, chairs, dredges, - and other supplies for the Biological Station), the various sections of the party were gathered from Puffin Island,: Beaumaris, and Bangor in time for breakfast on board the steamer. There were nearly thirty biologists in all (the largest number we have yet had on one of these cruises), including Mr. N. Rundell, Secretary of the Salvage As- sociation, Captain Young, who had been with us on seve-» ral previous ‘“‘ Hyena’”’ trips, representatives from Owens’ College, Manchester; University College, Liverpool ; the Manchester Museum; Edinburgh University ; University College, Bangor; Firth College, Sheffield; and other naturalists from Liverpool, Manchester, Chester, Sheffield, and Southport. It had been proposed to explore the northern coast of Anglesea, but the weather was so bad and the sea so rough in the direction of Point Lynas that, after a few hauls of the dredge off the north side of the South Spit, Puffin Island, the plans were altered and a _ start was made in the opposite direction. In passing up the Straits some dredging was done off Lleiniog, between Penmon Point and Beaumaris, depth six fathoms, where several specimens of the rare Nudibranch Cratena con- cinna were obtained, along with a single very small speci- men (2°5 mm. long) of Dendronotus arborescens. The latter is interesting in connection with our attempt (see the second of these Reports, p. 7) to introduce this species at Puffin Island. We cannot of course be sure that this small Specimen is the offspring of any of the Dendronotus which we set free in September, 1888, only about a mile away, but, at any rate, this is the first specimen of this species which we have found in that neighbourhood. The next haul was off Port Dinorwic, where the dredge came up filled with sand, stones, and broken shells, on. 386 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. which many animals were attached, including large num- bers of the small red Ascidian Styela grossularia. The “* Hyena’’ then passed on into Carnarvon Bay and com- menced working along the southern coast of Anglesea. The dredges and various kinds of tow-nets, surface and bottom, were used at intervals. A very large midwater net, attached to a triangular wooden frame was used for the first time and worked satisfactorily, but did not catch much, probably on account of the large size of mesh of the strong material of which it was made. Mr. W. E. Hoyle’s deep-water closing net has now been modified in the direction indicated in last year’s report, so that it can be opened and closed not by the agency of sliding weights, but by an electric current. The “ Hyena,” with its powerful dynamo, affords special facilities for experiment with this novel form of tow-net, which was used frequently during the cruise, not so much with the object of collecting specimens as for the purpose of detecting and remedying any possible defects in the con- struction, and of guarding against conditions which might interfere with the proper action of the apparatus. On the whole the net worked satisfactorily, the causes of occasional failures were discovered, and when an improved form of frame, made according to the design advocated by Pro- fessor Hensen, of Kiel, has been incorporated, the appara- tus will, no doubt, be a most useful addition to the imple- ments of the marine biologist. The mechanical details for working this tow-net may be described as follows : *—- The mode of opening and closing the net by the suc- cessive detachment of two cords, or links, has been re- tained ; but these are now looped round the shorter arms of two bell-crank levers, the longer extremities of which * See Report of Committee on this Tow-net, laid before Section D of the British Association, at the Leeds Meeting in September, 1890. MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 37 rest upon two studs projecting laterally from the sector of an escapement wheel near its circumference. The lengths of the levers are so adjusted that when the first tooth of the escapement is liberated one of them falls, whilst the second is retained until the third tooth has been liberated. The escapement sector is actuated by a spring, and its movements are controlled by an electro-magnet, whose armature is attached to, or rather made solid with, the escapement itself. The current passes to the magnet down a wire in the rope by which the net is towed, and when the net is let down closed the circuit 1s open. As soon as the desired depth has been reached contact is made, the movement of the armature releases the first tooth of the escapement, and the net opens. When the circuit is broken the second tooth of the sector is caught by the escapement, and held until a second contact sets free the other lever and closes the net. A further contemplated improvement is the combina- tion of this electric opening and closing tow-net with the electric illuminated tow-net which we have now used dur- ing several successive cruises of the ‘‘ Hyena.’ A small incandescent lamp will be placed in the mouth of the net, and the same current will be used for causing the move- ments of the net and for supplying the light. Several hauls of the dredge were taken during the after- noon in Carnarvon Bay on a sandy bottom, at depths of 12 to 20 fms., in which, amongst other things, Ascidia plebeia, a Holothurian, Leda pernula, Astarte sulcata, Acmea testudinalis, and Pandora inequivalvis were obtained. The “‘ Hyena’”’ anchored for the second night in a small rocky bay, Porth Dafarch, on the south side of Holyhead Island (close to where the s.s. ‘‘ Missouri’ was wrecked a few years ago), and about half the party were landed to sleep on shore. After dark, those who remained on board com- 38 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. menced tow-netting by electric light, and repeated, with some modifications, the experiments which had been made during the last two cruises of the “‘ Hyzna” at the Isle of Man in 1888 and 1889, and which were fully described in the L.M.B.C. reports for these years. . Fig. 1.—Tow-net with electric light. $ On the present occasion the large arc lamp was hoisted _ over the side of the ship so as to throw a strong glare on the water, and Hdison-Swan incandescent lamps were sent down to the bottom in tow-nets, which were hauled up at intervals. Comparatively few Cumacea, Amphipoda and Schizopoda were obtained this time, but shrimps and young MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 39 fishes were, for the first time in our experience, attracted by the light to the surface, and some of them were caught and preserved. The fishes proved to be young of Ammo- dytes lancea and Gadus virens. One of the ship’s boats was kept in the area illuminated by the arc lamp, and by leaning over her side the small objects in the surface-layer of water could be most distinctly seen, and particular animals picked out and captured with a hand-net as they darted about in the neighbourhood of the light. Mr. Leicester and Mr. Hornell were indefatig- able in this work and rendered good service. Dr. Hurst and I arranged to be awakened by the sailor on watch at three a.m., when we got up and tooka surface tow-netting about dawn, which was afterwards found by Mr. Thomp- son to contain a much greater number of Copepoda, and more variety than any of the other tow-nettings, either day or electric-light, surface or bottom. Amongst other interesting things it contained a large number of specimens of Peltidium depressum which had not been taken at all dur- ing the day, and only in very small numbers with the electric-ight bottom-net. This same species was taken shortly before near Puffin Island by Mr. Thompson in the tow-net which he left out all night attached to the Dinmor buoy. This Copepod is usually found sticking on Laminaria in the day-time, but evidently comes to the surface in abundance late at night or early in the morning. It is evident that this plan of taking surface gatherings at 2 or 3 a.m. will have to be further developed in our future cruises. Probably the best way will be for the biologists to keep watches like the sailors and have the tow-nets going all night long. The following day was spent in steaming slowly about off the southern coast of Anglesea, dredging and tow-netting at frequent intervals. The surface hfe was found to be 40 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. very poor, comparatively few Copepodaand almost no repre- sentatives of other free-swimming groups being obtained ; ‘but Mr. Thompson noticed the relative abundance in all the tow-nettings, both surface and bottom, during the day, and also with the electric light at night and at dawn, of unusually large specimens of Dias longiremis, and also the prevalence of the somewhat uncommon Jszas clavipes im all the surface gatherings, though none were taken in the bottom ones. Mr. Walker reports that as regards the higher Crustacea the results were rather poor. A few novelties, however, were the Cumacean HMudorella truncatula, Bate, taken close to Puffin Island with a small canvas dredge on the previous day, a new species of Podocerus from near Lleiniog, and Leptocherus hirsutimanus, Bate, taken in the Straits, and also off Towyn. The dredging results during this day were good. The following localities were explored:—(1) Porth Dafarch, (2) Penrhos Bay, (8) two miles off Towyn Lodge, (4) be- tween Towyn and Rhoscolyn Head, and (5) off Rhoscolyn Beacon, where we had six hauls. Some very fine Sponges were obtained, and Ascidians (six species) were plentiful. One patch of rich ground was discovered near Rhoscolyn Beacon, where Antedon rosacea, in the “ pentacrinoid”’ and also in the adult state, was brought up in abun- dance, along with various Tunicata (Ascidia virginea, and A. venosa), Holothurians, Nudibranchs (Cratena viridis and Doto fragilis), Zoophytes, Polyzoa, and especially large Sponges. Altogether this expedition was, probably, more prolific in regard to Sponges than in any other group. Dr. Hanitsch tells me that, in addition to a number of commoner species, we obtained in that one day (May 25th), in the dredgings in Penrhos Bay, off Towyn, and off Rhos- colyn Beacon, specimens of Raspailia ventilabrum, Poly- — Ls MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 41 mastia mammillaris, P. robusta, Tethya lyncurium (budding), and magnificent examples of the massive form of Cliona celata, the largest specimen, from near Rhoscolyn Beacon, measuring 31 cm. by 20 cm. horizontally, and 12 cm. vertically, and being probably not exceeded in size by any sponge ever collected on the British coasts. Miss Ll. R. Thornely, who has carefully examined all the material we brought back from this expedition, in- forms me that we obtained 26 species of Hydroid Zoophytes, including Halectum tenellum, Diphasia atten- uata, Plumularia echinulata, Hudendrium capillare, and Garveia nutans. Miss Thornely has also given me a list of the Polyzoa which she has identified from this cruise, comprising 38 species, six of which have not previously been recorded from that region (Anglesea) of our district, viz., Scrupocellaria scrupea, Membranipora pilosa form dentata, Smittia reticulata, Cellepora avicularis, Bowerbankia caudata, and Pedicellina cernua form glabra. In a collection made by Mr. F’. Archer at Bull Bay, on the north coast of Anglesea, later in the summer, Miss 'Thornely finds 25 species, including several of the rarer ones mentioned above, and Cellepora ramulosa. Mr. Hornell tells me that this cruise gave for the first time to our local fauna the Annelids Spinther oniscoides, Micomache lumbricalis, Sabellaria spinulosa, large numbers of Polynoe scolopendrina, and one example of Nychia cirrosa, which, curiously, was first described as British by the Swedish naturalist, Malmgren, from a wrongly named specimen of Polynoe in the British Museum, labelled as hailing from Beaumaris. On the third night we again anchored in Porth Dafarch, and after dark the electric lights were again used for a couple of hours. This time the large arc lamp was taken to the stern and suspended close to the surface of the 42 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. water, but as it was not working steadily one of the incan- descent submarine lamps was lowered over the side and kept a few inches under water, and this proved most effec- tive in attracting animals to a stationary tow-net or a hand net beside it. Some samples of the mud and other deposits brought up by the dredge from several localities during this cruise, and that of the ‘‘ Spindrift’ on September 27th, have been carefully examined by Mr. F’. G. Pearcey, of the Manchester Museum, for Foraminifera. Mr. Pearcey has kindly sup- plied me with a list of the 71 species found, which I append to this Report (see Appendix A, p. 58). It will be noticed that this list of Foraminifera adds 8 species to those pre- viously recorded in our district, and of these one, Ammo- discus spectabilis, 1s new to British seas. Mr. H. Halkyard, F.R.M.S., informs me that he has found at Southport the two unrecorded species Polymorphina sororia and P. myristiformis; while further additions to our list have been made from material collected by Mr. Thompson from the Mersey at Aigburth, and examined by Mr. E. Burgess, and which will form the subject of a separate paper in the Transactions of the Liverpool Bio- logical Society, Vol. V., p. 73. On the fourth day the ‘‘ Hyzna”’ returned through the Menai Straits to Liverpool. As usual the specimens col- lected were distributed to our specialists, and are now in process of being worked out. I have only been able to give a meagre preliminary account of the results, and I have no doubt we shall hear more in future L.M.B.C. Reports of the ‘“‘ Hyzna’’ expedition of 1890. OTHER DREDGING EXPEDITIONS. Through the kindness of Mr. J. Herbert Juewis a small tug, the “‘ Albert,”’ belonging to Messrs. Coppach, Carter and Co., of Connah’s Quay, was lent to the Committee for & MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 43 an afternoon’s dredging at the mouth of the Dee, on July 5th. Mr. Carter accompanied the vessel from Mostyn, and picked up the party from Liverpool at Hoylake about one p.m. Unfortunately the sea was rough, and although a number of hauls of the dredge were taken, both in Hilbre Swash and in the Welshman Gut, they were rather unproductive. Late in the afternoon the beam trawl was tried with more success, bringing up quantities of Zoo- phytes, Sponges, &c., along with some fish. The dredging party landed on Hilbre Island in the evening for the low tide, and were joined there by some of the other members of the Liverpool Biological Society, it being the occasion of the annual field meeting for the presidential election. The tow-nets had been worked as usual with great success during the afternoon, and Mr. Thompson has furnished me with a list of Copepoda, &c., from Hilbre Swash, in which the following occur, besides many of the usual com- moner forms :—Dvzas discaudatus, Cyclopina gracilis, Lao- phonte lamellifera, Lichomolgus (?), and Euterpe gracilis, along, with several Cumacea, Appendicularia and the Cladoceran Podon intermedius which, although not un- common,appears not to have been before recorded from British seas. Some good Copepoda were taken in the tow-net at Puffin Island on August 27th, including one specimen of Monstrilla rigida, and a larval Lernea. A most welcome grant of £50 from the Government Grant Committee of the Royal Society, to be applied to the further exploration of Liverpool Bay, has enabled us to hire seaworthy tugs on a couple of occasions for single day trips to the “‘ central area’ of Liverpool Bay. This region, which lies N.W. and W. of the bar lightship and onwards towards the Isle of Man, we regard as being still comparatively virgin ground, and as on each occasion when we have visited any part of it, notwithstanding very 44 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. adverse weather and want of sufficient time, we have been encouraged by finds which gave promise of rich ground \\ \\ ) il Co ( é and abundant spoil, we feel that more of our efforts in the future must be directed towards the exploration of this region outside the bar. On July 12th we hired the tug ‘‘ Spindrift,” belonging to the Liverpool Steam Tug Company, for a day’s work, and a party of fourteen of us started from the Landing Stage for a long day at sea. Westeamed to a point about 25 miles N.W. of the bar lightship, where, at depths of about twenty fathoms, we had a dozen hauls of large and small dredges, besides tow-netting work. The bottom, as a rule, was composed of sand and broken shells, covered in places with enormous quantities of Ophiuroids—mostly Ophiothriz pentaphyllum. Spatangus purpureus was also obtained in abundance and of large size. Mr. Walker tells me that a very large [phimedia obesa and two Huonyx MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 45 chelata were picked off an Echinus. During the ‘‘ Hyzena”’ expedition another similar case of Amphipoda living on an Echinoderm had been met with when a number of females and young males of Melita obtusata were found on Asterias rubens. The following Annelids were obtained in this ‘‘ Spindrift” expedition :—Lumbrinereis fragilis, Sthenelais limicola, Malm- grema castanea, Syllis tubifex, Spherodorum flavum, Eunice sp., Hermadion pellucidum, and H. assimile. It is worthy of remark that the two species of Hermadzon were in all cases discovered as commensals with Echinoderms. One specimen of H. pellucidum was picked off a Solaster, another off an Astropecten, and a third off an Ophiurid, while H. assimile was taken from Kchinus sphera. On September 12th, Mr. Walker saw two very fine living specimens of Palinurus vulgaris, the spiny lobster, which had been caught at Valley in Anglesea. This is believed to be the first record of its occurrence in Wales. Another expedition to the ‘‘ central area’ in the ‘‘ Spin- drift” took place on September 27th. We hoped on this occasion to be able to reach the ground where the very large specimens of Fusus antiquus, brought into market by the Fleetwood trawlers, live, and for that purpose Mr. R. D. Darbishire brought with him a Fleetwood trawler as a guide; but some time was spent in dredging on the way, and although we eventually reached the proper region, we were evidently not on the exact ground, as our dredges and trawl failed to bring up any of the desired whelks. We tried on this occasion anew trawl, made on the pat- tern of those recommended by Prof. A. Agassiz and by the Prince of Monaco. The runners are double, and both sides of the net are weighted, so that it is a matter of in- difference which side the instrument falls on, and the wooden beam is repiaced by two iron bars, which can be 46 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. unshipped so as to allow of easy transport. This instru- - ment worked well on every occasion on which it has been tried. We obtained, at about 15 miles N.W. of the bar, a number of specimens of Philine aperta, several of the beautiful large Nudibranch, Molis tricolor, some Holothuri- ans (Cucumaria hyndmanni) and Ascidians, and also dozens ‘of the strange scabbard-like tubes of Onwphis conchylega. Amongst the other worms obtained and since identified by Mr. Hornell, are :—Owenia jiliformis, Nicolea venustula, Lumbrinereis fragilis, Serpula reversa, Thelepus cincinnatus, - Sthenelais limicola, Malmgrenia castanea (on every specimen of Spatangus purpureus) and Hermadion pellucidum. On this expedition, and on the previous “‘ Spindrift” trip in July to the same region, Mr. F. Archer took special charge of the testaceous Mollusca, and passed large quantities of the sand and gravel brought up by the dredges through his sieves, in search of the more minute forms. He has now found ten species which were not recorded in the Report on the Mollusca in the first volume of our Fauna, includ- ing :—Pandora imequivalvis, Venus chione, Funciurella noachina, and Adeorbis subcarinatus. The mud dredged on this trip has been examined for Foraminifera by Mr. F.G. Pearcey and Mr. G. W. Chaster, and has yielded 63 species (see Appendix A, p. 58.) The Zoophytes of this expedition, and of the “‘ Albert” trip on July 5th, have been examined partly by Miss Thornely and partly in the Zoological Laboratory of University College by Mr. W. J. Halls. The “‘ Spindrift’ forms include the following additions to our list :—Hydrunthea margarica, Bimeria vestita, Campanularia hincksii, Gonothyrea gracilis and Aglaophena tubulifera. The surface life on this occa- sion (Sept. 27th) was very abundant, the tow-nets bring- ing up great quantities of Copepoda, &c. Amongst these “rae MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 47 Mr. Thompson has found several of the rarer forms, ¢.g., Huterpe gracilis, Pontella wollastoni, and Parapontella brevi- cornis. Mr. A. Chopin, of Manchester, spent a week at the end of August in collecting Invertebrata round the southern end of the Isle of Man, and was singularly successful in some groups. He has kindly submitted all his lists, and some of the specimens, to me, and I note that he ob- tained :— SPONGES, eight species. Hyproipa, twenty-seven species, including Syncoryne eximia (dredged off Spanish Head), and Lufvea fruticosa (on Sertularia abietina), not previously found in our district. Some members of the Manchester Microscopical Society also obtained in June, Corymorpha nutans, (near Shagg Rock, 12 fathoms), and Coryne pusilla (Fleshwick Bay), both rare species. ACTINIARIA, eighteen species and recognised varieties, including Sagartea nivea and its variety immuculata, not previously recorded. ECHINODERMATA, eight species. PoLYcHTA, five species. RotiFeRA, Syncheta baltica, Khr., not previously recor- ded. ARACHNIDA, Halacarus rhodostigma, Gosse (always on Bowerbankia imbricata), not previously recorded. PoLyzoa, twenty species. CRUSTACEA, twenty species, including Portunus corruga- tus, not previously recorded. Mouuusca, thirteen species, including Chiton discrepans, new to the district. Mr. Chopin collected at Hilbre Island, in September, the following Sea-Anemones :—Sagartia viduata, varieties 48 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. elurops and melanops, and Sagartia troglodytes, varieties scolopacina and candida. THE SHRIMP HNQUIRY. At the February Meeting of the Biological Society, last Session (see “‘ Proceedings,”’ p. xiv.), [announced my inten- tion of trying to collect statistics during the coming year that would aid in giving us more exact knowledge of the life-history and habits of the common shrimp (Crangon vulgaris) in this neighbourhood. It is well known that we are here in the centre of a considerable shrimping industry, and large numbers of shrimps come into the Liverpool market from various points on the adjacent coasts of Lancashire and Cheshire, both in the fresh condition and also potted in butter. I prepared a circular, asking a few simple questions, such as a fisherman or shrimper would be perfectly well able to answer, and despatched a set of questions with blank spaces for answers, one for each month of the year, to five centres in the district, where I was fortunate enough to find gentlemen who kindly undertook to get the forms filled up by fishermen and returned to me. Mr. T. Comber, F.L.8., undertook Parkgate; Mr. Re du: Ascroft, Lytham; Mr. A. Leicester, Southport; Mr. A. G. Haywood, Crosby; and Mr. Henry Isaacs, Hoylake. Unfortunately I have not received anything like complete returns for the year from all of these fishing centres, but | two of them, Lytham and Parkgate, have continued to send me reports during the whole year with the greatest regularity. I have now reduced these reports to a tabular form, which is annexed. I have also received some inter- esting information from Mr. W. B. Halhed, obtained from Parkgate fishermen. I wish to express my acknowledg- ments toall these gentlemen for their hearty co-operation, J tyes ee ee eo oes cae a v ~) ! FEBRUARY. QUESTIONS. - Puke’ Lytham Crosby P'gatolLh'm S’port|Crosby|H lake} Parkg’te ; 1.—Have Shrimps been plentiful | No, a No, very |No, very No, | ao No, | No No th, and what was | few qts. p > | very ) a eatch 2 loceas’n’ ly 15 gts.|12 qts.| 2 qts.| once 4 qts. ; Half | Me- 2,—Were they of large size ? Yes. Yes. ie x fate ; Yes. a a me | | |. |) 3,—Wereanyyoung orimmature} yy) ones seen ? ee 4,—Had any of them eggs ? Yes. —— Off Point! 5.—In what locality were they | of Ayr an Hilbre. caught ? 6.—In what depth of water, an on what bottom ? it Small, 7.—What were the Shrimps feed- | thin ing on? lug worms 8.—Did you see anything eat- God pad ing the Shrimps ? 9.—What has been the general Ver weather and state of the y sea this month ? JOH Tn cold 110.— Have you any other remarks Beatles to make ? Shrimps bury in sand. SHRIMP a Black- | Formby pool Pierjto end of Whit- = in ralcedl sand in | out of 0 Iwiys 4 “syeULOs Sosy ot} UI punoj iS} Yes. As Don't | Dead know.| crabs. and | Ood- young] ling, Cod- Very Cold. | oy gh. Rough ator Dearer March in Small and |L pool Shrimps 7 | mar- in eae ket “ \outters,’ 5 than in 2 feet many eee: water. young. Yes. | Yes. [Yes, full. Yes, all. /Yes, full. Out- As side Off Point S .|before. |before.|before.| the } of Ayr. Banks. Lytham Crosby | Parkg’te eet Yes, full.| A few. pool Pier ae 3 fms. ms.. i Do. | sand cogerd and Pi eg ” mud. pes: Small lug Do. ane worms : in sand whit Do. | jn4 | Codling. Fogs |Rough} Fine and | and and cold. | fine. | rough. + + “pyyonugounard 4. “‘YSy IoAeo MA [emojsuay snaghjog As before. Cedlings ee |: ets ie i | | bO- Ais. | ee ns to Southport.| banks. No, rt \ Yes, . (B4 gts. No, fairly, | 12 qts. Yes. Yes.’ Yes No. No. | Yes Yes, full} Few.. Yes. Blackpool | On the sand J—4 15 fms. fms mud, - sand. Don’t know, Marble blebs, white Yes, crabs. crabs. and ray | patehest. Very rough for ; Mai te ' rd | but g | shrimps, a! salmon a very @ scarce. —— | ig Parkg’te| Lytham | Parkg’te| Lytham Parkg’te Yes. No, 20 qts. |not very. Some. | Mixed. Yes and fry. Some. A few Not | still in y- spawn. Near As N.W. before. Light Ship. 8—10 Do. fms. sand, Don’t know. Marble blebs, white crabs, and ray patches. Fine ia ee settled. rough. Nothing) Some covered | Not as with {plentiful “weeds’’ jas usual (Zoo- jin July. phytes). AUGUST. Not " i le Good. Fone | Fai. then some ham | Parkg’te Yes, : Yes —100] 30—50 qt qts. Fairly large ; No. mixture. Many young Some. and imma- ture. No spawn E e at all. y: Lytham Pier to JOff Hpoint 1 buoy 2 | of Ry, at in Gut. Off Point} As of Ayr. | before. 10 me | 8—i0 3—8 fms, 2h fms. feet, | sluty) Do. slutch Do. sand. all > and : stones. Don’t Can’t | Don't know. _ say. know. No. Fine Fair, rough. | gales. , Very bad spring * tut good autumn for shrimps. Lytham | Parkg’te 100 qts.} 30 qts. NOVEMBER. Lytham |Parkg’te Yes, No, 80—100] almost qts. : Not very large. Many young and imma- ture, A good many. As before. 1—5 fms. Shrimps buried in Cae ea MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 49 I have in many cases simplified the wording of the answers, and have left out some irrelevant remarks. The Crosby fishermen complain bitterly of the prejudicial effect of the Liverpool refuse boats upon their industry, and declare that these boats discharge their rubbish much nearer the shore than they are permitted by law. It will be noticed from the answers* to the first question that the shrimps are more plentiful on the fisbing grounds in summer and autumn than in winter and spring, and there seems to be abundance of evidence that they are directly affected by the weather. In cold or very stormy weather they are said to bury themselves deep in the sand, and several of my correspondents mention having disin- terred them when raking for cockles at a depth of more than a foot in the sand. The prawns also disappear in cold weather, but whether they burrow is doubtful as they live on “‘ hard” ground. There seems to be a general belief that shrimps spawn all the year round, and I have no doubt that out of a great many shrimps some few may be found with spawn at any time, but from the answers to question 4 in the table it is evident that late winter and spring are the spawning times in this neighbourhood. ‘Then nearly all the speci- mens taken are large and full of spawn, while in summer and autumn ‘‘ fry” and immature forms make their ap- pearance in quantity, and indivicuals with spawn are few or absent. Many of the answers in regard to the food and the enemies of the shrimp were ‘‘ don’t know” and ‘‘ cannot tell.” The greater part of the positive evidence is that they feed upon “shore worms” in ‘‘sand pipes”’ (or their ~The standard of a good catch appears to vary somewhat with the locality and the time. What is considered ‘‘ plentiful” at one time is returned as scarcity in another month. 4 50 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. excreta ?), which I take to mean Sabellaria alveolata; while their enemies are generally said to be cod, whiting, flukes, small thornbacks, weevers, and crabs (especially ‘“‘ white crabs,” Polybius henslowi). Pleurobrachia (‘‘marble blebs’), which is sometimes put down as an enemy, would be very unlikely to be able to injure a shrimp. It may be of interest perhaps to record a typical week- end visit to Puffin Island in rather wintry weather. Near the end of October four of us (Mr. Thompson, Mr. Gibson, Mr. Leicester, and myself) arrived at the Island on a Satur- day, after a spinning sail down from Garth, in the ‘‘ Bonnie Doon,” and found that the new keeper, Thomas Jarrett and his wife, had been busy for some days white- washing and cleaning the station within and without, and had introduced several much-needed improvements in the household arrangements. : This particular expedition to the Island was made partly for the purpose of collecting certain special animals and sea-weeds, and partly in order to estab- lish the new keeper in his place, and give him full directions for making collections and taking observations during the winter. Certainly the biologists have never before been so comfortably housed at Puffin. The ar- rangements in regard to board and lodging were as satisfactory as could well be in such a delightfully iso- lated spot, where everything, from a sack of coals to a pat of butter, has to be brought from Bangor, if not further, landed when possible on the rocks or the shingle, and conveyed on one’s own back, or the donkey’s—usually the former—up a cliff, and over half a mile of island top, consisting chiefly of long grass, limestone rocks, and awk- wardly placed rabbit holes, before it reaches the biological station. The new sleeping bunks, fixed in three tiers of MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 51 two each against the wall of one of the rooms, (II. in fig. 3) are found to be a great improvement on the camp beds, especially in cold weather; and a long fixed work-table, with some shelving, has converted another room (III.) into a most useful indoors laboratory, where work can be carried on at night and on very cold days, when the out- side laboratory, with its stone floor and many windows, is too uncomfortable, even for the enthusiast. Fig. 3.—Plan of the Biological Station. W.W., windows ; C, chimney. Saturday was bright but showery all day. The after- noon was spent by the whole party on the long south spit at low tide, and the animals and plants collected were arranged, identified, and preserved in the laboratory dur- ing the evening. At night the wind rose and blew with great force against the north side of the house, and squalls of hail rattled against the windows at intervals. In the morning we were up at half-past seven, and found a heavy sea rolling in, a keen north wind blowing, and the moun- tains behind Penmaenmawr and Lilanfairfechan white with snow. Mr. I. C. Thompson, with characteristic enerey, at once conveyed me off to the cliffs for a morning plunge in the breakers in the middle of a shower of mingled sleet and driven sea foam; while our more sensible com- 52 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. panions superintended Mrs. Jarrett’s efforts to fry our ham and eggs in the station fryimg pan, which was found to have a considerable perforation in its centre. Immediately after eight o’clock breakfast the biological work began, and lasted till dark. Mr. Alfred Leicester ex- plored the Island, high and low, for land mollusca, and suc- ceeded in finding three snails (Zonites alliarius, Z. nitidulus, and Helix virgata) previously unrecorded. Mr. Harvey Gibson followed the retreating tide downwards foot by foot as he searched the shore for Algze. Mr. Thompson and I initiated the keeper into the mysteries of tow-netting for the purpose of making collections of surface life. We went out in the punt with our nets and bottles, and coasted as far as we dared venture in that frail craft along the lee side of the Island, gettmg abundant gatherings as we went, and storing up the Copepoda and Diatoms in tubes (duly labelled), which will give many an hour of hard work at the microscope to our specialists before the results are known, and the lists printed in our reports. Later on we all assembled on the reefs opposite se — = =. — - -—— Ssn > p —— mmardlzey = SSS Fig. 4.—View of Puffin Island from the end of the South Spit at low tide. The best collecting ground is amongst the Laminaria and boulders shown in the front of the figure. MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 53 the Beacon rocks for the last of the ebb, and worked downwards with the tide, trying literally to leave not a stone unturned, for in such a spot the biologist finds his choicest specimens in the sheltered nooks and crevices underneath the boulders and ledges of rock, which have to be turned over—sometimes by the united strength of the party—in order that the treasures beneath may be re- vealed. Under one such stone as it rolled back I caught sight of a large cuttlefish, Eledone cirrhosa, closely related to the octopus. There it sat in a shallow pool, something like a large yellowish toad, blinking its brilliant eyes, changing, chameleon-like, the colour of its skin, puffing out its fat round body, and squirting water at me with its funnel. I carried it home from Puffin Island next day in a large jar of sea-water, and it was before me on my study table as I wrote these lines, chmbing about the jar by means of its eight long tapering arms provided with powerful sucking discs, stretching itself up to the surface of the water, and extending its arms out in all directions like radii—suggesting the appearance of some monstrous spider in which the web is part of the animal’s body—and then suddenly collapsing and dropping all in a heap to the bottom. We found besides many Ascidians, and a few Nudi- bianchs; Sponges, Zoophytes, and Polyzoa, were in profusion, and of the new Algz, which fell to Mr. Gibson’s share, there was almost no end. Altogether we were in luck, and when we had followed the tide down to its lowest, and a little beyond, and were driven up the shore by the advancing waves and the approaching darkness, saturated to our knees and elbows, and ordinarily wet over most of the remainder of our bodies, but laden with spoil, we tramped across the Island to our snug little station, 54 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. where Mrs. Jarrett was boiling the kettle and frying the fresh herrings for tea, agreeing as we went that there was no place like Puffin, and no pursuit so delightful as marine biology. It is not, as some think, only in the height of summer that the biologist can carry on his field work. We brought back collections of various groups which have been distributed to our specialists. A small bag of matted alez and mud from low-water mark has yielded Mr. Archer 16 species of the smaller mollusca, including Pecten similis, Rissoa parva var. tinterruptu, Lissoa semi- striata (new to the district), Chemnitzia elegantissima, Jeff- reysia opalina, and Phasianella pullus. It is perhaps worthy of record here that we have found, half hidden in the soil on the 8. W. corner of the Island, a slab of stone marking the grave of a sailor who was buried there a century and a quarter ago. The inscription 1s now only partially legible, but Mr. Thompson found in the Linnean Society’s Library a copy of an old work giving an account of excursions 1n this part of Wales, made in 1798 and 1801 by the Rev. W. Bingley, F.U.S., in which occur the following passages about Puffin Island :—‘‘ Tradition respecting Priestholme says that when the now Lavan Sands formed a habitable part of Carnarvonshire a bridge communicated across the channel, and they yet pretend to show the remains of an ancient causeway from there to Penmaenbach, near Conway, for convenience of devotees who made pilgrimages to the Island;” and “On the Island I found an upright stone with the inscription— Bare. Stout, belonging to the Salley, died in the small pox Nov. ye 3rd, 1767. N.B.—The ship was cast away here.” MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 55 The present condition of the inscription is this :— IBN oe Coe WelOws us Salen Waa: We are to have neighbours on Puffin Island in future. The rabbitting, &c., on the Island has been let by Sir Richard Bulkeley to Jeremiah Griffiths, from Bangor— the use of the house, &c., for scientific purposes, being reserved as before for our Committee, as I am courteously informed by Mr. Preston, the agent for the estate. The ruined cottage at St. Seiriol’s old church on the top of the Island 1s now being repaired as a habitation for Jeremiah Griffiths, and as he and his sons propose to carry on fishing operations of various kinds all the year round in the neighbourhood of the Island, the biologists may regard this industrial invasion with equanimity, and even satisfaction. I am sure that the scientific and the economic exploration of the ‘‘ Turbot Hole” will go on peacefully side by side, and prove mutually beneficial. Fig. 5.—St. Seiriol’s Church tower and old cottage on Puffin Island, (From a ‘‘ Kodak” photograph), 56 . TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Appended to this report will be found :— (A.) A list of the Foraminifera identified by Mr. Pearcey from the deposits obtained Tune the “‘ Hyena’’ and “‘ Spindrift ’’ expeditions. (B.) A list of the papers on the Fauna and Flora of Liver- pool Bay, published since 1886, as the result of the L.M.B.C. investigations. (C.) The Hon. Treasurer’s usual statement, containing the list of Subscriptions and Donations tothe L.M.B.C. funds, and the Balance Sheet for the year. Fig. 6.—Puffin Island from the north. MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 57 Applications to be allowed to work at the Biological Station, or for specimens (living or preserved ) for Museums, Laboratory work, and Aquaria should be addressed to Professor Herdman, University College, Liverpool. Subscriptions and Donations should be sent to Mr. I. C. Thompson, F.L.8., 19, Waverley Road, Liverpool. Fig. 7.—The Naturalist’s Dredge. 58 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. APPENDIX A. NOTES on the FORAMINIFERA dredged by the L.M.B.C. n LIVERPOOL BAY during 1890. By F. G. Prearcry, Manchester. In June of this year Professor Herdman was good enough to leave with me to examine for Foraminifera four samples of the residues from bottles containing animals which had been collected from various localities-in Liver- pool Bay during the cruise of the ‘‘ Hyena” in May ; and since that I have received through Mr. Standen a further supply of deposit dredged during the ‘«Spindrift ” excursion on the 27th of September in the same district. Mr. G. W. Chaster also preserved some samples of deposits from the ‘‘ Spindrift” expedition, and picked out and identified the Foraminifera. He has, on Professor Herdman’s suggestion, submitted the rarer and more critical species to me for confirmation, and his results are now included in my lists. This last is the richest sample I have yet had an opportunity of examining from Liverpool Bay. It is not to be expected that with such a small supply from so large an area, anything very remarkable would be made out; especially after the long continued researches on this particular group of organisms in the same district by Mr. J. D. Siddall of Chester, whose admirable report on the Foraminifera of Liverpool Bay was published in the first volume of reports of the Liverpool Marine Biology Committee in 1886. In that report several representative deep-sea forms are recorded, and there- fore I was anxious to have the opportunity of examining some of the deposits from this district. In accordance with Professor Herdman’s request I herewith append the result of my investigation, which although small is sufficient to show that there are a number of interesting forms to be found in the district marked out for exploration by the L.M.B. Committee ; and I venture to point out to any Rhizopodists resident in the locality, who may have time to spare, that, from the nature of the deposits which have so far come under my observation, they should search well for the following forms, which I believe may yet be taken, viz., Astrorhiza limicola, Pelvsina variabilis, Hyperammina arbores- cens and Hyperammina vagans, more especially if carefully looked for along the seaward boundary. Perhaps a word or two here on the method of collecting may not be out of place. Whenever an opportunity occurs a good quantity of the deposit should be carefully washed through sieves in a tub of MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 59 sea-water on the spot, especially in cases where a muddy deposit is found. The siftings so collected should be carefully preserved in bottles with spirit, and labelled (inside) with a good B.B. pencil, while a part should be kept as long as possible in sea-water and examined in the fresh state. The water remaining in the tub in which the material has been washed, should be poured through a fine muslin bag or net, made for the purpose, and the contents of this net should also be carefully preserved for future examination, as in this way some of the rarer forms are often taken. Notwithstanding the small amount of material examined by me, I have been able to add eight new species to the locality, one of which is new to British seas ; these are as follows :—Miliolina pulchella, d Orb. ; Haplophra- gmium agglutinans, d’Orb.; Ammodiscus spectabilis, Brady; Teztularia trochus, d’Orb. ; Lagena globosa, Mont. ; L. clava‘a, d’Orb.; L. levigata, Reuss ; and Globigerina bulloides, var. triloba, Reuss. Two of these are worthy of further note, viz., Miliolina pulchella, d’Orb. (sp). Mr. H. B. Brady, in his Challenger Report, pl. iii, figs. 10—13, and M. Terquem in his memoir on the Foraminifera of the Upper Pliocene beds of the island of Rhodes, figure this form. Mr. Brady says, Miliolina pulchella is not uncommon amongst the larger Miliole of comparatively shallow water at depths of less than 100 fathoms. It occurs on the northern portion of our own coast, and occasionally elsewhere in the North Atlantic, in the Mediterranean, and more rarely amongst the Hast Indian Islands. It is therefore of considerable interest to have met with it in Liverpool Bay. Ammodiscus spectabilis, Brady. One perfect and one broken specimen of this species were obtained amongst the material dredged off Penrhos, which answer in detail to those described and figured by Mr. Brady (Report on the Challenger Foraminifera, vol ix., pl. xxxviii., figs. 20—22) with the exception merely that those taken off Penrhos are much smaller. This form is only known to have been taken from two other localities, viz., North Atlantic, and off the East Coast of Buenos Ayres in 1900 fathoms. It is therefore now added for the first time to the British Fauna. It is interesting to find that many of the Foraminifera which we know as inhabitants of the great ocean basins, also occur in the shallow seas round our own coast; and this is of great importance in discussing the Geo- graphical and Bathymetrical distribution of these forms. I now give a list of the species found in 1890, with the localities, No. 5 being the only one from which what could be calied a good sample of a rich deposit was obtained, 60 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. mo | is 3 re | oF 1. 2. 3. Wi). rORAMINIERRASL (om TaRE gra | oor | con Straits. | wic. Bay. Biloculina depressa, d’Oxbs......--- B. ringens, Maulk........... B. Aonqnid, Cl QE D.a0000000 Spiroloculina eacavata, d’Orb ......... So Vannlotiiti, C\ORDcccosccs con S. planulata, d’Orb......... oie |e ie Miliolina subrotunda, Mont. ..... x | ee M. eons, Io C6 do cccose ee M. seminulum, Linn. ...... aaihues< M. agglutinans, d’Orb...... x eV, fouling, CV OND.<40.05300° Sud M. oblonga, Mont............ x M. trigonula, Lamk......... Ophthalmidium inconstans, Brady...... caeal eee Cornuspira mvolvens, Reuss......... x ox Dendrophrya erecta, Str. Wright..... XilexX Psammosphera fusca, Schulze .......... cael ae Haliphysema — tumanowiczir, Bow...... n+ | ele Reophax difiugiformis, Brady...| X sag Ii. scoopiurus, Mont. ...... x ap jomsajonmeus, Whee oases R. moniliforme, (2) Siddall ee elaplapen agmium canariense, d’Orb. ... Se SK Jal, agglutinans, d’Orb...... oe oe Placopsilina _—_ bulla, Brady... .......... ¢ ‘4 ele on LOR — Muspratt, E. K., Seaforth Hall 5 O00 a Nicol, W., St. Michael’s Mount, St. Michael’s a eee — Oelrichs, W., 3, Weert font Sion t ao — Phillips, Prof. R. W., Univ. ae Bangor . lh ehieagg — Poole, Sir James, mower ialdines Pr 4 () — Rathbone, R. R., Beechwood House, Grassendale aoe oo 2 eo — Rathbone, Theo., the late, Backwood, Neston . 2 ae — Rathbone, W., M.P. Geeta Altes HOE 550 ser Bs te os) 2 eee aa Rendall, Principal, University College, Liverpool .. 2 Ae — Roberts, Isaac .. . 1 sOre — Samuelson, Edward, J. Pz, “‘Trefriv, North Wales . LO a r MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 71 Subscriptions. gS Gk Shepheard, T., Kingsley Lodge,Chester 1 1 0 Smart, Rev. EH. H., Kirby-in-Cleveland, Northallerton ... pee =O Southport Society of Sethe Semnce — Tate, A. Norman, 9, Hackin’s-hey ... 2 Thompson, Isaac C., Woodstock, Waverley-road_ ... 506 oo HO Thornely, James, Baycliff, Woolton... 1 1 0 Thornely, The Misses, Baycliff, “Waele ton ... ik be ae jal Oe'@ Toll, J. M., 340, Walton Breck-road 1 1 O Vicars, John, 8, St. Alban’s-square, bo ) Bootle ee 4 0) Walker, Alfred O. vere aeglva: Coleen IBEN oe Som bes Fas 7-8 8 @ Walker, Horace, South Lodge, Sineels Park 6 5 z, Sliver Ie. Watson, A. T., one Sheffield... as le AE AO Westminster, Duke of, Baton ail. -) O Willmer, Miss J. H., Fernleigh, “ee bourne-road, Birkenhead... 6 O 10 0 WOO eG Royal Society Grant, per Professor Herdman nd ee a Si esis Donations, CuSecds 13 OE 4s) 50 0 O 0 0 08 “UHLSHOINT GAYALTV “oauuo0o punof pun peyipny ‘O68 ‘Kaquesag asTg “looauMATT ‘UMUASVAUT, “NOP ‘NOSdNOHL ‘0 OVVSI SaIBYG §,°0D aSuOF{ [Qu s,WeUly1O \\ Qh MEM ge ep heme aee: te ceeeecesesecessees TONSIL], OUP souRleg Ag Ysilig “{ueu4seau, puny JuoWMopuy - G OGIF v G 9ale et GP Qh ees CWanGsuvsuacsutsntiatse seasee SeTTOUMNR “e sy fait fe 068T Te 20, ‘ToINSBOL], onp soured 66 1 3 ye BD oougaonstb gua soo a eeeiie Heese "+ KT9MOT}RIG pue Suuig 6c 9 ILG Poo TTT, [THE Te POA MEREOMe Ke, WO Ges FP ncaa ag ode obonon 900000000080000 0 0 09 rrseeereserees Kagioog pedo Ulogy queLy SNL iy ; eee pue TIO ouyyereg “ z 4169 —— 4 0 g§ ‘oR ‘suouttoedg ‘snyeirddy jo oseitieg pur soseysog ‘ 0 g VV sar i tote tethers hg Ne” stake Go ene ese) 21888 pany 6 g 8B Pee meee e ween eens eee ener beeen eee Suispoiq IOF ssn, uree}19 (14 miowengomasse Mie, COM), yoresany(al, jgyems) Aiewevogt fp ‘KB ce -MOPUT, LOF ST ‘po “se PVF Yor M JO 9 9T 0 OR “ #0[007, oUILe 9 §,9880f) Z 0 FIL de afc eae cer Gn icogueerauea75 hy. ‘s10UL-MOJ, ‘snqereddy oyIyUeLNg cc DO ean ° ¢ ¢ a ¢ i 66 8 eto dosdedocnons qstj dod se ‘suoyeuog * 6 &I 8- ow ‘sureyd ‘sedoy ‘speog 09 suredoy 9 8 I0L ’ : OnMOR See es WOIYLIG PURIST Ung ye suooy surystumy ‘ wae ees Tan core “il ace 0 OL eP Fete e eee eee e ees wee “-TUeISISSV pue ledooy jo SOLIRTVG G . : ae Sas idilemachas aaa ae FeO AOOSOTE kg Fiore} es fate ioe “6881 ‘Ioquieoeq 4STg ‘toInsvery, onp sourled og, 1D Eee 0681 EpE 8 ‘0681 ID ‘ATUASVANT, “NOH ‘NOSAWOHL “O OVVSI HIIM INQODDV NJ ‘UR HHLLTWINOO ADOTOIA ANIDVN TOOdUHAIT 73 NOTES on some FORAMINIFERA from the RIVER MERSEY. By E. Burcess. [Read November 14th, 1890.] Last year Mr. I. C. Thompson gave me a bottle full of a black mud to examine for Foraminifera. The mud had been collected at low-water in the Mersey, near Aigburth, on the Lancashire side, where the exposed part is all soft mud. Itis of importance with gatherings of Foraminifera to give the local conditions, and to determine, if possible, which of the forms are associated together in a living state and which have been washed from greater distances and depths. Both J. D. Siddall (‘‘ Foraminifera of the River Dee,” Proc. Chester Soc. Nat. Sci., part II., 1878) and H. B. Brady (in Brady, Robertson and Brady on *“ Ostracoda and Foraminifera of Tidal Rivers,” Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. vi., 1870, pp. 273—306, pls. X1., x11.) have given us information of the greatest impor- tance on the brackish water Foraminifera. The wonder- ful variety of texture, size, and form that is to be found is surprising. The tests or shells are formed both from the lime to be extracted from the water (where the water seems to contain but very little lime, the envelope becomes of a chitinous character), and also from lime in the shape of minute grains cemented together, along with spicules, grains of sand, and at times smaller foraminiferous shells also agglutinated together, each species having its own peculiar form of shell. 74. TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. NOTES ON SOME OF THE FoRMs.* Biloculina elongata, only a few found. There being no other forms would lead one to think that elongata under such conditions was a starved variety. Spiroloculina, d’Orb. The few examples of planulata, consisting of from three to five or six chambers, would lead one to think them starved also. But when one finds S. acutimargo comparatively frequent, having been only found as a great rarity before, it would seem as if it were more at home in brackish water. J. Wright gives as habitat 45, 50 and 25 fathoms; J. D. Siddall, one from estuary of the Dee; H. B. Brady gives from 15 to 1425 fathoms, also shore sand, Madagascar. The Mersey specimens are smaller and not so robust as the ‘“‘ Challenger” specimens. Miliolina, Will. The species MZ. seminulum and MM. subrotunda are the only ones common in this district, and the latter are principally chitinous examples of Miliolina ; one example might perhaps have been classed as JW. tricarinata, but under such altered conditions it was thought better not to include it in the list of species. The M. sclerotica was compared with Karrer’s plate before naming. Adelosina, d’Orb. A. bicornis, the earlier chamber of which is rather rare in this gathering. Mr. C. D. Sherborn has kindly given me a translation of the description of this form from ‘‘ Note sur le Genre Adelosina,”’ Charles Schlumberger, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. xi., 1886, p. 546. ‘* Adelosina, shell free, inzequilateral when adult, angu- lar, commencing with a compressed chamber, suborbicular, * See list given below, p. 77. FORAMINIFERA FROM RIVER MERSEY. 75 provided with a prolongation; the chambers being placed in a winding series on five opposing faces. The first, circular and compressed, forms a complete whorl; the others occupy a portion of the whorl, rolling themselves round with age, so that it appears that there are five cham- bers with a simple cavity. Mouth armed with teeth, as in other Agathistéques, and in adults alternately at one or the other extremity of the longitudinal axis.”’ Ophthalmidium inconstans, Br. Here again it would seem as if the ground was adapted for the growth of this species, many having been found here. Haplophragmium canariense, 7 Orb. Found in abundance in this mud. Ammodiscus gordialis, J. and P. Of this only one speci- men was found. In appearance it is flattened, and like an unwound T’rochammina squamata, without septation. On the suggestion of Mr. J. D. Siddall I have placed it under the above heading. Trochammina, P. and J. Of this four forms were found, and though marked rather rare, compared with many gatherings, the rather rare might be called frequent in the amount of material to be examined; several of the variety macrescens consisted of but very few chambers. Teatularia, Defrance. The few specimens found here named 1’. agglutinans are very small, and might, in some gatherings, but for the earlier chambers, have been mis- taken for T. filiformis. Bulimina, d’Orb. Of the five species of the above that were found, B. elegantissima was the most frequent, except the ever present B. pupoides. Lagena, Walker and Boys. Seventeen species or varieties of this genus would seem to show that this 76 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. locality was favourable to their existence. And, indeed, of all the Foraminifera these were found in greatest abundance. Nodosaria, Lamarck. Both N. communis and N. scalaris were found of but from two to three chambers, and in ereat rarity. Polymorphina, d’Orb. P. lactea was frequent, but only one specimen of P. concava was found, which is not sur- prising, as it is very small and of great rarity. Uvigerina, d Orb. U. angulosa were frequent, but no other variety found. Patellina, W., P. corrugata, are small but of great dis- tinctness in their spiral formation, a form almost peculiar to muddy bottoms. Discorbina, P. and G. The form recently described as D. ochracea, both figured and described by Prof. Williamson (Rec. Foram. Gt. Brit., 1858, p. 112; pl. v., fig. 113), has been removed to T’rochammina ochracea. Of the three forms, D. globularis and D. rosacea are frequent, but of D. parisiensis only two were found. Pulvinulina, Parker and Jones. PP. repanda, variety concamerata, Mont. is figured as a Rotaline shell, both faces convex. But the British forms figured by Williamson (1858, Rec. Foram. Gt. Brit., pl. iv., figs. 101—108), are concave on the inferior side. H. B. Brady (Syn. Brit. Rec. Foram., 1887, p. 921), speaks of there being no record of the above form either on the east coast of England or Scotland, nor in the Irish sea; if the last is correct, this form is new to the latter neighbourhood. Nonionina, d’Orb. N. depressula is common, and shows such variety of form and marking that at times it 1s puzzl- ing to identify it, as it runs so close to other varieties. FORAMINIFERA FROM RIVER MERSEY. 77 N. scapha is very rare, and so also is NV. pauperata, which H. B. Brady describes as ‘‘ Possibly only the starved condition of JV. scapha.”’ Polystomella, Lamarck. P. striato-punctata is ever pres- ent, but P. crispa is rather rare. List oF THE AIGBURTH (R. MERSEY) FORAMINIFERA. Family I1.—Mzin1oLipz. Biloculina elongata, d’Orb., rare, an elongated variety of B. ringens. Spiroloculina planulata, d’Orb., rare, and consisting of only a few chambers. S. acutimargo, Brady, comparatively common, frequent. Milolina oblonga, Mont., rare. M. seminulum, Linn., common. *M. auberiana, VOrb., very rare. *M. sclerotica, Karrer, very rare. M. subrotunda, Mont., very common. M. fusca, Brady, rare. Adelosina licornis, W. and G., rare. Ophthalmidium inconstans, Brady, comparatively common. Cornuspira involvens, Rss., common. Family [V.—LirvoLip2. Reophax nodulosa, Brady, rare. Haplophragmium canariense, d’Orb., common. Ammodiscus gordialis, J. and P., specimen doubtful. * Trochammina squamata, J. and P., rare. *T. ochracea, Will., rather rare. * Those species marked with a star are new to the L.M.B.C. district. 78° TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. T. inflata, Mont., rather rare. do., var. macrescens, Brady, rather rare. Family V.—TEXTULARIDA. Textularia agglutinans, d’Orb., very rare. Bigenerina digitata, d’Orb., very rare. Verneuilina polystropha, Rss., frequent. Bulimina pupoides, d’Orb., frequent. B. ovata, d’Orb., rare. *B. fusiformis, Will., frequent. B. marginata, d’Orb., rare. B. elegantissima, dV’ Orb., frequent. Virgulina schreibersiana, Csjzek., rare. Bolivina punctata, d’Orb., frequent. B. plicata, VOrb., frequent. B. difformis, Will., very rare. B. dilatata, Rss., very rare. Cassidulina crassa, d’Orb., very rare. Family VII.—LAGENIDz. Lagena globosa, Mont., rare. L. levis, Mont., very rare. do., var. clavata, d’Orb., common. *I. lineata, Will., rare. sulcata, W. & G., frequent. . williamsoni, Aleock, common. . costata, Will., very rare. . striata, d’Orb., common. . gracilis, Will., very rare. . semistriata, Will., common. . sguamosa, Mont., frequent. . hexagona, Will., rare. . melo, d’Orb., rare. SESE SESESE SESE Sis: FORAMINIFERA FROM RIVER MERSEY. a L. marginata, W. & B., frequent. | L. lucida, Will., frequent. L. orbignyana, Seg., very rare. L. ornata, Will., very rare. Nodosaria pyrula, d’Orb., very rare. NV. communis, d’Orb., very rare. F NV. scalaris, Batsch., very rare, two to three chambers. ; Marginulina glabra, d’Orb., very rare. Cristellaria creprdula, F. and M., rare. C. rotulata, Lamk., rare *C. variabilis, Rss., very rare. Polymorphina lactea, W. and J., frequent. P. concava, Will., very rare. Uvigerina angulosa, Will., frequent. Family VIII.—GuLoBIGERINID&. Globigerina bulloides, d’Orb., rare. Orbulina universa, d’Orb., rare, and of a brown colour. Spheroidina dehiscens, P. and J., very rare. Family [X.—Roraip2. Spirillina vivipara, Khrenb., very rare. Patellina corrugata, Will., frequent. Discorbina globularis, d’Orb., frequent. D. rosacea, var. mammilla, Will., frequent. *D. parisiensis, d’Orb., very rare. Planorbulina mediterranensis, d’Orb., frequent. Truncatulina lobulata, W. and J., frequent. T’. haadingeri, d’ Orb., very rare. *Pulvinulina repanda var. concamerata, Mont., very rare, concave on inferior side. Rotalia becearv, Linn., frequent. R. nitida, Will., frequent. 80 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Family X.—-NUMMULINID2. Nonionina depressula, W. and J., common. *N. pauperata, B. and W., very rare, NV. scapha, F. & M., very rare. Polystomella crispa, Linn., rare. P. striato-punctata, F. and M., common. NOTE.—The previously published lists of the Foramin- ifera of the Liverpool Marine Biology Committee’s District are :—Report on the Foraminifera by J. D. Siddall, in “Fauna of Liverpool Bay” vol. I., 1886; and List of Foraminifera dredged during 1890, in Fourth L.M.B.C. Puffin Island Report, App. A., Trans. Biol. Soc., L’pool, WHOL, Who 155 Sk : [Editor L.M.B.C. Reports]. ; J 4 = Aa A naa < T- 81 [From Trans. Biol. Soc., L’pool. Vol. V.] NOTES on CUCUMARIA PLANCI. By Herpert C. CHapDwick. With Plate I. [Read December 12th, 1890.] On June 26th last, while dredging in the Turbot Hole, off Puffin Island, I obtained about twenty specimens of the Holothurian Cucumaria planci. The majority of these were of small size, not more than five or six exceeding an inch in length. Selecting three of the largest and most vigorous looking, I placed them in a glass jar holding about a pint of water, in order to watch their habits. Two days later one of the specimens discharged about fifty ova. These were rather less than j, of an inch in diameter, pale cream in colour and quite opaque. Hach ovum had a mucilaginous investment which, after some hours contact with the surrounding water became distinctly thicker. During the following two or three days I had a number of ova under observation, but beyond the extrusion in one instance of two polar bodies, I saw no signs of develop- ment. On July 6th one of the adult specimcns assumed the condition represented in fig. 1, and remained almost motionless until early on the morning of the 8th. The middle portion of the body then became much more at- tenuated, and a slowly elongating rupture, of which an enlarged representation is given in fig. 2, brought the tightly stretched intestine into view. Then the two ends snapped asunder, and the anterior slowly crawled onward, 5A 82 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. leaving the posterior motionless. Fig. 3 represents the condition of things at noon, and immediately afterwards the intestine was detached at its junction with the cloaca in the posterior end p, and during the next two or three days was trailed about by the anterior portion a. Even- tually it decomposed and disappeared in fragments. At no time during the process of division were the tentacles visible. On July 21st I noticed that the posterior end had developed a new mouth and a circlet of minute tentacles. The latter slowly increased in size, but were seldom pro- truded except after aeration of the water. On July 26th another specimen repeated the above process of spontaneous division in much the same way and in about the same time, the only variation being that the anterior portion took possession of the whole of the intestine soon after its detachment from the cloaca. This specimen had previously discharged a large number of ova, assisting their dispersion by active play of the tentacles. The process of division was again repeated at the middle of August by the third specimen, and a fortnight later the posterior end of this divided, so that at the end of the month I had seven specimens. Cucumaria planci appears to be a hardy species, and well adapted for marine aquaria. EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. Figs. 1 and 3, show stages in the fission of Cucumaria planci, natural size. Fig. 2, shows rupture of middle of body, enlarged. 83 A REVISED LIST of the MARINE ALGA® of the L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. By R. J. Harvey Gipson, M.A., F.L.S., F.R.S.E., LECTURER ON BOTANY IN UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, LIVERPOOL. Nvatheelates ll itl IVE. Ve [Read December 12th, 1890, and January 28rd, 1891.] THE present Report on the Marine Alege of the district mapped out by the Liverpool Marine Biological Com- mittee as the area of their explorations is a revision and extension of the First Report on the same _ subject presented to this Society in 1889.* In that paper I incorporated the observations of previous investigators so far as these seemed of value for the purposes of the Report, and recorded all the species noted by them whether I had myself observed them or not. The list so compiled was necessarily incomplete and faulty—incom- plete, seeing that a more careful examination of our coast, keeping in view the very numerous additions to the list of British Marine Alge since the days of Harvey and Greville, could not but result in a substantial increase to a local list such as the present,—faulty, because many species have been recorded as occurring on our shores almost certainly through mistaken identification, although I was not able at the time to express an opinion on the sub- ject. After consulting algologists hike Mr. E. A. L. Batters, Mr. A. W. Bennett and others who have carefully studied the British Marine Flora, I have decided to exclude all such * Proc. Biol. Soc., Liverpool, vol. iii., pp. 128—154. 6 84 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. doubtful forms from my list, although I have added an appendix (I) in which these are enumerated, together with the reasons which lead me to suppose that they are very doutfully natives to our area. The rapid development of our knowledge of the mor- phology and life history of Marine Algee renders necessary many alterations in classification and nomenclature. I have followed the nomenclature and classification used in Messrs. Holmes and Batters’ recently Bee list of the Marine Algee of Britain.* At first I fancied that an appendix containing records of new species and localities, together with abstracts of any observations I had been able to make on certain forms, would meet the present case, but I soon found that scarcely a single line of my former and provisional list expressed precisely what I wished to say with regard to the species therein enumerated, and, moreover, that the additional notes which I desired to insert were so numer- ous that I felt that it would be much the better way to reprint the entire list, introducing these alterations and additions in their proper places. Where I have altered the name of a species in accordance with more recent views as to its affinities, | have given as well the name (within brackets) by which I designated it in my previous paper. Save in these and other special cases I have not given synonyms nor references to literature. It seemed to me unnecessary to do so, seeing that these are given in full in such easily accessible works as Hauck’s Meeres- algen, Kjellman’s Alg@e of the Arctic Sea, Farlow’s New England Alga, &c. I have added, with certain necessary modifications, the artificial key to the genera of Marine Algw, appended to * Annals of Botany, vol. v., p. 63. REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. 85 Prof. Farlow’s List of New England Alga, and I have to record my best thanks, not only to Dr. Farlow for his kind permission to use his tables, but also to my friend Mr. E. A. L. Batters, LL.B., F..S., for his kindness in adapt- ing the tables to suit our local Marine Flora. I must also express my great indebtness to Mr. Batters for constant help and advice freely given me during the compilation of this list. My thanks are also due to Mr. George Murray, F.L.S., Mr. A. W. Bennett, F.L.8., and Dr. Edouard Bornet for help in indentification of specimens, &c. My attention has been drawn to certain additional works in which references are made to the Marine Algee of our district. These are as follows :— (1) Welsh Botanology (1813) by Rev. H. Davies, F.L.S. Tt am indebted to Prof. Philips of Bangor for a ~ copy of this work ; (2) Marine Alge@ of the I. of Man, (Ann. Nat. Hist., vol. vu.) by Dr. G. 8. Brady, F.R.S. to whom I beg to return my best thanks for the use of his MS. notes on an interleaved copy of his paper ; (3) Marine Alge of Douglas Bay, I. of Man, (Proc. I. of Man Nat. Hist. Soc., 1890) by Rev. T. Talbot. (4) Marine Alge of the I. of Man, (Wesley Naturalist, 1889) by Mr. King. My own work, since the publication of my former report, has consisted of investigations on the Alge of Puffin Island during a number of visits to the Biological Sta- tion there. On one of these occasions I had the advantage of the company of Mr. Batters and Mr. Murray, when many additional forms new to our list were observed. Mr. Batters and I also paid a visit to Hilbre Island and were successful in making further records. During the Xmas vacation (1890), I paid a visit to Port Erin, I. of 86 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Man, when I was able to confirm many records from that locality made by previous observers. I have incorporated abstracts of two morphological investigations published in the journal of the Linnean Society. I have to record my thanks to the Council of that Society for their kindly granted permission to reprint Plate ILI. Much yet remains to be done both on the general Marine Flora and on certain special points in Morphology, Physiology and Distribution. On some of these points I have already prepared a few notes, but they are not in a sufficiently advanced state of preparation to warrant pub- lication at present. The British Algee number according to Holmes and Batters over 500 species. The present list includes the names of 256 species and varieties, of which 21 belong to the Cyanophycee, 41 to the Chlorophycee, 65 to the Pheophycee, and 129 to the Rhodophycee. Of these 66 were not recorded in my previous list. Several additional species are recorded in Appendix I. as doubtfully natives of our shores. The following are the names of the species added to the list previously published. CYANOPHYCEZ. Dermocarpa prasina, Born. Symploca hydnoides, Kutz. D. schousbei, Born. Lyngbya spectabilis, Thur. Spirulina tenwssima, Kutz. Nodularia harveyana, Mert. S. pseudotenwissima, Crn. Calothriz pulvinata, C. Ag. . Oscillaria coralline, Gom. CHLOROPHYCES. Prastola stupitata, Suhr. Fipicladia flustre, Rke. Enteromorpha canaliculata, Diplonema confervoides, Batt. Holn. et Batt. REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG&. 87 Entoderma wittrockiz, Wille. Urospora bangioides, Holm. et Batt. Ulothriz implexa, Kutz. Codiwm tomentosum, Stakh. PHROPHYCES. Punctaria latifolia, Grev. P. latifolia, f. zostere, Le Jol. Desmarestia ligulata,Liamx. Stictyosiphon subarticula- tus, Hauck. Ectocarpus terminalis, Kutz. Isthmoplea spherophora, Kjell. Halopteris filicina, Kutz. Ascocyclus reptans, Rke. Sphacelaria plumigera, Holm. Elachista flaccida, Aresch. A sperococcus echinatus, var. vermicularis, Griff. Sporochnus pedunculatus, CHAe: Arthrocladia villosa, Duby. Laminaria hyperborea, Fos. Saccorhiza bulbosa, De la Pyl. Fucus ceranoides, Linn. Dictyota dichotoma, var. im- plexa, J. Ag. Taona atomaria, J. Ag. Phyllitis zostervfolia, Rke. RHODOPHYCE. Chantransia secundata, Laurencia obtusa, Lamx. Thur. L. hybrida, Genorm. Helminthocladia purpurea, Chondria tenuissima, C. Ag. J. Ag. Polysiphonia urceolata, var. Helminthora dwwaricata, patens, J. Ag. J. Ag. P. parasitica, Grev. Phyllophora traillu, Holm. Dasya arbuscula, C. Ag. et Batt. D. ocellata, Harv. P. palmettoides, J. Ag. Calliblepharis gubata, Kutz. Lomentariaclavellosa, Gaill. Champia parvula, Harv. Bostrychia scorpvordes, Mont. Sphondylothamnion multifi- dum, Nag. Spermothamnion turnert, Ayresch. Rhodochorton membranac- eum, Magn. 88 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. R. sevrtolanum, Gib. Compsothamnion gracilli- mum, Schmitz. Callithamnion tetragonum, var. brachiatum, J. Ag. Halymema ligulata, C. Ag. Hildenbrandtia prototypus, Polyides rotundus, Grev. Schmitziella endophlea, Born. et Batt. Lithophyllum lenormandi, Rosan. Chylocladia ovalis, Hook. Melobesia confervordes, var. rosea, Kutz. Kutz. In Professor Herdman’s Third Report on the Marine Biological Station on Puffin Island,* reference is made to the presence in the sea of vast numbers of ‘ gelatinous spherical bodies containing minute spicules.”” The occur- ance of these bodies in countless myriads renders the water ‘‘ foul,’ and the phenomon has been observed not only at Puffin Island by members of the L.M.B. Com- mittee, but also at Sheerness by Mr. Shrubsole, at St. Andrew’s by Professor McIntosh, and by the naturalists at the Plymouth Station. I have tried to obtain some of this material on several visits to Puffin Island, but hither- to without success. Mr. I. C. Thompson has, however, kindly given me a bottle containing the organisms in question, and this material I handed on to Mr. A. W. Bennett, F..8., who is a well known authority on the lower forms of algal life. Iam glad to be able to incor- porate the following notes which he has kindly sent me. “The sample sent to me by Mr. Harvey Gibson, from the Menai Straits, contains various diatoms in an inter- esting condition, but in a very fragmentary state. They ~ belong mostly to the families Melosireze and Biddulphiez, and are most nearly allied, as far as I am able to deter- mine, to Melosira nummuloides Kitz. and Biddulphia aurita, Bréb. (Odontella aurita, Ag.) The siliceous coating * Liverpool Biol, Soc, , vol. iv., p. 40. REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG&. 89 is always excessively thin and entirely destitute of mark- ings as far as is shewn by the highest powers at my disposal, though it is probable that under exceptionally good conditions as to ight and with still more powerful objectives, the characteristic markings of these families might be detected. But the interesting fact is that the contents of some of the cells are to be found floating free, destitute of any siliceous envelope, and (apparently) in a living condition. This is frequently the case with deep sea species belonging to the allied genus Rhizosolenia. I also noticed detached ‘‘hones”’ of Chetoceros, and fronds which I should refer to Fragilaria striatula, Lyngb. Besides diatoms there are several other marine alge, but mostly in a fragmentary condition. There is a Rhizo- clonvum, probably f. riparvwm, Harv. and what I take to be fragments of an epiphytic Hndocladia.” Mr. Bennett expresses a desire to see further santplés of “foul” water, and I take this opportunity of making his desire known, in the hopes that members of the L.M.B. Committee may be able to send him material in a fresh condition. NOTE.—In using the nomenclature and classification employed by Messrs. Holmes and Batters (loc. cit.), I have thought it best to give their authorities for specific nomenclature also. I do so, however, with great reluc- tance and for the following reasons. In the paper referred to (p. 64) these authors say :—‘‘ The authority given for the name of a species is in every case that of the botanist who first employed the name as it now stands, not that of the author who first described the species under another name.” Thus, to take an instance, Urospora bangioides ap- pears in their list with the authority ‘“‘ Holmes et Batters.”’ This species was, I believe, first described and published 90 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. by Harvey under the name of Conferva bangioides (Phye. Brit., pl. 268). Holmes and Batters have on the strength of my observations on the tailed spores of this species, placed it in Areschoug’s genus Urospora. I think that such a system, substituting as it does the name of the botanist who simply renames for the name of the first dis- coverer and describer is fundamentally wrong in principle. ‘‘Palmam qui meruit ferat,’ and he who discovers and describes is surely much more worthy of honour than he who merely changes the name originally given. If this system be logically followed out by other botanists, we may expect soon to have a flora in which not a single species appears with the name of the first describer appended to it. Urospora bangvoides, Holm. et Batt. ought, in my opinion to be Urospora bangioides, Harv. placed under the genus Urospora, Aresch. In the present paper I have used Holmes and Batters’ system, only because I do not feel myself competent to say in all cases who deserves to be named as the authority, without referring (which I cannot at present do) to the original specimens. In Zoology, I believe, the authority given by almost all authors is the name of the first describer, and that seems to me to be the most just principle on which to go in such matters. Localities where I have myself collected a species are distinguished by marks of exclamation. Series I—CYANOPHYCEA. Cohort I.—CHROOCOCCIN #. Order I.—CHROOCOCCACER. Gloeocapsa crepidinum, Thur. Puffin I. !, Point of Ayr. ay REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. Oi Order I1.—CHAMMSIPHONACES. Dermocarpa prasina, Born. Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.! D. schousbei, Born. Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.! Cohort I1.—NOSTOCHIN i. Section I1.—Homocystee. Order I.—OscILLARIACEZ. Tribe I.—Oscillariee. Spirulina tenuissima, Kutz. Menai Bridge. S. pseudotenuissima, Crn. Point of Ayr. Oseillaria nigroviridis, Thw. Eastham. O. coralline, Gom. Point of Ayr. Phormidium papyraceum, Gor. (Oscillaria spiralis, Report I.) Point of Ayr, Eastham, Anglesea. Tribe I1.—Lyngbyee. Lyngbya semiplena, J. Ag. Point of Ayr, Puffin I.! L. estuaru, Liebm. Bromborough Pool, Hilbre I.!, Poit of Ayr. L. majuscula, Harv. Hilbre I., Eastham, Wallasey, Puffin I.! I found this plant growing at the last mentioned locality in colonies often half a foot or more in diameter. L. spectabilis, Thur. in herb. Point of Ayr. Symploca hydnoides, Kutz. Puffin [.! 92 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Tribe II1.—Vaginariee. Microcoleus chthonoplastes, Thur. Point of Ayr. Section I].—Heterocystee. Order [J.—RIVULARIACEZ. Tribe II.—Mastichotrichee. Calothrix confervicola, C. Ag. Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, I. of Man, Anglesea. C. pulvinata, C. Ag. Puffin I.! C. scopulorum, C. Ag. Puffin I.! Rivularia biasolettiana, Menech. Eastham!, Hilbre I.!, Point of Ayr. K. atra, Roth. Hilbre I., Mersey, Anglesea. Order V.—NosTOcHACE. Anabeena torulosa, Lagerh. (Spherozyga carmichelit, Report 1.) Eastham, Point of Ayr, Anglesea. Nodularia harveyana, Thuy. Point of Ayr. Series I1.—CHLOROPHYCEZ. Cohort JJl.—CONFERVIN Ai. Order I.—BLASTOSPORACEA. Prasiola stipitata, Suhy. Hilbre I.! Order I1.—Unvacea. Monostroma grevillei, J. Ag. Puffin I.!,1.of Man!. EHnteromorpha intestinalis, — var. cornucopre, Ahln. recorded from the I. of Man, is only a form of this species. Diplonema confervoides, Holm. et Batt. Point of Ayr.~ REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. 93 Enteromorpha clathrata, J. Ag. Eastham, Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, I. of Man.! E. ralfsvi, Harv. Bangor. Though a rare species I retain it on the authority of Mr. Ralfs. Marrat records it as ** general,’ which 1s very unlikely. Hi. erecta, J. Ag. New Brighton. E. ramulosa, Harv. Hilbre I.! EH. percursa, C. Ag. var. ramosa, J. Ag. (E. percursa, Report I.) Point of Ayr. E. compressa, Grev. Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, I. of Man!, Mersey and Dee estuaries ! HE. linza, J. Ag. Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.!, Anglesea, I. of Man. E. intestinalis, Link. Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.!, Anglesea. FE. canaliculata, Batt. Point of Ayr. Ulva latissima, J. Ag. (Ulva lactuca, var. genuina, Report 1.) Hilbre I.!, New Brighton, Puffin I.!, Anglesea, I. of Man. Order I1].—ULOTHRICHACE. Ulothrix implexa, Kutz. Point of Ayr. Order [V.—CH#TOPHORACES. Entoderma wittrocku, Wille. Puffin I.! EL. flustre, Rke. Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.! I have found this species 94 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. more frequently on zoophytes than polyzoa, and especially on Diphasia punula. Order V.—CLADOPHORACEA. Urospora pencilliformis, Aresch. (Conferva youngana, Report 1.) Puffin I.!, Anglesea ! U. flacca, Holm. et Batt. (Ulothrix flacca, Report 1.) . I. of Man, Anglesea, Puffin I.! U. bangioides, Holm. et Batt. Puffin I.!, Anglesea ! I found this form growing in considerable quantity at the situations named, in the spring of 1890, and thinking at the time that I had found the rare species Urospora collabens, I made a careful study of its structure and life history. Through the kindness of Professor EH. P. Wright I was enabled to compare my plant with the type specimen of U. collabens in the Harveyan Herbarium at Dublin, with the result that my plant proved to be not that species but Urospora bangioides. I publish, however, my observations on the species, although in doing so I in ereat measure repeat Areschoug’s work* on the allied U. pencilliformis. The filaments vary greatly in length ac- cording to age, an average full grown frond being 6—10 cm. long. The frond is unbranched and tapers to base and apex. Narrower regions also occur in the course of its length. The base is an irregular disc formed by the terminal cell, and frequently two or more cells above the terminal cell. The cell wall is markedly two layered. Cell division is usually regular, but frequently irregular. IT have found that this oblique mode of division is asso- ciated with a peculiar method of vegetative multiplication. * Observationes Phycologice, Pt. I. REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. 95 Separation of pale green or colourless portions of the protoplasm first of all takes place, followed by oblique septation of the green central portion. One of the taper- ing cells thus formed then grows outwards, forming a pseudo-branch. The filament then separates into two parts, the isolated portion fixing itself by means of the pale thick-walled process, whilst the already attached part is terminated by a tapering pale green or colourless fila- ment. Two kinds of zoospores are formed, large and small. The megazoospore is pear-shaped, with a long, tapering hyaline tail, and a large, often distinctly knobbed, colour- less but granular head, from the centre of which arise four long flagella, which project at right angles and bend backwards along the sides of the conical body when at rest. When in motion all four flagella move together with a paddling movement. The megazoospores are more plentiful than the zoogametes. Their mode of development is as follows :—A cell usually about the middle of a fila- ment enlarges, the chlorophyll retreats to the centre, and a broad, granular, colourless layer is seen lying nearest to the wall. Radial segmentation then takes place, and the chlorophyll again spreads outwards, still leaving, however, a narrow outer portion colourless or only faintly green, more difficult to see at this stage owing to the spores being crushed against the wall by their rapid increase in size. When ripe the cuticular layer of the cell-wall bursts, and the entire inner wall, with the enclosed spores, escapes. The inner wall speedily deliquesces and the spores are set free. They move slowly, and after a time settle down on some adjacent rough surface. I have watched them settle on a sporiferous filament of Bangia fuscopurpurea, and observed the first stages in the development of new fila- ments. In the course of examination of hundreds of 96 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. filaments I have never seen fewer than 32 megazoospores in a cell. The microzoospores, or zoogametes, are much smaller. They are ovate biciliate, actively motile cells, very pale ereen at the broader end, and colourless at the point of attachment of the two long cilia. They are produced in vegetative cells, and, so far as I could make out, in other filaments than those which produce megazoospores. The contained mass of zoogametes is much paler in colour than is the content of a megasporangium. The number of zoogametes 1s 64 or more. ‘Their movements are so rapid that 1t is almost impossible to count them as they escape, the calculation ‘‘ 64 or more”’ is based, therefore, on the appearance of the gametangium previous to their escape. I have no doubt that conjugation takes place between cells of the same filament. The mode of conjugation does not differ from that described for Ulothriz zonata, by Dodel Port,* although the tailed megazoospore and the number of these produced in a sporangium places this species in the genus Urospora, Aresch. I have not been able to trace the after history of the zygote. The extrusion of mega- or micro-zoospores from a cell lying between two others whose contents have not been shed is followed by the protusion of the special cell-wall of one of the lateral cells into the cavity, the gametes, or spores of the latter escaping by the rupture already formed in the outer wall of the empty cell. (See Pl. IIT.) Cheetomorpha tortuosa, Kutz. Prince’s Pier, I. of Man, Anglesea. C. linum, Kutz. Anglesea !, Puffin I.! C. melagonvum, Kutz. Puffin I.! I. of Man. Marrat records this spe- * Pringsheim’s Jahrb. f. wiss. Bot., Bd, X. REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALGA. 97 cies as ‘general.’ He probably mistook C. Linum for it. C. erea, Kutz. Mersey, I. of Man, Puffin I.! Rhizoclonium ripariwm, Harv. irinlipce le le uti Ie! sBastham. Cladophora pellucida, Kutz. Hulbre 1., I. of Man, Puffin I.! C. hutchinsie, Kutz. New Brighton, Anglesea, I. of Man, Hilbre I. C. utriculosa, Kutz. var. letevirens, Hauck. New Brighton, Anglesea, I. of Man, Puffin I.! C. rupestris, Kutz. Hilbre I.!, I. of Man!, Puffin I.!, Anglesea ! C. glaucescens, Griff. JPresnoin Jt Jeblloreey 1a} C. fracta, Kutz. Bromborough Pool, Anglesea. C. flecuosa, Griff. New Brighton, Hilbre I., Eastham, Anglesea, Jt, Ort WWlewn, J2anonal AE C. albida, Kutz. Wagwacita, cvamm Iss Ie ore WW oewal, var. refracta, Holm. et Batt. IPremnomm 1h, Jb; ose lena. CV arcta, Wutz. - Bromborough Pool, Eastham, Wallasey Pool, Hilbre I., I. of Man, Puffin I.! C. lanosa, Kutz. Puffin I.!, I. of Man, Anglesea. var. uncrales, Thur. Prono 1, Jl, oie Wiehe, 98 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Cohort I11.—SIPHONIN AL. Order I1.— BRYOPSIDACEA. Bryopsis hypnoides, Lamour. Hilbre I., I. of Man, Puffin I. B. plumosa, C. Ag. I. of Man!, Hilbre I., Puffin I.! Anglesea! New Brighton. Order I1].— VAUCHERIACEA. Vaucheria dichotoma, Lyngb. var. marina, C. Ag. New Brighton. I have found Vauwcheria fila- ments frequently, but as none were in fruit it is impossible to say to what species they belonged. V. thuretw, Woron. Hastham. Order IV.—CopI1AcEz. Codium tomentosum, Stackh. I. of Man! Series III _PHMOPHYCEA. Cohort I—KCTOCARPIN A. Order I.—DESMARESTIACEA. Desmarestia viridis, Lamx. I. of Man, Puffin I.! D. aculeata, Lamx. IE, Gxt Wher, Ieee IL | D. ligulata, Lamx. I. of Man, Abergele. Order II1.—DictTyosIPHONACEA. Dietyosiphon feniculaceus, Grev. Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, Penmon Point!, Isle of Man. Order III.—PuUNCTARIACEA. Litosiphon pusillus, Harv. Hilbre I., Bangor, I. of Man, Puffin I.! REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG&. Stictyosiphon subarticulatus, Hauck. Carnarvon. Punctaria plantaginea, Grev. Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, I. of Man! P. latifolia, Grev. I. of Man. var. zostere, Le Jol. I. of Man. Order I[V.—ASPEROCOCCACEA. Myriotrichia claveformis, Harv. I. of Man, Hilbre I.! var. filiformis, Farl. (M. filuformis, Report 1.) Hilbre I.! Asperococecus echinatus, Grev. Hilbre I.! Puffin I.!, I. of Man. var. vermicularis, Griff. Pana pt Streblonema velutinum, Thur. (Ectocarpus velutinus, Report I.) Pani Ws! Order V.—ECTOCARPACE. Ectocarpus terminalis, Kutz. Pia le ok Nama. EH. confervoides, Le Jol. var. stliculosus, Kjellm. 99 Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.! New Brighton, I. of Man. E.. fasciculatus, Harv. Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.! EH. granulosus, C. Ag. New Brighton, Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.! EL. tomentosus, Lyngb. Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.!, New Brighton, I. of Man. 7 100 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Isthmoplea spherophora, Kjelln. Puffin [.! Pylaiella litoralis, Kjellm. Puta i eso Mains! Order VI.—ARTHROCLADIACEA. Arthrocladia villosa, Duby. Anglesea. Order VII.—HLACHISTACEA. Elachista scutulata, Duby. I. of Man. HE. fucicola, Fries. Puffin I.!, Anglesea !, Hilbre I.!, I. of Man! Ei. flaccida, Aresch. Penmon Point ! ; Marrat records this species on Cystosewra barbata at Puffin I., though the host plant does not occur in his list nor on the island. Order VIII.—SPHACELARIACEA. Sphacelaria radicans, Harv. Mersey, New Brighton, Hilbre I.!, Puffin L.!, I. of Man! A specimen which I collected in Nov., 1890, at Hilbre I. is, [am informed by Mr. Batters, a monosiphonous variety of this species. S. currhosa, C. Ag. EKastham, Hilbre I.!, Puffin 1-!, I. of Man! var. fusca, Holm. et Batt. (S. fusca, Report I.) Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, L of Man, Anglesea. S. plumagera, Holn. Carnarvon (fide Holmes). Cheetopteris plumosa, Kutz. I. of Man!, Anglesea, Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.! REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. 101 Halopteris filicina, Kutz. Anglesea, I. of Man! Stypocaulon scopariwm, Kutz. (Sphacelaria scoparia, Report 1.) Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, I. of Man!, Anglesea. Gladostephus spongiosus, C.Ag. | Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.!, I. of Man!, Anglesea. C. verticillatus, C.Ag. Puffin I., Anglesea, I. of Man. Order IX.—MyRIONEMACEA. Myrionema strangulans, Grev. Putin Ie of Mian’. var. punctiforme, Thur. (M. punctiforme, Report I.) Hilbre I. Ascocyclus leclancheru, Magn. (Myrionema leclancherw, Report I.) Hilbre I., I. of Man. A. reptans, Rke. ; Puffin I.! Ralfsia verrucosa, Aresch. Paley ealipre is! Order X.—CHORDARIACE. Chordaria flagelliformis, C.Ag. Eolbre T.; Hastham, 1. of Man!, Puttin I.! Mesoglea vermiculata, Le Jol. Piciimeley etilore iy le vor Miami. Castagnea virescens, Thur. . I. of Man. Leathesia difformis, Aresch. Hilbre I., Anglesea, I. of Man, Puffin I.! Cohort I1.—LAMINARIN 4. Order I.—ScyToOsIPHONACES. Phyllitis zosterifolia, Rke. Puffin I.!, Hilbre I., I. of Man. 102 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Seytosiphon lomentarius, J. Ag. Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, I. of Man! Order II.—CHORDACEZ. Chorda filum, Stackh. Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.! I. of Man. Order ITJ.—LAMINARIACES. Laminaria saccharina, Lamx. I. of Man!, Puffin I.!, Anglesea. L. hieroglyphica, J. Ag. var. phyllites, Le Jol. New Brighton, Puffin I.! L. digitata, Edm. Puffin I.!, Anglesea!, I. of Man! Hilbre I.! L. hyperborea, Fos. Puffin I.!, Anglesea !, I. of Man!, Hilbre I.! For a discussion of this and the preceding species, usually grouped under L. digitata, see Foslhie’s Contribution to Knowledge of the Marine Alge of Norway, Tromso, 1890, p. 80 et seq., or Batters’ Alge of Berwick-on-T weed, p. 77. Saccorhiza bulbosa, De la Pyl. I. of Man! Alaria esculenta, Grev. I. of Man!, Hilbre I., Anglesea. I have never met with this species either at Hilbre I. or Puffin I., though it occurs in abundance at the I. of Man. Cohort ITJ.—_SPOROCHNIN Ai. Order I.—SPOROCHNACEZ. Sporochnus pedunculatus, C.Ag. Anglesea, I. of Man, Puffin I.! I found only a few fragments of this species at the last-named locality. These were kindly identified for me by Mr. Batters. * Re Pa? (EOE ee REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. 103 Cohort [V.—CUTLERIN. Order I.—CUTLERIACE. Cutleria multifida, Grev. Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, I. of Man. Cohort V.—FUCIN A. Order I.—FUCACEA. _ Fucus ceranoides, Linn. Hilbre I.!, Anglesea. F. vesiculosus, Linn. All rocky parts of the coast ! F’.. serratus, Linn. All rocky parts of the coast ! F. platycarpus, Thur. Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.!, Point of Ayr. Ascophyllum nodosum, Le Jol. All rocky parts of the coast ! Himanthalia lorea, Lyngb. Anglesea, I. of Man! and cast up on the beach at Southport. ~ Halidrys siliquosa, Lyngb. Puffin I.!, Anglesea!, I. of Man! Peluvetia canaliculata, Decne. et Thur. Hilbre L!, Puffin I.., Anglesea! I. of Man! I have gathered this species in situations considerably above high water mark. The plants were in a quite healthy condition, although a dash of spray or an occa- sional wave at high tide must have furnished them with their entire supply of salt water for twelve hours at a time. I have no doubt that the canaliculate nature of the frond enables them to retain what little water they obtain on these occasions to serve them until the recurrence of high tide. It is worth noting that Enteromorpha canaliculata is also a characteristically high water species. 104 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Cohort VII.—DICTYOTIN At. Order I.—DicTYoTAcEz. Dietyota dichotoma, Lamx. I. of Man, Puffin I., Anglesea. var. imyplexa, J. Ag. Puffin L.! Taonia atomaria, J. Ag. Anglesea. Series [V.-RHODOPHYCEH A. Cohort I—PORPHYRIN ZS. Order I.— PORPHYRACEZ. Porphyra laciniata, C. Ag. 1Prebeaiay Ey le JEbMoresy I, IL, Oi Wilken ! Bangia fuscopurpurea, Liyngb. Puffin I.!, Anglesea ! Cohort I1—_NEMALIONIN i. Order 1.—HELMINTHOCLADIACE. Tribe I.—Chantransiee. Chantransia virgatula, Thur. Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, Hastham, I. of Man! C. secundata, Thur. Puffin I.! C. daviesw, Thur. Puffin I.!, I. of Man, Anglesea, Mersey. Tribe I1.—Nemaliez. Helminthocladia purpurea, J. Ag. I. of Man. I leave this species in the list, and do not place it among the ‘“‘ doubtfuls”’ in Appendix I., because the flora of the I. of Man appears to include many rare forms which one would not expect so far north. I have my doubts, how- “ever, as to its being a native of our district. This record stands on Mr. Talbot’s authority. REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. 105 Helminthora divaricata, J. Ag. Anglesea (fide Ralfs). Order I11.—GELIDIACES. Tribe I1].—Wrangeliee. Naccaria wigghti, Endl. I. of Man. Tribe IV.—Gelidex. Gelidium cornewm, Lamx. I. of Man!, Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.! G. ermale, J. Ag. Eastham, Hilbre I., I. of Man. Cohort IJ1J.—GIGARTININ i. Order I.—GIGARTINACEA. Tribe I.—Gigartinez. Chondrus crispus, Stackh. Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, Anglesea!, I. of Man !}, Eastham. Gigartina manvllosa, J. Ag. Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, Anglesea!, I. of Man! Tribe II.—Tylocarpee. Phyllophora rubens, Grev. inline 15!) Putin i! 1, of Man! P. membranifolia, J. Ag. Hilbre I.!, Puffin I°!, I. of Man!, Anglesea. P. traillu, Holm. et Batt. Puffin J.! P. palmettordes, J. Ag. I. of Man. Gymnogongrus griffithsie, Mart. New Brighton, I. of Man. G. norvegicus, J. Ag. Hilbre I., I. of Man, Rhyl. Ahnfeltia plicata, Fries. Hilbre I., I. of Man, Puffin I.! 106 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Tribe III.—Callymeniez. Callophyllis laciniata, Kutz. Anglesea!, Puffin I.! Order I1.—RHODOPHYLLIDACEA. Cystoclonium purpurascens, Kutz. Anglesea !, Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.!, New Brighton, I. of Man. Catenella opuntia, Grev. Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, Eastham, I. of Man, In the end of October, 1890, whilst on a visit to the Biological Station on Puffin I., I devoted part of my time to collecting Catenella opuntia, which grows there in abundance on the protected faces of rocks near high water mark. On examining the plants on my return to Liver- pool I was glad to find many, if not all, bearing cystocarps, antheridia and tetraspores. The structure of the cys- tocarps is practically unknown, indeed they have seldom been seen. I believe that this is the third time they have been found in Britain, and Prof. Schmitz alone has found them abroad. Mr. Buffham found some at Sidmouth in 1886, and Harvey says he received specimens from Mrs. | Griffiths. Harvey’s figure and description are totally wrong, and as no detailed account of their structure exists anywhere, I examined them minutely, and the conclusions I arrived at were communicated to the Linnean Society in Dec., 1890. I may here briefly summarise the main points in that paper. The cystocarpic ramuli are borne on erect branches, each articulation bearing one or two such ramuli. The ramulus is spherical and has imbedded in it 50 to 200 carpogenic systems. Only a few of these (10—380) however come to maturity, although most seem to be fertil- ized. ; > . M. farinosa, Lamx. Ponm i! M. membranacea, Lamx. Puffin I.!, I. of Man. M. verrucata, Lamx. Puffin I.! Lithophyllum lichenoides, Phil. I. of Man! L. lenormandi, Rosan. . Puffin I.!,I.of Man! Lithothamnion polymorphum, Avesch. TI. of Man! L. caleareum. Dredged from the Irish Sea! Corallina officinalis, Linn. _C. rubens, Ellis et Sol. Puffin I.!, I. of Man! REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, Anglesea!, I. of Man! 117 118 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. APPENDIX I. I have thought it best to add in an appendix species recorded by previous collectors which require confirmation, or are almost certainly recorded through mistaken identi- fication. CYANOPHYCES. Rivularia ntida, Ag., recorded by Brady and Talbot from the I. of Man. CHLOROPHYCEA. Enteromorpha granulosa, ? recorded by Marrat from New Brighton is not a species of Hnteromorpha known to science. | Rhizoclonium casparyt, Hary., recorded by Marrat from Eastham must be considered as doubtful. Harvey himself was doubtful of its specific value, and Holmes and Batters make it a variety of R. riparium. Cladophora rudolphiana (Ag.) Harv. Halbre I. (Marrat), very doubtful and certainly wants confirmation. PH#OPHYCES. Litosiphon laminarie, Hary., is recorded by Marrat as epiphytic on Chorda jfilum at Bangor and Hilbre I. This species is an epiphyte on Alaria esculenta. Marrat records Alaria esculenta from these locali- ties, but, as I have stated above, I have not been able to confirm his observation. Striaria attenuata, Grev., is recorded by Marrat, but he gives no locality. Asperococcus bullosus, Lamx., is recorded by Marrat with- out locality. REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. 119 Aglaozonia parvula, (Grev.) Zanard. ‘‘General’’ (Marrat)! The “general”? occurrence of the species (which is A. reptans, Kutz.) is, I fear, not correct. Kven its local occurrence is doubtful and requires con- firmation. Sargassum linefolium, (Turn.) Ag., recorded in my last report, is of course an ocean waif, and has no place amongst British Algze. Ascophyllum nodosum, var. scorpioides, Hauck., was re- corded in my last Report. I withdraw it as my plant turned out on further examination to be only a dwarf specimen of the type. Cystoseira, Ag. Four species of this genus, viz.: ericordes, fenculaceus, fibrosa, and barbata, are recorded by Garner and Marrat from I. of Man and Hilbre I. It is certainly remarkable that these species should be found growing with Odonthalia dentata at the I. of Man, and I prefer to place them in this list of “doubtfuls”’ until authentic specimens are forth- coming. Dictyopteris polypodioides, (Desf.) Lamx. is recorded by Garner from I. of Man. This must also be con- firmed before it can be received as a known native of our coast. RHODOPHYCEZ. Nematlion multifidum, (Web. et Mohr.) J. Ag., recorded as ‘“‘eeneral”’ by Marrat ! Callithamnion brodiei, Harv. I. of Man (Marrat) is probably a mistake for C. hookert. Callithamnion pluma (Dillw.) Ag. A mistaken identi- fication of my own for Spermothamnion turnert, var. repens. Griffithsia barbata, (Eng. Bot.) Ag. New Brighton! (Marrat). This is almost certainly a mistake, 120 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Microcladia glandulosa, (Soland.) Grev., recorded by Garner - from the I. of Man requires confirmation. Euthora cristata (Linn.) J. Ag., recorded by Talbot from. I. of Man, but marked doubtful. | Eihytiphlea pinnastroides, Harv., which has now been placed in the genus Halopithys, is recorded without locality by Marrat. Melobesia rubra, Menegh., recorded by Marrat, is a name unknown to me and to other algologists to whom I mentioned it. Lithothamnion fasciculatum, (uamx.) Aresch. Puffin I. (Marrat), requires confirmation. APPENDIX II. LITERATURE dealing with the LOCAL MARINE FLORA. 1. Welsh Botanology (1813), by Rev. H. Davies, F.L.S. Algee of the I. of Man, &c., by Dr. G. 8. Brady, F.R.S. Ann. Nat. Hist., Jan., 1861. 3. Articles by F. P. Marrat of the Liverpool Museum. Liwwerpool Nat. Scrapbook, 1863—4. 4. Preliminary list of Alge of L. M. B. C. District, by Alf., Leicester. Furst Report wpon the Fauna of Liwer- pool Bay, 1886. 5. Alge of Puffin l.,byC.S.Gregson. Naturalist, Vol. II. 6. First Report on the Marine Alge of the L. M. B. C. District by R. J. Harvey Gibson, M.A., F.L.S. Proc. Lav. Biol. Soc.. Vol. 111. 7. Marine Alge of Douglas Bay, by Rev. T. Talbot. Yn Liar Manninagh., April, 1890. 8. Records in Greville’s Alge Britannice, Croall and Johnstone’s British Seaweeds, Harvey's Phy- cologia Britannica, &c., | | REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. 1m APPENDIX WUE I have subdivided the coastline of the district into four sections :—(1) The Mersey and Dee Kstuaries, (2) Hilbre I., (8) Anglesea and Puffin I., (4) I. of Man. The first is characterised by mud flats and sand banks with occasional rocks; Hiulbre Island has many forms not found in the estuary which prefer caves and rock shelves ; Anglesea and Puffin I. have a rich flora, the coastline being precipitous and more favourable to Rhodophyceze and Pheophycee, whilst the I. of Man is peculiar on account both of its isolated position and also of its climate, which permits of an approximation of northern and southern forms. e (\\ FQN h\ AX \ \ ay Os, ZZ Map of the L. M, B. C. District. H, Hilbre I.; P, Puffin I. (The island itself is not marked) ; D, Douglas; R, Ramsey; E, Port Erin; C, Calf of Man. | “ The tables of distribution indicate only records of ob- served occurrence, and are not to be taken as indicating negative as well as positive distribution, 122 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. XxX. X KOs KKK K KKK KK KK eae x xX TIN OX xX XXX G x x x x I see eee tee tee tee eee ewe eee te PswUryoqny “— pprnpjad v..oydopn),) wnriindr. wnrwops0zy PG ies «Res tnwee von ese secures Dad “1 wn“) a ea DSONI.LOZ DY A.LOULOZDY (-) saprorbung *Q noon "2 suusofypouad v.odso..Q Pee mee cee tee tee ree tee eee nne ee eee D.gsnyf “Wap Sete alas. for oh ie UyO0.MQVUM DULlapopUpy teeter ree eee *ouuod dood pxapdur wrY707) Sha ee core ene pussy) 02)/) Be rte a ieee Gis vnastNs pyD)noyDUDd * SoA GUCUS INO SOO BSAA OR IERE syDUrngsoque * SOROS OC Ee ae ene Be peur) * OCOICCnC IC Cina nCnC iC ce ea pssa1rduoo . See ei eles DSOWDsL “IBA “vs.inosad ° 4000 ° Us {JDL * Se me geo 0D.1Yy0)9 DY dL0wWo.1aQuU ny ace ge eet saproasafuon nuauoprdiy Cee eC CC CnC Cn eC eo | CC RONCRONCR SOC RONG EC CMC ECE C NCE MCN iC Ci CCE CMC ECC see eee eee coo eee see ese see see tee ees Bee eee eee eee see tee eee eee eee eee RRRRRRA KO aK eae ga) >< >< KOK xX X xX X xX X 1a) aah DWOMSOUo fy fod conOHacHoUOCOMMHATSC nynyudags DIOW Di ‘W LORHAOWOTHH Pees ogg ee Ee com puvliaawmy vr.tppVpo NT DSO)N.LOZ DUMQDUP DAD “OT DUDYIAIOSNIQ M.D) NAT uin.tojndoos */): 990.000000000000000000 050000000 manuand 0) Ach bSndesnooepo.Ade pjoorasafuoo xi.0yj0) 0) me age sas sagsp)dowoyzyo snapov0.LorqT seme rene ees ee cence saprouphy poop duhy syuqngzoads *'T see cee eee eee ree eater eee teens “pynosntput nai UMONASD “TT ACICIOCNCI CNC nC nC nC nC iC CnC n nuarduuas ohqbul'T unaonihdod wnrpuusoy q Risianietoe eal aoe tame tea! DuUYy)D.109 °C tee eee tees ee eee sypru00.c bru DLLD))VSC) soneodnenEpoboOOdoCnO puussimuazopnasd Tei purssinua, nuynudy DEON ie’. eananecetataee eee zwgsnoyos * pursnid pd.ino0uwsacy Si papier SARE wunurprdasa psdpo0a) 4) ‘W HOAHAONVAD Bm me ewe ew ew etm tee eee eee ee ee see tee eee tee eee Ce eC Ce Cn eC CCC) ee CC Ce eC Cnn CnC nC) ee ee Ce CC Ce weet e ete erase 123 REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. ee GONE KG BO XS XS x OS OX OS 2K KOS OK A PRR MK SR PN SK aK RR ON UES HX NX xX xX Xk AR ERIK KOK OE GN snsorbuods snydazsopv7) wniipdoss wopnpa0dhyg SICIONOICIO CnC nD ae eI eaCnCnCmCnCnCnOnonC nuwyy $2.40910) 0 ET nsownpd $r.409d070Y K) eels) c/s) o\ivie)e lene) sie) es © ee) 0) © sm sels paabrunjyad g pee Dosnf “IVA be ees ae coe Hesse gon Ana“) paeeaag a as supoippns DridpjaovYy dy Jou dgd0 000000000 000G00bb0 000000000 ppwony Vea De ee te et te ee ew ts pjoovnf ° ay CeO ICnCICECECEONCRCICHC NIC nCHCNC EC ECR ECE? DIDININIS DISVY OD) ET SON} DIPD)IOAY IAF SHU DUOO MURA DSO MAS.CS s1yp.L070) pyjownp lig Partagas geek pwoydowoyds vajdowuy 7s — BSS cab come n Neat ND snsoquauto) ‘5 SnsojNUDsD * Er sod gdoposaon ono GGoneb ole sas sngnjnowsnf op Bee SnSOpNIYIS “TVA ‘saproasafwoo * a ee ee eres ee sypurul.ta? SNALDI020 7 oe ee Annie) Teen ALS SLLDINIVULAa “Ter ‘ oer ee sngpuryaa sieapooouiodloy Suu. uubofoyf SUG AA ei suu.lofyan}o Dry or.Lg0L.Lh PT MK KEKKKKKXX Xx ON UK AK XK KK OK KX KXKKXKXKKXX NIX Xx x V XK KX OK KX XS eX KX x X Be ete ee cee ee DLIISOZ "TBA (m3 RORETNE ORC eme os OY Spada colcic Dyofin) ta DIWDIUD)A DIULDJIUN | SNYDINIVYADNS uoydrsohiqory GusgosnoGdus 60Gc00000 sryposnd woydisozuy eR re ae Siapsrameaaey Mone ston iougL DIDINOD °C SUPA DIYSAMDUSACL ‘WLOAHIOWH yg [Et eee reece jounyy “A ““DULUDUL “IBA “MULOZOYIIP D.LAYOND A psounjd °F saproudhy sisdohig 6000000000660000000 syproun “TRA 66 Bee tee wee tee eee eee wwe ee ee ee te x DODTGOD ODD ODDD ADD ODD OHO ODDO DOD MOO OOO OOO DIOAD 46) po00000d00 000 n00000 DIODAfLId “IRA 66 DOOD Ng |] e229 ee 92000 ova aenern bog o00 20: vsonxapyf °5) pons *(). suaasaonD)b */): Suigsadnt *O ee tee tee wee eee we es 124 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGIZAL SOCIETY. K KX KX KKKeee XXX XX OX KX KKKKNX KKKKK XK KR 2eee as — KKK RAK BS myn “gf Sa cee cee tee ree eee ree ene pyofiumaquiaut 1. se enee DoOGuUDmOODUuKo OOD suagne poy dophy J wsoppvunut DUQLDBLY) sens JO. C00 O60 DOG 060000 G00 sndsr.vo SN.ApuUoy /—) ayDuUrsa “4 wnauULod ULNUPYAL) CnC aie Cnn CC aca ay bb DLLDIOD NT DIDNLDAUP DLOYZUUIA FT ue paindind pppja0yzUutya LT PE ae I ig Re bio sh Cai usoanp ‘0 NPM soca eR ITN Gay soe pynpunoas *() DINZDBGLVA DISUDAQUDY OD) SSPE E Ga ee pnaindindoasnf pibun g agnruon) vihydsog "WLOAHAOCOMY, Rie a DEANIUOP DRLOM I re waopdiy “1 "TBA ie ee “* pucozoyoup p20hz0VT DIDINIYHUDI DYAMIT psonbyrs shapryV EY palo) DYYDYIUDUA LT ure ory wnsopou unpphydoos sndwmolign da * fee ree eee eee te ete CeCe CEC nC Cn RC RRC n SC CRON CSC nC mC En aC CEC aC mC EC Bee ee ree eee tee tee ee wee me eww tee te eee ewe ewe tee ee Be ee ee ee we ee eee eee oe eee eee eee te i ii ii cia eer? CCC Cnn CnC RCS a aC aC aC mC mr mC CnC aC RRXKKXKKK KK KK Gees KKXKXK KKKKKKKK KKXeae shixX << EX oD xX & XX xX KGS SSS ATS OR IRS eS SD LLOS "AT snsojnorwsad * iT saproun.wao snoniT MPY YIN 0r.12)9NO snanpnounpad snuyoo.ody MIUWANIsSa HIULD) F psoging Os pasogladhy “Ty pypyabup e ane ‘rea ‘worydhpbosarvy TT DUIUDY IOVS MLILNULU DY Fe ee eee eee eee tee eee tenes wn DpLoyy ee Sana snrlpzuauwo) woydisophog pyofiaagsoz syaphy gq hapleck oop ean got possn0 sruloffrp pisayynary pee eee eee eee eee tweens SWADSA.LUA paubvnjsvo pees EOL Eo: MyM norU.voda DY) Hosa fT HOM ww ew we tee tee wee i i Ci a Ck amt E iC iri mc mCnO mC ECE FO ee ee ee we eee es TO we ew ew we ew ee ee tee ee i a ee rey prea oso sae suUusofrpjabny Dri.upp.Loyu/) A) oln| «0/8 eelsiie ejellejeie)s}ein ovals (© she MSOON ALIA pisfpoay dpleistakneeagule aete ab nel oak ok et meee sungdau er aS ba ea udayoun)oa) smohooosy auLofyound aera suppnbunys nuvauorwh jy eee ce eeecticeses onion: 16 125 REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALGA. x x x x x x x x x x x x 4 XXXXXKXX pee ee RK RK KKKKXXXXKXK' X xX | xX x x xX X x xX XX x Ce in ee en i ar ara d suaasabru gq see £9/0:0.0:00,600.0 HO CODD OOO. 0 SUIISAQNAOLD de SR oPCDT 6.40 O8 Abo UE Te ae Cs nynibysnf Pa DsopprLgyl pypbwoja * DIIDIOW * Dyjabuoja ° DSOWLOL “IBA COC niin ncn ncaa) suagnd "TRA (a9 See ic Gaya eh et awie aerated DID1090.AN “ef eee ewes BOE ea eae a Om ap chek a pypigy ‘al eee! saprorinpnjiwas nruoydishjog Skates Acrentan DuUssindiag DIULPUoY/) JSUUDD ADAH AC Io eee RAMA oO eS npyynuid Yap GOO DOC ON OOOOH OOO SOU dod nao ooo boo pprighy . T DSNIQO DWAMND'T DIVIWOP DYDYIUWOPC dondoncoudoGoOgDDnonoooUDOD saprorpodooh) iby Dosnfons ppauwopoyy saprord.oos pryoh.ysog saprobnindsy pruos~pUaunwog SinVelia}eielolelelalutaluialal'ellyle) sl sveltsdalieil(siel si sie naunbus “CE DOD OU OOOO 0UHoOG DOO Oooo nm dnonoGdoG Dyofrosn.t “OE wnssopbodhy *¢ Aa Bem ee ee ee ee wee Bee eae DOO OOOCOOKOOOnUoOO ooOonGoOon eee OX XX XK KK XK XK XX XK X SKA KR ORK XK 2X 2h KROL VN SS RRS ORS IS COSC eC ain Rain i ir int rnc air arr arr) ULNIDALIID) * NT wnjnzound unpphiy dozen a ers UINAUIDDOD WNUDIO)T peideuje tilaane sia ten Ree Aaa sypao *) suuwofyny Dippjo0jliy >: ee mee ee weet ete tween eee pynawod pridiuny p He enenneitinns meauagamng “TT Tune CoE DID)NIYMD DL.LDZUAULOTT 1o0000dc0 000000 000000400000000 myjaujpod “aT p tapemeio pruawUhpoy my 00060000 000 pypqnl 70) SOO dO00 000 UNO Do0 000 NE) 82. py da) guy Py: os SOPL0AsafWOI DLLD/LOD.LE) snyofrdouo.oa snovoo01nydg ROME IOOOMoAMD oO eetAs Gas pyundo DJOUIZD/ tn Sy ee suaospindind wunrwojo0gsho, ndecodvanacdaon.o0d paprUnoDy) suphydoyna BUOSUOWOGOOUM OOS OGd “monoyd puyjofuy y IgIGnOIGimCnGICNOIICnG see en eee -snorvbaatou £5) arsypfrb snubuobouuh 5 poosHogIOSODUOD GG 000000 CDD saprojgoupod i Stee ewe ween ee 126 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. six XxXXXX XX X XXXXK XX XK KE xx KXKXKK. OX KOC xX XX CO ewe ISS SS KX * supppudns nruoy disown) +) WNIOUOYPWDIVD */) stoke fetelsAsi=isMelefsier=lstialslietl=\eleifatelerals\'s wn.iabrjaqvy 9) lida eng A ste emer erent wngouoryoa * ‘rtclab hare ese OP Crt cece wngnryra uniafyoud "IBA a EOE Sone ee Stee cs nn et site UNAQNA * eiote GAM ee eee aunjnus.r9 2 > sgt DIDNAMDAYP “MBA “ULNJOLYS CSCIC acini ici nei ica acca usdiupyabuojsap . Ooo GOUn Od UdO son CUO Ooo Rodeo tnicn ungorbuyspf v9) OS UWNUSSINUAZ UNDA) oso 000000 0Ha000000006 pso,uawnpy vuphady BISONS ICIOICIONOIO IONIC CNC ICRC NCIC NOE IC IC nCEONC RCI EC EC ICN pynunjpd ° V oso Na UNADVINAD WOVWIUDY YAU FF supbaja DIADUWN) I sb nda gounomooundcouedaoouS psownpd DIOL wWNULLYPLIDAD * Sera ar oe saproliny, wormumy,osduos) BOO UCU no mdb COC Once om ooic od AUMNUL vadso..vas 70) souondogno0d0goounceDadHOenDDNS UNIDINUD. th A) wnsoquih.tod *O ee UNIDLYIV.AG “IBA ue FiOS o uns OR SEAS MeO nea wnuobhy.yay 9) Sooo. SS XXKK Keo X KKK KGa x xX XX Xoo. sat! 28 KOK OK 28 OK OR OR KK KOK XXX XX DS OK OX WNaAsOL *O. unudadshjod uonuunyzyVO UNUD)LOLLAS “AT STE oases eee eee WnooDUDAQuisUe “My SoU DKOOODOAacAUtOO DOO DOO DOOGOS ungnprLopf °F SR eon ere 11/0. 107.4011 0001 af Gao cee IALLOQ WNILOASOUOI) | Sod HA0000ca000RKGn ppnpjeo.pad DsLodsouo fir oper ee Ror omes snyofryasinba snunpv yy Liebe Drath Gatton Se eee nooD}08 “4 ices ete eae Dury) v.L00 mrsy pyr) suada.t “TRA is “ SE Raat aed 1OUIN? WONMUD YZOWLadY sees unpyryjniw uonnunyzopiipuoydy Rr note sao ee DI))000 “(CT DINISNGLD “CT 9 COosdoOCODoUONOgO UOC GuGn 929909 bolisog SDonOD OOo OOGOODHoOGOU NOOO DNDN psojnoynsf Pe plie|eicsielle)isisintte\ele)ivies/ielis\/siislisinweherellaiisisitelieliails\ielte saprohiny? EE wrpold ‘Gd Pee ee ew eee ee eee eee eee eee saprossliq | porisp.lod * 127 suaqns ‘9 OS Ol recrrete es: synuorfo DUYV.LOD [| eeeeereceazensnnnn cnenso teem wnauna)Do “rT Ie Al Sle eas wnydiouhjod uonimny,0yq07 SUE nena ee onan Re umusouay °F Raa ene o saprowayoyn wnpphydoyquy Nekoi Bae Sis ee pe wont eee DIVONAI “TIE Seen og hes paODUD.LQuiaue ‘TIT Dee ee ee eee eee we eee e ee teen DSOUMD! ANE BUSOU oObAbhOUSED OU C5U.06 doy mypjngsnd WW CIOIOICICICICI IO OIIOICIOIOIG saproasafwoa prsaqoja ji eo Oe a — vaydopua ppjarzpuMyos nasow Iersndhjo,00d ny pup.vquapprpy Nitoare Maree eS ohiqnp pyauosshage || teobo0 sosbou bees saber DIUaNAD $9900. aT ee ee tw ee ew eww wees SNPUNIOL sapujog MM fortress mynrbusnf DUD) AOMN AT beable adr See me synpa vas) SOIC nec acini ia icin) suusofyye DYUWOUWNC teen e teeter ence eee pypjnby pruauth) o ET ng | eg cee © AOAMAOGONY op |#e loge | Tp tec WAOKHAOWH wt |t¢ lor | tg be © MOAHAOUOTHD tT let, | ep bec $Y HOKHAONV A) REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. (ep) S — rm (ep) ‘SHTAV ], JO SISATVNY SS eS Uae OX XO KO XK XK OX meO eX OK N ol - 128 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. APPENDIX IV. ARTIFICIAL KEY to the GENERA of MARINE ALGAAS found within the L.M.B.C. District. (Adapted by Mr. H. A. L. Batters, F.L.S., from the Artificial Key appended to Prof. Farlow’s New England Alge). Note.—‘‘As far as possible the characters used are those which can be seen by the naked eye, but in many cases the generic distinctions absolutely depend on microscopic _ characters. It should, of course, be understood that the — key is entirely artificial and does not represent the true botanical relations of our genera.’”’ Moreover, in many cases the characters given refer only to the species found — in the L.M.B.C. District. 1. Colour bluish or purplish green*; Algze of small size, usually more or less gelatinous , (CYANOPHYCEE) 5 Colour grass green ... ... (CHLOROPHYCE) 14 3. Colour from yellowish brown to olive green or nearly black... oss ... (PHOPHYCER) 25 4. Colour red or reddish purple, rarely blackish, in fading becoming at times greenish bo (RHODOPHYCEH) 56 — Cells arranged in filaments oA aa ss 7 Cells in colonies, but not forming filament 6.3 6. Cells grouped in twos or multiples of two... Gloocaael 4 Cells wedge-shaped or spherical, united into Or hemispherical or irregular colonies ... Dermocarpa — 7. Filaments ending in a hyaline hair oe: . i Filaments not ending ina hair... BB . a % * Gleocapsa crepidinum is an exception ; it is yellowish brown in colour. i dele 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. ie 18. Lg. REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. 129 Filaments provided with heterocysts ... ... 9 Filaments destitute of heterocysts kee 0) Filaments with a thin gelatinous sheath, spores not adjacent to the heterocysts .... Nodularia Filaments without a sheath, spores next to the heterocysts . . ee a ... Anabena Filaments with a Selnntione sheath os Sete udl 24 Filaments without a gelatinous sheath ... soe ala Filaments spirally twisted ... Wee ... Sprrulina Filaments not spirally twisted... ... Oscillaria Filaments free ay : he .. Lyngbya Filaments adherent in TAcehes hs ... Synvploca Filaments united into a membranous layer Phornudium Filaments united in bundles and surrounded by a general gelatinous sheath nae Microcoleus Filaments free.. ae at 0 Callouorie Filaments ‘ante atoa | in amass of jelly ... Rwularva Fronds unicellular... ans ae on sia belt Fronds multicellulavr... ae ae ie aot ile Cells free We Reel Cells united into a Heachea spongy Hera Codium Cells large, filamentous, pinnately branched Bryopsis Cells very long, cylindrical with irregular or sub- dichotomous branches, spores large, solitary, in special lateral or terminal cells ... Vaucheria Minute endophytic alge, growing in the cell-walls of Pylaiella ... = Entoderma Algee not endophytic... ie cf An eae ie) Fronds tubular Einteromorpha Fronds membranaceous _... aes ae eG) Fronds filamentous ... of sr eel Fronds formed of a single Dae ae calls ee oO Fronds composed of two layers of cells ... Ulva * 130 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 20. Fronds minute, stalked, cells quadrate Prasiola Fronds saccate when young, more or less lacin- iate when old, not distinctly stalked, cells irregular in shape ... aan se Monostroma 21. Fronds simple pes ae ane mp a) Fronds branched ... Se . 24 22. Fronds composed of a double row Ok elonoated celiciarer oe we .. Diplonema Fronds composed oh a angle row of cloned cells (monosiphonous) —... ie ; i ae 23. Small alge, filaments soft and faced mega- zoospores, not tailed ae oe ... Ulothriz Megazoospores tailed de J ... Urospora Rather coarse alge, filaments more or less rigid, often twisted together... ... Chetomorpha 24. Branches small and root-like .. Lhizoclonvum Branches distinct... aa Me Cladophora 25. Fronds irregularly globose, hollow, gelatimous, sporangia at the base of the coloured cortical filaments ... Hee . Leathesia Fronds cup shaped, oie on very lowe strap- shaped receptacles ... Re ie Himanthala Fronds forming crusts or expanded pellicles ... 26 Fronds small, tufted, composed of a dense basal portion and an outer portion composed by free filaments... ae sa oy ... Hlachista Fronds tubular ae wile a Be i, aS Fronds filamentous ... oo ie i oe Fronds membranaceous, oxcpamae al ao . 42 26. Fronds densely parenchymatous throughout, fruit in external spots ... ot se ied Ralfsia Fronds minute, thin, formed of a basal horizon- tal layer of cells with short vertical filaments, between which the sporangia are borne 7. age OC en eee a ee 2M 28. 29. 30. ole REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. 131 Fronds furnished with colourless hairs, pluri- locular sporangia formed by the transformation of vertical filaments ae hp ... Ascocyclus Fronds not provided with colourless hairs, unilo- cular sporangia oval, plurilocular sporangia unknown ... , ase .. Myrionema Fronds simple, Bolle Lnrgnen ont substances (0) Oe Me : te as a sag AS, Fronds simple, cy imdrial, Sncaibat cartilagin- ous, with numerous diaphragms te Chorda Sporangia densely covering the surface Scytosiphon Sporangia external in scattered spots Asperococcus Fronds capillary, branching, formed of a single row of cells (monosiphonous) _ ... Sr feral: Fronds cylindrical, solid or occasionally becoming partially hollow with age... au. ae sO Both umiocular and plurilocular sporangia formed by transformation of special branches, plurilocular sporangia in the form of pod-like branches, unilocular sporangia globose, sessile or shortly stalked... _— Sa fictocarpus Both forms of sporangia formed from the cells in the continuity of the branches and not by a transformation of special branches Pylaiella Filaments partly polysiphonous, unilocular spor- angia partly mmmersed in the frond, plurilocular sporangia formed by direct transformation of the cells of the branches _... ae Isthmoplea Primary branches creeping in the subtance of other Algz, secondary and fructifying ramuli erect su ne 2 ut .. Streblonema Fronds slimy, ace of an aig layer of elongated filaments and a distinct cortical layer of short horizontal filaments ars tee eh) 9 © 132 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Fronds composed of elongated internal cells, which become smaller at the surface bso heel Fronds, at least in the younger portions, formed of cells of nearly uniform length, arranged in transverse bands, without any proper eouhlea layer =. oe a ae ue a Pes) 33. Fronds tough and dense... ee Chevdane Eronds softvand flaccid) 5 a vet HOLE 34. Outer cells of cortex producing plurilocular sporangia... oe ue ye ... Castagnea Outer cells of cortex not ae plurilocular sporangia... a Zs ie ... Mesoglea 35. Fronds traversed by a central filament formed of larger cylindrical cells... ee wf Pee 0) Fronds destitute of axial filament sn Ee 36. Sporangia inconspicuous, formed from the cor- — tical cells ... ae cc Me ... Desmarestia Sporangia conspicuous Steal es oe ae ol 37. Plurilocular sporangia moniliform, attached to branching, monosiphonous filaments which form tufted whorls on the branches... Arthrocladia Unilocular sporangia spheroidal, accompanied by club-shaped paraphyses, in stalked, knob-like, lateral receptacles ... i fn Sporochnus 38. Frond simple, beset with pellucid hairs, spores formed from the cortical cells ... Latesiphon Fronds branching _... ae x Met's) 39. Unmilocular sporangia covering he ue in dense patches, at maturity projecting above the surface of the frond ... ...._—— Stictyosiphon Unilocular sporangia scattered,immersed Dictyosiphon 40. Fronds minute, ending in a hyaline hair, mon- osiphonous below, densely beset above with Al. 44. 45, 46. 47. 48. 49. REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALGA. UBS very short branches between which are the sporangia... we ay, Myrvotrichia Fronds ending in a inte: single cell, the cells of the lower part giving off descending filaments, which become interwoven and form a falsecortex 41 Rhizoidal filaments few and limited to base of plant, branching irregularly pinnate... Sphacelaria Rhizoidal filaments numerous _... hate ia 4G Branches whorled ... fd a Cladostephus Branches not whorled ie Ha ae Spores formed in the axils of the ‘ilemate mal tt Spores on special branches arising from the cortical layers of the main axis, branches dis- tichously pinnate —_... oe ... Chetopteris Lower part of main stem imperfectly corticated with rhizoidal filaments, spores solitary in the epilllsy ae a ae .. Halopteris Lower part of main ee conbtod will a dense felt of interlaced rhizoidal filaments, spores clustered in the axils oe Be Stypocaulon Fronds simple or occasionally proliferous Pol Fronds branching... a on bes ae 3,0) Midrib present Ms ae . 4 Alaria Midrib wanting ca we ae Sa so NY Fronds thin, subsessile ... . 48 Fronds thick and coriaceous, distinctly stipitate 49 Sporansia densely covering the surface of the frond . f a8. as JERS Ee ioraincis eee or vane immersed in the frond, in scattered spots ... se ... Punctaria Cryptostomata present, stem flat, arising froma hollow warty base ... aw te ... Saccorhiza Cryptostomata wanting, stems cylindrical attached by branching rhizoids __ ... ue Laminaria 1384 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 50. Midrib present ie a Ae ae Fucus Midrib wanting ae ae ash me 5) IL 51. Fronds destitute of air Mathers ne a a. oe Fronds furnished with air bladders Us 55 52. Fronds thick and coriaceous, channelled, ie in terminal receptacles... of .. | Pelvena Fronds thin, membranaceous ae as ie Oe 53. Sporangia sessile... ae 54 Sporangia, and antheridia adalleant collectadin in spot-lke tufts on the surface of the frond Cutleria 54. Fronds regularly dichotomous, spores scattered irregularly over the surface of the frond Dirctyota Fronds more or less fan-shaped, deeply and irregularly lacimiate, sporangia arranged in undulating transverse bands _... on Taona 55. Air-bladders simple, immersed in the frond Ascophyllum Air-bladders stalked, furnished with numerous diaphragms, fruit terminal oe ... Halidrys 56. Fronds calcareous .. we ae Ag ee OT Fronds not calcareous as : Lak sa OS) 57. Fronds erect, filiform, secure ... Corallina Fronds thin, horizontally expanded Be a 2S Fronds thick, horizontally expanded, but rising at intervals in irregular knobs Lithothamnion 58. Hpiphytic Algee te see i ... Melobesia Alez growing on rocks __... .. Lathophyllum 59. Fronds horizontally expanded or membranaceous 60 Fronds erect or umbilicate ue - 12 60. Minute alga endoyhytic in Cladophora pellucaren fruit in hemispherical nemathecia Schmitziella Fronds cartilagino-membranaceous om 2, Oil Fronds gelatino-coriaceous, tetraspores cruciate Petrocelis mihi op MC ol: 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. 15 Spores in external warts, tetraspores cruciate Peyssonnelia Spores in cavities sunk in the frond, tetraspores zonate oe a RE ... Huldenbrandtia Fronds tubular uae are re me sap OW) Fronds filamentous or shghtly compressed... 65 Fronds membranaceous ... ae seas eh OO Fronds brownish-purple, thick, soft, hollow, fruit immersed in the frond, tetraspores cruciate Dumontia Fronds more or less gelatinous, compressed or cylindrical, branches much contracted at the base, often constricted at intervals with pseudo- articulations, tetraspores tripartite... av 64 Fronds purple or nearly black, constricted at intervals, tetraspores zonate ... ... Catenella Fronds slender, much contracted at the joints, but without diaphragms, tetraspores tripartite in depressed cavities ... ae ... Lomentaria Fronds slender, nodose, with diaphragms at the nodes, tetraspores tripartite in the cortical layer es aie ae Bei a Champia Fronds contracted at the joints, but without diaphragms, tetraspores tripartite in the corti- eal layer ... Ae 8 oa ... Chylocladia Fronds formed of a single row of cells (monosi- phonous) without proper cortex... = S06 Fronds with distinct axial and cortical layers .... 75 Fronds monosiphonous throughout ae en OU Fronds composed below of a single row of cells, becoming densely cellular above, spores formed by the division of any of the cells, fila- mentous sunple, gelatinous, dark purple Bangia 136 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Fronds composed of a single row of cells above, but below with a false cortex formed by the growth of descending filaments given off from the cells Fronds formed of three pelle nleecd and on oa with bands of smaller cells at the nodes, in some cases the nodal cells extending in a thin layer over the internodal cells 67. Spores on short pedicels distinct undivided “ronds composed of prostrate, creeping filaments from which arise’ erect, dichotomous or irregu- 72 73 68 larly branched filaments ... ... Bhodochorton Both tetraspores and cystocarps present... 69 68. Spores terminating short lateral branchesChantransia Spores axillary an at id ... Monospora 69. Cystocarps terminal, involuérate, spores iregu- larly grouped not surrounded by a common gelatinous envelope when mature 8 ( ystocarps terminal or lateral, spores irregularly erouped at maturity, covered by a general gelatinous envelope e 70. Fronds formed of prostrate filanweage from 70 71 which arise erect pinnate filaments Spermothamnion Fronds pinnate, ramul whorled Sphondylothamnion 71. Fronds dichotomous formed of delicate vesicular cells, tetraspores in involucrate whorls at the nodes or on the inner side of short fascicled branches a ae as es Groffithsia Fronds dichotomous or pinnate, branches alter- nate, tetraspores tripartite, favelle binate, lateral... ee ES Callithamiion (in part) Fronds pinnate, favelle terminal, involucrate ; tetraspores polysporic a ... Pleonosporium REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALGA. a ey Branches opposite or whorled, tetraspores cru- qqiate ... oS Re i .. Antithamnion Fronds with a monosiphonous axis, partly con- cealed by the densely whorled branches, cystocarps terminal on short branches, tetra- spores in whorls one above another on special branches ... - Halurus Fronds Papilio or Sraehy, dancely branching, cortications confined to the larger branches, and evidently formed of vein-like descending filaments .... a Callithamnion (in part) Fronds compressed, ancipital, branches,pectinate- pinnate, covered everywhere, except at the tips, by polygonal areolated cells... es wi TA Fronds dichotomous, tips usually incurved Ceramium Fronds pinnate, main branches corticated throughout with cells arranged in transverse bands, secondary branches corticated only at the nodes _... a ae ae .. Spyridia Opposite pinne of equal size, cystocarps ‘té minal on the branches, tetraspores solitary on the ends of the branches __... ... -Plumaria Pinne of unequal sizes, one being short and simple the opposing one comparatively long and pinnately divided or compound, cysto- carps on special short pinnee or on the upper margins of the ultimate branches, tetraspores chustered= 7. i ie -.. Philota Fronds dark-red or nearly ieee substance dense 76 Fronds rose-red or purple, rather succulent or gelatinous, sometimes capillary ... ve ee 0S Fronds compressed, frmged with minute ramul, cystocarps terminal on the ramuli Spherococcus Fronds dichotomous, cylindrical, cartilaginous 77 138 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Fronds pinnate or pinnatifid, compressed or cylindrical, cartilaginous, purple or yellowish tetraspores tripartite, cystocarps external — sessile et a 8 .. Laurencia Fronds filiform, rigid, irregularly beaheanne forming dense intricate bundles... ... Ahnfeltia Fronds cylindrical .slightly compressed, cartil- aginous, sparingly and irregularly branching, composed of an inner layer of very large angular colourless cells, and a cortical layer of small coloured cells, tetraspores cruciate, immersed in the frond, cystocarps external sessile Gracilaria Fronds small compressed, pinnate, forming small tufts, spores borne on an axial placenta in the enlarged terminal branches ... ... Gelidium 77. Root an expanded disc, spores borne in external flesh-coloured warts, tetraspores cruciate, 1m- mersed in the frond oa Bee . | Polytdes Root attached by branching rhizoids, cystocarps and tetraspores immersed in the swollen tufts of the branches, tetraspores zonate Furcellaria 78. Cystocarps immersed in frond _... iC Go) Cystocarps internal, ovate or urceolate, fronds traversed by a distinct central filament ee 79. Fronds gelatinous, composed internally of a dense mass of slender longitudinal filaments which give off short corymbose, lateral branches which form the cortex... “ » 380 Fronds soft, succulent, consisting af an inteiteal layer of slender longitudinal filaments and a cortex composed of polygonal cells, becoming smaller towards the surface... Cystoclonium 80. Cortical filaments throughout the frond free ... 81 Cortical filaments of ramuli (only) free, main i SE. 82. 83. REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALGA. 139 stem solid, ramuli tapering at both extremities Naccaria Axis composed of loosely woven, elongated verti- cal filaments, peripheral filaments composed of large pear-shaped cells. Fronds undivided, beset with numerous simple or slightly branched tapering branches _... ah: Helminthocladia Axis composed of oblong cells, surrounded by slender, long-jointed filaments, from which the dichotomously radiating peripheral filaments arise. Fronds very much and tregularly branched Fae Ay ae SS Helnuinthora Branches much contracted at the base Chondria Branches not contracted at base ... ~ ... ye os Fronds red-brown, hollow below, branches tapering to both extremities, spores arranged in irregular masses ae a Gleosiphonia Fronds rose-red, stems slender, ramuli simple, subulate, acute, apices not involute, cystocarps stalked alternate with the ramuli Bonnemaisonia Fronds dark-red, much branched, rather robust, superficial cells small, polygonal, irregularly placed, apices of branches not involute, tetras- pores in the young branches or palmately divided receptacles (stichidia) ... ... Rhodomela Fronds purple or brownish purple, superficial cells quadrate, apices of the branches strongly involute, tetraspores in swollen pod-like branches (stichidia) nae a ...Bostrychia Fronds purple or red, occasionally blackish, articulated either throughout or at least in the young branches, the articulations longi- tudinally striate ... aa we Me = O4 140 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 84. Fronds brown-red (turning bright red in fading) main stems corticated with irregularly shaped cells, densely clothed with bright red hairs, — young branches naked, tetraspores in swollen pod-like branches (stichidia) _... a Dasya Fronds purple or dark-red, tetraspores borne in young branches... ae 52 Polysiphonia 85. Fronds gelatinous but firm ee 86 Fronds cartilaginous or rigid, coimenmmes donee 87 Fronds delicate or somewhat coriaceous eau 0) 86. Fronds purplish, composed of a single layer of cells, spores in marginal bands or spots Porphyra Fronds rose-red, composed of a double layer of cells connected by a loose network of colour- less anastomosing filaments, spores attached to the inner surface of the membrane Halymenia 87. Fronds formed internally of numerous anasto- mosing filaments which divide corymbosely at the surface ra a is 2 788 Fronds formed of roundish angular cells the onetee 90 88. Fronds plain or slightly channelled ... Chondrus Fronds beset with small papille in which the spores are borne... “ ae . Gigartina 89. Fronds with a more or less Beet ic which passes into a proliferous lamina, cystocarps external at = i oe Phyllophora Fronds linear, regularly ar aieheote, cystocarps immersed... iy a .. Gymnogongrus 90. Midrib present ae re oe o, am Midrib wanting ne ey Ae er 91. Fronds rose-red, leaf-like ... an ... Delesseria Fronds dark brownish purple, narrow, dentate, midrib scarcely distinct ... om Odonthalia * REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. 141 Fronds narrow, much divided, ultimate ramuli pectinate ... ae iat . Plocamium Fronds palmately or dcHOtOROely divided a Oe Fronds undivided, dull red, tetraspores and cystocarps immersed ae te a Dilsea Fronds very thin and delicate... ioe Sean et Fronds thickish, ee or sub- membranaceous ... e ee IES Fronds rose-red or papel: margins entire, usually more or less veined, tetraspores cruciate in scattered spots (sori) ... See Nitophyllum Fronds dark red, ciliate, tetraspores zonate Rhodophyllis Tetraspores cruciate a a =a 536. eaO Tetraspores zonate ... hee .. Calliblepharis Fronds deep red broadly palmate or dichotom- ous, sometimes repeatedly laciniate with harrow segments, margin proliferous Rhodymenia Fronds bright red, broadly palmate or dichotom- ously divided, spores immersed in minute marginal cilia nie a = Callophyllis EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PuatEe I; Fig. 1. Two fronds of Catenella opuntia, shewing root- branch, and cystocarps, terminal and lateral. x10: Fig. 2. Trichophoric apparatus with one trichophoric cell, arising from cortical filament. x 450. Fig. 3. Trichophoric apparatus with two trichophoric cells. xX 450. Fig. 4. Terminal cell of the axial row from which arise the filaments which bear the carpospores. x 450, 142 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Fig. 5. Vegetative cells, with trichophoric cell and part of trichogyne. xX 450. Fig. 6. Mature carpospores in the cortex of a cystocarpic ramulus, two trichophoric systems nearer the periphery. x 350. Fig. 7. Very young stage in the development of a cysto- carpic ramulus. xX 350. Fig. 8. Young stage in the development of an ordinary vegetative frond. x 3850. PuatTe III. (Reprinted by permission from the Journal of the Linnean Society, Botany.) Figs. 1—5. Rhodochorton seiriolanum; figs. 6—l1, R. rothu; fig. 12, BR. floridulwm. Fig. 1. Part of a branch of Polysiphonia urceolata with FR. serrtolanum epiphytic upon it. x 55. Fig. 2. The same, shewing terminal and secund sporangia. x 350. Fig. 3. The basal layer from which the upright filaments arise. X 390. Fig. 4. Innovation of a vegetative filament after the escape of the tetraspores from a terminal spor- angium. X 450. Fig. 5. Terminal sporangium with tetraspores, and in- novation of a subterminal sporangium. X 450. Figs. 6, 7, 10. Various stages in the development of sporangia formed by innovation. xX 450. Figs. 8, 9. Innovation in vegetative filaments. x 350. Fig. 11. Development of sporangia from buds of subapical cells; in one case the spores have escaped and a second bud is developing in the cavity of the empty sporangium. X 350. REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG. 143 Prate IV. Fig. 1. Filaments of Urospora bangioides. (Nat. size.) Figs. 2, 3. Vegetative multiplication by pseudo-branch- ing. X 850. Fig. 4. Base of filament. x 350. Fig. 5. Micro-zoosporangia and micro-zoospores. X 450. Fig. 6. Mega-zoosporangia and mega-zoospoves. xX 450. Fig. 7. Stages in the germination of a mega-zoospore. x 350. IPrcyNTIa, WW Figs. 1—5. Stages in the development of the peripheral cells and mother-cell of sporangium of Polysv- phona fastigiata, seen from above. X 350. Fig. 6. Tetraspores in the act of escaping from the spor- angium. xX 350. Fig. 7. Transverse section of a frond at the level of ,a sporangium shewing basal cell in connection with three peripheral cells. x 450. Fig. 8. Longitudinal section of a frond, shewing the arrangement of intercellular spaces and the “plugs” closmg the canals of communication between the cells of the frond. xX 350. Fig. 9. Isolated plugs, not yet closed by callus. x 450. 144 On the Genus ECTEINASCIDIA, and its Relations, with Descriptions of Two NEW SPEHCIHS, and a Classification of the Family CLAVELINIDA. By W. A. Herpman, D.Sc., FLs:; PROFESSOR OF NATURAL HISTORY IN UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, LIVERPOOL. With Plates VI. and VIL. [Read December 12th. 1890.] In my Report upon the Tunicata collected during the ‘‘ Challenger’? expedition, I formed the genus Heteinas- cidia* for three species of ‘social’? Ascidians closely related to Clavelina, but forming a transition from the latter to the more typical Ascidize Simplices, such as Ascidia. The chief character of Hctetnascidia, which at once distinguished it from Clavelina and the other Clavel- inide was that non-papillated internal longitudinal bars were present in the branchial sac. The three species found during the Challenger expedition were :—E. turbi- nata from Bermuda, E. crassa from near Ki island in the Malay Archipelago, and H. fusca from Banda in the Moluccas. HH. crassa was obtained from a depth of 129 fathoms, the other two were from shallow water. Sluiter, in his paper ‘‘ Ueber einige einfachen Ascidien von der Insel Billiton,” + published in 1885, describes two new species of ‘‘social’’ Ascidians, which he refers to Ficteinascidia, viz., H. rubricollis and E. diaphanis. These species are both evidently well-marked members of the genus, and are closely related to H. turbinata from Ber- *Prelim. Rep., Part II., Proc. Roy. Soc. Edin. 1879-80, p. 722; and Chall. Exp. Zool., vol. VI., p. 239, 1882. + Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch Indie, Bd. XLV, p. 160, ECTEINASCIDIA AND THE CLAVELINID. 145 muda, but are distinct from any of the Challenger species. The examination of these species enabled Sluiter to sup- port with some additional arguments my contention that the family Clavelinide was more closely related to the Simple than to the Compound Ascidians. In 1887, Ed. Van Beneden published a paper* dealing with the classification of this group of Ascidians, in which he contends that of these five known species referred to Ecteinascidia two ought to be placed in the old genus Rhopalea of Philippi, two others remain in the genus Ficteinascidia, and the fifth form the type of a new genus for which he proposes the name Sluwiteria. To understand his reasons for doing this it 1s necessary to go into the history of the genus Rhopalea. In 1842 Philippi found in the Gulf of Naples, and des- erlbed,t the remarkable form Rhopalea neapolitana, the type and only species of the genus. It was described as a Simple Ascidian, and no definite information was given as to whether it reproduced by gemmation. But at the time when I examined the Challenger collection and formed Ficteinascidia, | was distinctly of opinion? that Rhopalea, although closely allied to the Clavelinide, differed from Ficternascidia and other genera in having the internal longitudinal bars of the branchial sac papillated, a con- dition which is shown clearly in Philippi’s figure. This was the position of affairs until, in 1884, Roule$ announced to the Academy of Sciences at Paris that he had re- discovered Rhopalea on the coast near Marseilles, and followed up his preliminary communication by a full * Les genres Ucteinascidia, Herd., Rhopalea, Phil., et Sluiteria (nov. gen.), Bull. de l’Acad. Roy. de Belgique, 3 sér., t. xiv., p. 19. + Ein neues Genus d. einfach. Ascidien, Miiller’s Archiv. 1843, p. 45. + See Challenger Report, part I., p. 238. § Comptes rendus of 19 Mai, 1884. 146 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIBTY. anatomical description, with figures, in his ‘‘ Revision des especes de Phallusiadées des cotes de Provence.”* Roule relied upon the property of budding as distinguishing his form from Hcteinascidia. He considered Rhopalea as a solitary Ascidian (monozoic) while the species of Hetein- ascidia are capable of reproducing by gemmation (polyzoic). Hd. Van Beneden also examined some of the Marseilles specimens, and found them to be identical with some examples which he had found at Naples in 1881, and which he regarded as Rhopalea neapolitana, and both he and Roule consider that these recently-found specimens belong to Philippi’s species, which had been practically lost sight of for forty years. There is, however, this important difference between Philippi’s description and the specimens investigated by Roule and by Van Beneden that in the latter the internal longitudinal bars of the branchial sac are non-papillated, as in Heteinascidia, while Philippi distinctly described and figured papilla upon these vessels. Hd. Van Benedent now regards this as an error of observation on the part of Philippi, and by altering in this important respect the original description of Rhopslea he makes it practically identical Gf it possesses the property of reproducing by gemmation) with my genus, Hcteinascidia, as defined in the Challenger Report. This genus (Rhopalea = Ecteinascidia) he then breaks up into three sections which he raises to generic rank under the titles Rhopalea, Philippi; Hcteinascidia, Herdman; and Sluiteria, n. gen. To this there can be no possible objection provided Roule and Van Beneden are correct in regarding Philippi’s observation of the papille in the branchial sac as an error; but that is just the poimt that * Recueil Zool. Suisse, t. ii, p. 209. + Bull, de PAcad. Roy. de Belgique, 1887, p. 23, ee a et a eee nye en ECTEINASCIDIA AND THE CLAVELINIDA. 147 a remains unsettled, and until Philippi’s original specimen of Rhopalea neapolitana (if it is stillin existence) 1s compared anatomically with the specimens recently found in the Mediterranean it must be regarded as open to doubt whether these latter forms really belong to the same species. However, although this is a matter which cannot be settled by individual opinion, I am perfectly willing to admit that, from the evidence now before us, I consider it most pro- bable that it is the true Rhopalea neapolitana, Phil., which has been re-discovered, and that Philippi was mistaken in regard to the condition of the internal longitudinal bars. Van Beneden regards the power of gemmation as not being of sufficient value to distinguish even genera from one another, so that even if Rhopalea neapolitana were proved to be a monozoic form he would not on that account separate it from the polyzoic species of Hctein- ascidia. In regard to Ed. Van Beneden’s division of the group of six species into three genera, my two species HL. fusca and Hi. crassa certainly agree in the relations of the ali- mentary canal to the branchial sac, and in the condition of the test, more closely with AR. neapolitana than with my remaining species H. turbinata, and might, therefore, naturally fall into the genus Rhopalea, provided always that the modern zoologists are justified in their assump- tion of Philippi’s error of description, and of there being no fundamental difference in the reproduction by gemm- ation. The three species of this genus would then be, as Van Beneden points out, Rhopalea neapolitana, Phil.; fi. crassa, Herdm.; and &. fusca, Herdm. But there are considerable differences in the structure of the branchiai sac, quite independently of the question of papille, between Rhopalea neapolitana (as described and figured by Roule) and my two “Challenger” species. The 10 148 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIBTY. — well-marked minute plication of the branchial sac, as seen on its outer surface,* in Rh. neapolitana, is quite sufficient to separate that form from the species crassa and fusca. If then these two species are to be separated from Heteinas- cidia, it seems clear that they must be distinguished also from Rhopalea, and I would propose for them the generic name Rhopalopsis (characterized by the elongated body, the thick test, and the simple non-plicated branchial sac), so that they would now become Rhopalopsis crassa and i. fusca. The third “‘ Challenger” species, H. turbinata, Herdm., is separated generically from the rest by Ed. Van Beneden, and is made the type of the restricted genus, Hcteinascidia, characterised by various features which will be found described and figured in the ‘“‘ Challenger’? Report,+ viz., the thin membranous test, the narrow point of attach- ment of the posterior end of the body to the stolon, the absence of any constriction dividing the body into thorax and abdomen, the position of the alimentary canal along- side the branchial sac, the shape of the connecting ducts, and of the stigmata of the branchial sac, the tentacular shape of the dorsal languets, the condition of the mus-. culature of the mantle, and the position of the genital organs in the intestinal loop. I am not sure that all of these characteristics will prove to be of generic value. If some new species of Hcteinascidva (in the restricted sense) came to be known I would not be surprised to find that they differed from H. turbinata in some of the points enumerated above, such as the shape of the stigmata and of the connecting ducts, and possibly even of the dorsal languets, and in fact that is partly the case with the new species described below. But the remaining features, and * See Roule’s figure, Rec. Zool, Suisse, t. iii pl. xiii., fig. 7. + Part I., p. 248, and pl. xxxvi. ib 2 See Sm en ECTEINASCIDIA AND THE CLAVELINIDA. 149 especially the absence of a distinct abdomen, the position of the alimentary canal, and the condition of the test and mantle are certainly of sufficient importance to charac- terize the genus. Kd. Van Beneden places one of Sluiter’s species, Eicteinascidia diaphanis, from the island of Billiton, in the Malay Archipelago, in this genus ; and it is evident, as both Sluiter and Van Beneden point out, that this form is very closely related to my H. turbinata, from which it differs chiefly in the colour, the number of tentacles, and the shape of the dorsal languets. The supposed difference in the genital organs, pointed out by Sluiter and by Ed. Van Beneden, probably does not exist. I think now that there can be no doubt Iwas mistaken in my description of the relation of those parts in Hcteinascidia turbinata, and that the testis is really peripheral, and the ovary central in that species just as in H. diaphanis, and the new species described below. The second species from the Island of Billiton, described by Sluiter under the name of Hcteinascidia rubricollis, is separated off by Ed. Van Beneden as the type of a new genus Sluiteria, characterized by the remarkable condition of the dorsal lamina, which (according to Van Beneden) is a membrane with marginal processes* in place of a series of languets, as in all the other Clavelinide, and by the test having vessels terminating in conical papille. The other characters given by Van Beneden are only shehtly marked, or are shared with a new species described below, which must be placed alongside EH. turbinata and E. diaphanis, in the restricted genus Hcteinascidia. Some time after the present paper had been written, and read before the Biological Society, and just as it was going * This is certainly not indicated in Sluiter’s figure, Natuurk. Tijdsch. v. Nederl. Indie, Bd. XLV., taf. II. fig. 4. 150 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. to the printer, I received through the kindness of M. Fernand Lahille a copy of his recent comprehensive work* on the French Tunicata. In this volume Lahille combines with some very useful original investigations an unfortu- nate attempt to remodel the entire classification of the Tunicata in accordance with his previously published, and I consider quite erroneous, views in regard to the relative importance of the characters usually employed in defining groups. He has, I believe, in most of those portions of his system of classification which are novel, departed from the natural or genetic arrangement, but as I intend to deal with this general question elsewhere,} I shall merely insert here a few remarks upon those passages of Lahille’s work which bear upon Heteinascidia and the Clayelinide. By practically ignoring the important characteristic of reproduction by gemmation so as to form colonies, and by giving an undue importance to certain structural features of the branchial sac, Lahille is led to dismember the family Clavelinidee, and to place (1) Clavelina beside Distapla in the family Distomidee; (2) Hcteinascidia and Rhopaleat along with the Compound Ascidian T'ylobranchion and Diazona beside the Simple Ascidian Ciona, and (8) Pero- phora, Perophoropsis and Slwteria in the family Ascidide beside the typical Simple Ascidians,—thus separating Sluiter’s two species of Heteinascidia much more widely even than Ed. Van Beneden does, and placing them in distinct families. Lahille recognises Hcteinascidia (in the restricted sense) and Rhopalea as distinct though closely related genera, and he describes a new species, Rh. cerbe- riana, which has the minute plication of the branchial sac * Recherches sur les Tuniciers des cotes de France ; Toulouse, 1890. + In a work giving a detailed classification, with diagnoses, of the Tunicata, upon which I have been engaged for some time. + Or ‘‘ Rhopalona,” as the genus is generally spelt by the French authors. | 4 TR ea ie ee utes ge - ECTEINASCIDIA AND THE CLAVELINIDA., U51 less marked, and the internal longitudinal bars less com- plete than in Rh. neapolitana. So much for the previously described species of this interesting group: I now turn to some new material. A few years ago Mr. T. J. Moore, curator of the Liverpool Free Public Museum, placed in my hands for examination a small group of “ social” Ascidians, dredged by Captain A. Browne, in Alexandria Harbour, from a depth of 83—5 fathoms. I saw at once that this form belonged to Hctein- ascidia in the wide sense, and was closely allied to EH. turbinata, but the pressure of other work prevented me from examining it more minutely until lately, when I found that it was undoubtedly a new species of Hctein- ascidia in the restricted sense, as employed by Van Beneden. A few days ago I received from Mr. E. Thurston, Superintendent of the Government Central Museum, Madras, a small group of “ social’ Ascidians, dredged from the pearl banks in the Gulf of Manaar, with the request that I would investigate 1t. Upon examination it proved to be also a new species of Hecteinascidia, closely allied to H. turbinata, but distinct. The description of these two additional species 1s as follows :— 1. Heteinascidia thurstont, ». sp. (Pl. VI, figs. 1—-9) Heternal appearance :—A large number of Ascidiozooids are found united together by a delicate branched stolon, which is fixed to the stem of a Hydroid Zoophyte (see Pl. VI, fig. 1). The Ascidiozooids are closely placed on the stolon, so as to form a thickly-clustered mass. Each Ascidiozooid is of an elongated ovate or almost cylindrical shape, somewhat compressed laterally and tapering towards the posterior end (Pl. VI, figs. 2, 38) where it joins the stolon by a very narrow pedicle. ‘The anterior end 1s trun- cated or flat, and bears at 1ts extremities two small but 152 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. distinct papille which are terminated by the branchial and atrial apertures. The colour is light yellowish grey, and the bodies are almost quite transparent, the viscera showing through distinctly (fig. 2). An ascidiozooid varies from 7 mm. to 2cm. in length, and from 3 mm. to 6 mm. in greatest breadth. The Testis very thin and membranous, and periecily transparent, and is easily torn off from the mantle. No vessels are present, and no test cells are visible in the transparent homogeneous matrix. The Mantle is thin and transparent, but moderately muscular. The siphons are indistinctly lobed at their extremities, and are provided with strong sphincter and radial muscle bands. The muscle bands over the rest of the body are all transverse in direction, and are rather numerous. They are in the main parallel, but branch and re-unite occasionally, so as to form a long-meshed network (Pl. VI, fig. 4). The small blood spaces in the mantle are all engorged with blood corpuscles, and so become visible as a close network (Pl. VI, fig. 5). The Branchial Sac is large, and extends nearly to the posterior end of the body. The transverse vessels are wide and are all of the same size (Pl. VI, fig. 6). The internal lonvitudinal bars are not wide. They are joined to the transverse vessels at the angles of the meshes by narrow papiliform connecting ducts which are distinctly wider at their distal ends than where they leave the transverse vessels (fig. 6, c.d.) The meshes are elongated antero-posteriorly, and contain each about four long narrow elliptical stigmata. The vessels of the branchial sac, like those of the mantle, are for the most part engorged with blood corpuscles. The Dorsal Lamina consists of a rather narrow pla membrane from which spring, at the level of the trans- ECTEHINASCIDIA AND THE CLAVELINIDA 153 verse vessels, short tentacular laneuets, which are, however, merely prolongations of the edge of the membrane (PI. _ VI, fig. 7) On each side of the dorsal lamina two internal longitudinal bars are absent, but their places are indi- cated by the rows of papilliform connecting ducts (Pl. VI, fig. 7, c. d) At each side of the endostyle there is a single such row of papilliform connecting ducts, with no corresponding longitudinal bar. The Tentacles are very numerous and slender, and are closely placed. There are about 80 altogether, of which AQ are very short, and are placed alternately with the 40 much larger ones, which, however, are not all of one size, but vary considerably in length (see Pl. VIL., fig. 8), some being twice as large as others. The Dorsal Tubercle has a simple elongated, elliptical aperture placed close behind the tentacles (Pl. VI, fig. 8). The Alimentary Canal is placed on the left side of the branchial sac, and there is no distinct abdomen. There is only a single well-marked loop, that between the stomach and intestine, in which the genital organs le (see Pl. VI, fig. 9). The cesophagus is short and narrow, and runs posteriorly to the ovate stomach (fig. 9, st.) The intestine runs posteriorly for a short distance from the stomach, and then turns ventrally, and then anteriorly in a wide curve. When it reaches a level in front of the cesophagus it turns dorsally and runs to the dorsal edge of the body, where it turns abruptly forwards to form the rectum running towards the atrial aperture. The rectum thus runs almost exactly at aright angle to the preceding part of the intestine. There is an extremely delicate digestive gland ramifying over the walls of the intestine, with a distinct duct, which leaves the intestine on the inner side of the intestinal loop and after crossing a por- tion of the testis opens into the stomach, 154 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. The Genital Organs are placed in the intestinal loop close to the stomach. The ovary forms a small rounded lump in the centre, and is surrounded by the testis, com- posed of a very large number of elongated spermatic vesicles arranged in a crescentic curve around the ovary. The spermatic vesicles are united in twos and threes by tine ducts (Pl. VI, fig. 9), which converge to the centre of the ovary, and finally all unite to form two ducts which run side by side dorsally till they pass between the horns of the crescent formed by the testis, when they joi to form the vas deferens, which turns anteriorly and first crosses the intestine, so as to reach the ventral side of the rectum, and then crosses that tube obliquely and terminates on its dorsal side not far from the anus (PI. VI, rare, Q), Bh @/.)). This species,* which was dredged in the Gulf of Manaar, is closely related to Hcteinascidia turbinata from Bermuda, and H. diaphanis from the Malay Archipelago, but differs from both notably in the condition of the tentacles and the dorsal lamina, and less markedly in other points. The dorsal lamina is in a particularly interesting state as it shows a transition from the ten- tacular languets of H. turbinata to the broad membrane with marginal teeth of Sluiter’s H. (Sluteria) rubricollis, as described by Ed. Van Beneden. The course of the alimentary canal also shows an approach to the latter species in the abrupt right-angled bend between the intestine and the rectum. The course of the vas deferens 1s remarkable, and differs from that of _E. diaphanis. There is not the least doubt that it crosses the rectum, as shown in fig. 9. * The type specimen has been returned to Mr. Thurston, and will, I have no doubt, be deposited in the Government Central Museum, Madras. ECTEINASCIDIA AND THE CLAVELINIDA. 155 2. Hcteinascidia moorer, n. sp. (Pl. VII, figs. 1—8) External appearance :—A number of Ascidiozooids are erouped together to form a hemispherical mass (Pl. VII, fig. 1) measuring about 3 cm. by 2 cm., and are attached at their posterior ends by very slight pedicles to a short branching delicate stolon which appears to have been attached in its turn to sand and shell fragments. The shape of the Ascidiozooids varies a little, but is nearly cylindrical (Pl. VII, fig. 2) with a truncated anterior end bearing the two sessile apertures, and a rounded posterior end. The colour is a clear grey, and the body is trans- parent, allowing the viscera to show through. An average sized Ascidiozooid measures 1 cm. in length and 3 mm. in breadth. The Test is very thin and transparent, and is easily removed from the mantle as a delicate homogeneous looking membrane. It has no vessels, and no test cells are visible. The-Mantle 1s thin, but fairly muscular. All the muscle bands, except on the short siphons, are transverse in direction. They branch and anastomose so as to form a net- work, but in their general direction all the bundles are parallel. They die away on each side of the endostyle so that the ventral median line has no musculature. On the siphons (Pl. VII, fig. 3) there are powerful sphincter muscles formed of a number of concentric bands, and also about forty well marked radial muscles which run outwards from the edges of the aperture and die away on the outer edge of the sphincter. The branchial aperture is distinctly 6 lobed and the atrial 5 lobed (Pl. VII, fig. 3, at.). The Branchial Sac extends almost to the posterior end of the body. ‘The transverse vessels are narrow, and are all of one size (Pl. VII, fig. 4). The internal longitudinal bars are exceedingly delicate and can scarcely be seen 156 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. under the microscope until they have been stained. They are united to the transverse vessels by triangular mem- branous flaps (Pl. VII, fig. 4) of considerable size. ‘The meshes are slightly elongated antero-posteriorly and contain each 3 or 4 stigmata. The Dorsal Lanuna is represented by a series of large triangular tapering languets (Pl. VII, fig. 5, 7.). On each side of these an internal longitudinal bar is wanting, and the usual wide connecting ducts are replaced by short rudimentary papille (Pl. VII, fig. 5, ¢. d’.). The Tentacles ave very numerous and closely placed. There are about forty very small ones placed alternately — with the same number of larger, many of which are very long and slender. These larger tentacles seem in some places to be of two sizes occurring alternately, but this arrangement is not constant (see Pl. VII, fig. 8). There seems to be no appreciable difference between the ten- tacles of this species and of H. thurstont. The Dorsal Tubercle is circular in outline, but the aper- ture is a transversely directed elliptical sht (Pl. VI, fig. Ds Che Go)! The Alimentary Canal is placed on the left side, and scarcely extends behind the branchial sac. There is a single well marked loop between the stomach and the intestine (Pl. VII, fig. 7), and the rectum makes an obtuse angle with the intestine. The stomach is -posteriorly placed. The digestive gland ramifies over the inner (or dorsal) side of the intestine, and the duct, lined by distinct cubical epithelium, runs posteriorly between the intestine and the genital organs (PI. VII, fig. 7, gl.) to open into the stomach. The Genital Organs are placed in the intestinal loop and have the same general arrangement as in H. thurstont. The ova are large and few in number, They form the * . ax ECTEINASCIDIA AND THE CLAVELINIDA. N57 central mass, while about sixty spermatic vesicles com- pose the crescentic testis outside. The ducts from the spermatic vesicles unite on the anterior edge of the ovary to form the vas deferens (PI. VII, fig. 7) which, along with the oviduct, leaves the genital mass between the horns of the crescent and curves anteriorly to cross the intestine where it joins the rectum. The genital ducts then course along the ventral edge of the rectum to their termination near the anus. This species, from Alexandria Harbour, resembles the preceding one closely in external appearance and in the condition of the tentacles. They differ, however, in the size of the transverse vessels of the branchial sac, the condition of the connecting ducts, the dorsal languets, and the course of the alimentary canal and genital ducts. The connecting ducts and dorsal languets differ from those of all the other members of the genus Hcteinascidia in the restricted sense, and resemble those of Rhopalopsis crassa and Rh. fusca, but in other points the present species is much nearer to H. turbinata, EH. diaphanis and E. thurstonw. It is curious that these four species, which are so very much alke in external appearance, but differ from one another in details of internal structure, should be known only from such very widely separated localities, viz. — Ecteinascidia turbinata, Herdm., Bermuda, N. Atlantic. EH. dvaphanis, Shaiter, from Billiton, Malay Archipelago. E. thurstoni, Herdm., from Gulf of Manaar, India. E. moorei, Herdm., from Alexandria, Mediterranean. Lesueur’s Ascidia claviformis, from the Bay of St. Vincent, West Indies, is evidently also an Hcteinascidia, but as the brief description* deals only with the external *Journ. Acad. Nat. Se., Philadelphia, April, 1823, vol. iii, p. 5. 158 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. appearance, and is not sufficient taken by itself to deter- mine even the family, it 1s impossible to say what the species is. The figure (Lesueur, pl. i, fig. 3) is rather more like H. thurstoni than any other known form, but the superficial similarity is not sufficient to prove identity. The primary classification of the Clavelinide is into those genera with internal longitudinal bars in the branchial sac, and those with none*; while it 1s a character of the family as a whole that the bars, if present, are not provided with proper papille. The forms with internal longitudinal bars are those which have been discussed in the preceding pages, and the only genera remaining without such bars are Clavelina, Perophoropsis and (partly) Perophora. But it has been stated in works on the Tunicata that Perophora has ‘‘papille’’ on the mner surface of its branchial sac; these structures, however, are not p.pille comparable with those found on the internal longitudinal bars of the Ascidiide, but are merely papilliform connecting ducts exactly ike those on each side of the endostyle and dorsal lamina in some species of Hcteinascidia (see Pl. VI, fig. 7). I have recently examined the two species Perophora _listert (from Liverpool Bay) and P. viridis (from the Coast of North America, the specimen being one of those named and sent out by the United States Fish Commission) with _the object of determining afresh their specific characters, *Lahille dismembers the family chiefly on this account, but I do not think he is justified in doing so. I believe it forms a natural group, the old * Social Ascidians” of H, Milne-Edwards, ECTEINASCIDIA AND THE CLAVELINIDA. 159 and I find that the branchial sac of Perophora viridis* is in a particularly imteresting condition which forms a transition to the group sonteining Hctemmascidia, and shows at once the nature of the papille of Perophora lsterv. P. viridis bas well-marked papilliform connecting ducts placed at intervals along the transverse vessels, just as i P. listert, but each such connecting duct bears at its free end two long tentacular prolongations, one directed anter- iorly and the other posteriorly, which are evidently rudimentary or imperfect internal longitudinal bars. I have found (ten years ago) the same condition before as an abnormality in the branchial sacs of some Ascidiide t+ (e.2., Ascidia plebera, Corella gyaponica, and C. parallelo- gramma), and have pointed out its bearing on the formation of the internal longitudinal bars. So that these two species of Perophora form a gradation from Clavelina to Hcteinascidia :—first the connecting ducts appear in P. listeri, then imperfect mternal longitudinal bars grow out from the free ends of the ducts in P. viridis, and finally the adjacent ends of these outgrowths unite to form the perfect bars of the species of Hcteinascidia. Perophora viridis has twenty tentacles of two sizes placed alternately; while P. listerz has forty tentacles of three sizes, but not placed with perfect regularity, the two larger sizes being in the main placed alternately, while between each pair of these occur two very short tentacles. *T notice that Lahille has just described practically the same condition of affairs in the branchial sac of his new species P. banyulensis. He apparently does not know of Verrill’s P. viridis as he makes no reference to that species, and as he describes his form as being ‘‘jaune-verdatre ” and having twenty tentacles of two sizes it is not improbable that the two may prove to be identical. +See Challenger Report, Part I, 1882, p. 192; and ‘‘ Fauna of Liverpool Bay,” Report I., 1886, p. 358, and Pl. IX, figs. 1—4, and 8. 160 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. The Family CLAVELINIDA* may now be classified as follows :— Branchial Sac with internal longitudinal bars Branchial Sac without internal longitudinal bars... 1 no divided into distinct abdomen and thorax ... No distinct abdomen present “2 =. 2a sueeeneee 3 { Branchial Sac minutely plicated (Rhopalea)... ... | Branchial Sac not minutely plicated (Rhopalopsis) ... On few MH KF F (Branch. aperture 8 lobed, atrial6, FR. neapolitana, Phil. Branch. aperture 6 lobed, atrial 12, KR. cerbervana, Lah. | 6 es thin anteriorly, dark coloured...f. fusca, Herdm. Test thick all over, light grey ... KR. crassa, Herdm. (Blood vessels in test (Slueteria)... SS. rubricollis, Sl. (No blood vessels in test (Hcteinascidia)... 7 7 eee about 40 in number ... LH. diaphais, Sl. Tentacles about 80 in number... a hoes Dorsal languets and connecting ducts wide and 8 membranous ... ... ... ...//. moored, wklercuar i Dorsal languets and connecting ducts narrow \ and papilliform, ... ... ... .:. ooo! ( Tentacles of 3 distinct lengths, languets not united ... . .. . turbinata, Herdm. "sata not distinctly of 3 lengths, languets united by a narrow membrane, H. thurston, Herdm. ~ 9 {No distinct abdomen present .. ... ... .. ... 10 (Abdomen distinct from the thorax... .). 2 eeneeae Body divided into thorax, abdomen, and a well- ra marked peduncle (Podoclavella, n.gen.) ... ... 12 (eae not pedunculated apart from the long abdo- HA OTAL TS gna > ya esteney ace nee ee : Be 12 (Colour green, tentacles in two rows, P. borealis, Sav. (Colour purple, tentacles in 1 row,P. meridionalis,n. sp.t *Clavelinopsis rubra, Fewkes, probably does not belong to this family, but is a Boltenia. +This new species, along with Stereoclavella (n. gen.) australis, will be described and figured in the ‘‘Catalogue of Tunicata of the Australian Museum,” which I am now preparing. ECTEINASCIDIA AND THE CLAVELINIDA. 161 13 | Stolons united in a basal mass of test (Stereoclavella) 14 Stolons distinct, delicate and branched (Clavelina) 15 y4{Porsal languets short... ... ... S. ete Herdm. (Dorsal languets very large as ee be eg LO (Horiz. membr. of branch. sac wide, 8. enornus, Batten. (Horizontal membranes narrow ... S. austr alis, Nn. sp. 1b Thorax and abdomen of much the same size cee hy Abdomen much longer than thorax... ... ... ... 18 17 Two rows of stigmatain branch. sac,C. punitio M.Edw. Agi Geiss SIX TOWNS Cit Sioa God dee on, ese 00 1S) 19! Six to eight rows of stigmata ..... C. nana,t Te Twelve to sixteen rows of stigmata... ... ... ... 20 With yellow or brown lines of pigment on 1S 20: thorax... ... ... ... C. lepadiformis,+ O.F.M White pigment lines on thorax, C. rissoana, M.Kidw. Only three or four rows of stigmata in branchial 184 sac. . C. producta, M.Kdw. About a dozen rows of stiomata, C. saviguana, M.Kdw. With about four rows of stigmata (Perophora) ... 21 10; With more than a dozen rows of stigmata (Rerophonopsis) ..-.. ... PF. herdmanz, Wah. Ascidiozooids on distinct jointed pedicels, 9 some adhering sand on test, P. hutchinsona, Macd. Ascidiozooids not on distinct pedicels, ee [OES SING, TO) ENCIOVSTEING SENMCl30 2a G00 con coo V4 Body colourless, 40 tentacles of 3 sizes, only papilliform connecting ducts... P. listert, Wiegm. 22, Body greenish, 20 tentacles of 2 SIZES, papilliform connecting ducts with rudimentary internal lomeniudimallarsen see eee ea Ulridish Wein. (2=P. banyulensis, Lah.) This family is of very great interest phylogenetically, (1) because Clavelina comes nearer than any other known form to what we have good grounds for believing the common ancestors of all the simple and compound Ascid- *Possibly the young of C, lepadiformis or some other species. ay young i +With several varieties, 162 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. ians (Proto-ascidiacea) to have been, and (2) because this group occupies one of several points of contact between the Ascidiz Simplices and Ascidiz Composite, Rhopalea linking on in the one direction to Ciona and the Ascidude, while Clavelina and Hcteinascidia pass in the other direction into Diazona,* Chondrostachys and the Dis- tomide. For a further discussion of these phylogenetic relationships I may refer to the last part of the ‘‘ Chal- lenger”’ report on the Tunicata.t EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Reference Letters. a. anus; at. atrial aperture; 67. branchial aperture ; b.v. blood vessel; c.d. connecting duct; c.d’. same in a rudimentary condition; d./. dorsal lamina; d.t¢. dorsal tubercle ; gl. digestive gland; h.m. horizontal membrane; z. intestine; J. languet; m.b. muscle bands; 7./. internal longitudinal bars; @. cesophagus; ov. ovary; sg. stigmata; st. stomach; 7. rectum; o.d. oviduct; si. stolon; ¢. testis; tn. tn’. tentacles; v.d. vas deferens; ti. tranverse vessels. *JIn fact Diazona comes so close to Ecteinascidia and Rhopalea that I would have no great objection to place it beside them in the family Clavel- inide. It seems to me to be a form as nearly as possible exactly intermediate between Distomide and Clavelinid, and consequently very difficult to place in a serial or tabular classification through presenting no difficulty in a phylogenetic arrangement. + Zool. Chall. Exp., Part LX XVI, 1888, p. 121. Fig. fo) Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. pre COI) ECTEINASCIDIA AND THE CLAVELINIDA. 163 Puate VI. Ecteinascidia thurstoni, n. sp. The entire colony, natural size. An ascidiozooid, slightly enlarged. Another ascidiozooid, nat. size. Part of the mantle showing the transverse muscles, x 50. Part of the mantle showing the engorged blood spaces, X 50. Part of the branchial sac from the inside, X 50. Part of the dorsal edge of the branchial sac showing the languets, X 50. The dorsal tubercle, x 50. The alimentary canal and genital organs, x 10. Puate VII. Ecteinascidia mooret, n. sp. The entire colony, natural size. A single ascidiozooid, slightly enlarged. The atrial aperture from the interior to show the lobes and the musculature, x 50. Part of the branchial sac from the inside, x 50. Part of the dorsal edge of the branchial sac, showing the languets, x 50. The dorsal tubercle, x 50. The alimentary canal and genital organs, X 10. Some of the tentacles, X 50. They seem to be exactly alike in the two species, H. thurstont and EH. mooret . 164 The DISTRIBUTION of MARINE ALG in SPACH and in TIME. By Grorce Murray, F.L.S. SENIOR ASSISTANT, BOTANICAL DEPARTMENT, BRITISH MUSEUM. At the outset it 1s necessary that I should expressly limit and define the headings of this address. By the distribu- tion of Algze in space, I mean not only their distribution in natural areas of the waters of the globe, but also their “vertical distribution” or ‘‘ zonal distribution” or ‘‘range in depth” as it is variously termed. Their distribution in time is imperfectly ascertained by a study of their fossil remains. Farther, I propose to limit the consideration of the subject to Marine Algz or seaweeds, since so little is known of the distribution of fresh water Alege, that he would be a bold man who should venture to address you on it. One of the first observations of general import made by a student of Alge is that between tidemarks and beyond, their occurrence is more or less regulated by their colour. With certain notable exceptions the inshore Algze are green, from half-tide mark olive and brown, mixed with, and sheltering red, and lowest of all red. They do not occur in definite zones since the red forms advance up- wards under cover of the brown and olive forms, and, moreover, there are exceptions for which I cannot account on any theory. For example, to take extreme cases—a brown fucoid, Pelvetia canaliculata, occurs at high water mark, where it may be observed actually higher on the rocks than certain maritime lichens; and a green alga DISTRIBUTION OF MARINE ALG. 165 Struvea is commonly found at considerable depths, one of the species at more than thirty fathoms. Besides these extreme cases there are many others not so marked in character, which modify this zonal distribution, but the fact remains generally true of much the larger proportion of forms. On what grounds are we to account for this regulation of pigment? We know that sea-water inter- cepts sunlight and that the deeper we go the darker it becomes—that at a depth of 700 fathoms, probably less, there is total darkness, and that fishes which live at great depths are blind, like those of the Kentucky caves. If we apply this knowledge to our problem, the observa- tion will not escape us that the forms living close inshore and most exposed to sunlight are green, as has just been noticed, that they are of the same colour as land vegeta- tion and fresh water vegetation, the illumination being similar. Now though we know very little about the interception of sunlight by sea water, yet this much is certain, that not only is the quantity of light reduced, but its quality is also affected, as spectroscopic investigation has shown. It is precisely those rays that are most efficient in the work of assimilation by plants that are first intercepted, and only the green and blue rays travel far. This change of pigment we may then fairly take it, is an adjustment to the supply of sunlight, and if we enquire farther we shall find that the essential green pigment— the chlorophyll on which we know the nutrition of plants depends—is only masked by the red (phyco-erythrine) brown (phyco-pheine), blue (phyco-cyanine), and yellow (phyco-xanthine) pigments to be found in those seaweeds near and beyond low water mark. There is very little known as to the precise functions performed by these modifications of chlorophyll, whether their office is to heighten the susceptibility of the chlorophyll to sunlight 166 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. or to act as a shield against the excess of green and blue rays penetrating the water. This is a subject for experi- ment which I venture to urge upon the attention of plant physiologists since it cannot but prove fertile in results. To pursue our excursion into the depths, 1t may be noted that very few forms are to be found between 50 and 100 fathoms, and beyond, hardly any. Phyllophora Brodict and several other Algze (excluding diatoms and calcareous Algee which are brought up dead from great depths to which they have been drifted) have been recorded from greater depths than 100 fathoms, but the records are open to question. It is quite safe to place the absolute limit at 200 fathoms. The fact just alluded to that the quality of the light is affected by its passage through the water probably explains in part why Alge do not go to a greater depth since light penetrates much farther. Of course other causes, such as pressure, etc., may operate also in this direction. We see then that the range in depth of marine Ale is slight as compared with that of marine animals, in this respect affording a significant contrast with the relative distribution of the land flora and fauna, which I suppose may be said to have the same frontiers. It would be easy to support the statement that lght is the regulator of the zonal distribution of Algze by numerous observations, if these were necessary. I may cite one as a sample. It is well known that certain deep water species are frequently found near the surface, under shelter of dark rocks and caverns, which, at all events, proves that pressure has little to do with the matter, at least within comparatively narrow limits. Against this view of the high susceptibility displayed by Algz, to the amount and nature of the supply of ight I am bound to cite one staggering fact. Kjellman observed that in the polar sea, during the dark arctic night of three months duration DISTRIBUTION OF MARINE ALG. BAST (and at a mean temperature of —1°C.), the Alge of that region both grew normally and fructified! It is well that this observation should have weight, it 1s not crushing,— that it may teach us caution in dealing with sweeping rules. Let it be noted, however, that Kjellman’s observa- tion is no more potent than the exceptions J began by citing, and that no rigid rule of zonal distribution is laid down, and I think you will allow that a truth of general value emerges from this cloud of witnesses against it. I have dwelt at some length on the details of zonal distribution because they furnish us with a consideration of some value. The natural classification of Alge is based on the structure of the plants, especially valuable charac- ters for this purpose being furnished by the organs of reproduction, as in the case of other plants. However, an artificial system founded solely on the colour of the plants leads to a strikingly similar result. With certain exceptions all the red Alge form a natural group, the Rhodophycee, united and distinguished from other groups by structural characters; all the olive and brown form another group, the Phzophycez; all the green another, the Chlorophycee; and all the blue-green another, the Cyanophycez, though the character of colour is of much less importance here than in other groups. Allowing for exceptions under these heads, and they are not numerous, under the first three at all events, we have here a striking arrangement without a parallel in organ- ized nature. Colour, so far from being a character of value for the purpose of classification, is commonly of very subordinate importance, and more often than not is even deceptive as a mere specific character. To take a prom- nent example, the genus Agaricus (mushrooms and toad- stools) has been arranged in sections on a system largely dependent for characterization on the colour of the spores; 168 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. that is, the colour of the spores is used as a means of recognition, and it is the common belief that this artificial method has led to an undue multiplication of the ‘‘ species” of that genus—one of the largest genera of plants. If colour then be fallacious as a subordinate character else- where, on what grounds are we to account for its apparent ordinal importance among Alge? The nature of the pigments themselves answer the question. The colours of land plants other than the green colour of vegetation, are produced by pigments which play no role of importance in their vital processes, while here in Algz they are bound up with the essential process of nutrition—the pigments are adaptations, associated with the chlorophyll itself to the amount and nature of the sunlight reaching the Aloe. The colour is therefore of most profound biological impor- tance in this case, and it follows that its variation is naturally accompanied by variations of structure both of thallus and of reproductive organs equally profound. The biological significance of colour is a subject that has been seized upon by easily satisfied speculators who are mostly incapable of a due study of the pigments, and who concern themseles with fanciful interpretations of their ‘““meaning.”” The present case 1s one which fortunately does not lend itself to such treatment, and the coast 1s clear, © if the play upon words may be pardoned, of such literature. This short digression from the strict subject of distribution may be excused on the ground that a consideration of the subject itself has here led to the recognition of a very striking case of correlation between physiological and structural variation. He who runs may read the lesson to be learnt from it. The saying, that the character of vegetation changes entirely with every twenty-four degrees of latitude, is less DISTRIBUTION OF MARINE ALG. 169 true of seaweeds than of the higher plants. The complex conditions that affect the distribution of land plants, and render it no mere affair of latitudes or even of isothermal lines, are fewer, so far as we know, in the case of marine plants, but some of them are far more potent. Local peculiarities play an important part. The fact that certain seas are tideless, for example, profoundly affects the character of their vegetation. The Mediterranean, to take an instance, does not possess a considerable number of forms which might be reasonably expected to occur in it were there an average rise and fall. So also with the Antilles, rich as they are in marine plants. As agents in distribution, let us take the case of the great ocean currents. They are not merely vehicles for transport, but they are streams of stable temperature as well. In all probability —though this is a matter on which we have little positive knowledge—seaweeds are more sensitive to fluctuations of temperature than are land plants. (There are cosmo- politan species of course, but these are out of consideration at present.) The conditions that surround seaweeds living in a medium of stable temperature such as the sea —not called upon to endure much change, in that respect, from day to night nor even from season to season—en- courage this opinion. The difficulties that attend the procuring of the germination and the culture of seaweeds in aquaria are rightly suspected to spring from inaccurate adjustment of temperature. More than this, direct obser- vation of the distribution of seaweeds within limits of temperature in the sea shows us that this is the case. We may, therefore, regard the great ocean currents as prime movers in the transport of marine vegetation. Let us take the familar instance of the Gulf Stream. As it leaves the shores of America we may note the contrast between the Florida Keys and Charlestown, not far to 170 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. the north of them, but out of direct influence. Contrast again with that of Charlestown the marine vegetation of Bermuda lying right in the path of the Gulf Stream—the most northern coral island in the world. To come nearer home—it is constantly bringing us waifs from the Sargasso Sea, which it skirts, in the form of the so-called ‘gulf weed’; and there are settled on our southern and western shores Algee which we have in common with the West Indian Islands and Florida—species which you will look for in vain but a short way up the North American coast itself. I can imagine few more interesting studies in distribution than a comparison of the marine flora of Orkney and Shetland with that of the neighbourhood of Cape Farewell in Greenland, lying precisely in the same latitude. On our side we have the influence of the Gulf Stream. At Cape Farewell this is not only absent, but there is another powerful current, believed by Nansen to come right over the Pole itself—which that gallant traveller hopes (and we hope) will bear him over it and ‘“‘keep his chin up on the sea of life ’’—there is this other current setting from the frozen north and bearing on its icy bosom floes and bergs southwards in a dense stream. A comparison of these two floras would assuredly instruct us in the ways of ocean currents in modifying our marine floras, as streams of stable temperature. The importance of the fact of transport of Algez by the Gulf Stream to our shores will be seen later when I come to speak of the barrier interposed by the depths of the ocean. The question is worth asking, does man affect the distri- bution of seaweeds? ‘That he does so to a far less extent than in the case of land plants 1s obvious enough. I have recently made a short investigation of the growth of Algee on ships’ bottoms, a subject of much practical impor- tance, since it means, in spite of anti-fouling paints and DISTRIBUTION OF MARINE ALG. iL the lke, many tons of coal per annum to most of our ereat ocean-going lines. Let us take the case of a steamer making the voyage from this country to the Cape and back, if she has received no overhauling in the mean- time, her bottom will be so overgrown with seaweed on her second return trip, that 1t will need many extra tons of coal to drive her, especially if a record-breaking speed is demanded. (I may mention casually that this difficulty attends only iron and steel vessels—the old wooden copper-bottomed boats were protected by the exfohating of the copper.) Now in such a case, I mean a voyage to the Cape and back, through many swiftly changing tem- peratures, the result is exactly as might be expected. Cosmopohtan forms—it is only right to say that these predominate in all cases—like Hnteromorpha—ayre by far the most frequent; they practically exclude the others. Let us take on the other hand the case of one of Her Majesty's ships which has returned during the summer months from service in the Mediterranean, or a ship that has been lying im a foreign port not far distant. She has a varied marine flora arranged in green, red and olive and brown zones on her sides and bottom. In a few days’ steaming she is in another natural region. The changes of temperature, etc., are doubtless fatal to the great majority so far as a chance of acclimatization is concerned. Are they so to all? Ido not believe it. It would weary you to give here the details observed under this head, but I cannot refrain from mentioning one remarkable case. Mr. Batters has found at Berwick-on-Tweed an Australian seaweed, in all probility detached from a passing vessel. It is hardly lkely that such migrations have occurred often, and they are not in contemplation, but rather such movements from one similar region to another as the Atlantic passage from this country to the United States, 172 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. the Mediterranean to the West Indies, and, most interest- ing of all, the Red Sea to the Mediterranean and vice- versa through the Suez Canal. We have here an interesting field for future work—and one that I may appropriately recommend to a Liverpool audience. The great barriers interposed between the natural regions of the marine flora are continental areas, the depths of the sea, areas of different temperature in the sea and deserts of sand and friable rock. We have an excellent example of the continental barrier in the mass of Africa separating the tropical Atlantic from the Indian Ocean and stretching southwards into a colder region which effectively blocks the way. Geologists tell us that the continental areas are ‘‘ permanent,” that their antiquity. is at least so great that their beginnings are lost in “ the ilintitable azure of the past.” An examination of the marine flora of the tropical Atlantic and that of the tropical Indian Ocean discloses the fact that while the genera are very largely common to both, the species are in a igh proportion different. Let us suppose an argu- ment founded on this in favour of the high antiquity of the genera of Aleze—an argument that suggests itself with fatal facility. It is true that these regions are as effectively separated as if they were on different planets. But we know that the present areas of temperature have been by no means of such great duration as the continents, and their changes have been far reaching. It is also admitted as an important agent in determining such variations of climate in the northern and southern hemispheres (or at all events a constant accompaniment of such—which is the same thing so far as our argument is concerned) has been change of direction of the great ocean currents. Let us suppose in the past—a past by no means so remote as the birth of continents—a more genial climate in the . - S * £4 "Oe Fe By yeaa Spe AG pS DISTRIBUTION OF MARINE ALG. 173 southern hemisphere, and we at once obtain conditions suitable for the migration and mingling of tropical forms, by way of the Cape of Good Hope. This consideration shows us that the continental barriers, great though their antiquity be, are, geologically speaking, modern obstacles to the distribution of tropical forms. A comparison of the tropical species of the Pacific with those of the Indian Ocean, between which are no such barriers, would throw a side light on the discussion of this question. Unfortu- nately our knowledge of the marine flora of the Pacific does not enable us as yet to deal adequately with the matter. How effective a barrier 1s maintained by areas of different temperature in the ocean may be best seen by comparing the widely different floras of the north temperate and south temperate zones, separated as these are by the tropics. Here is a barrier which, though it has shifted its position with variations of climate, has yet been steadily interposed between north and south. Want of lght prevents the migration of the temperate species via the cold depths of the ocean beneath the tropics; and, moreover, the cold currents come to the surface in the warm ocean, there to be heated. The marine floras on either side of this warm barrier are radically different. In the Pacific we have, in the great Laminarian Macrocystis, a striking example of wide distribution extending from the southern ocean right up to San Francisco, if not beyond. In the Atlantic we have two species of Fucus (F. vesiculosus and F. serratus) which occur in both north and south temper- ate zones, but not between, and there are others; but the general truth of the wide difference between north and south temperate zones, in the matter of marine vegetation, is not weakened greatly by special exceptions however striking. The barrier interposed by the depths of the sea is not 174 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. so effective, but it is yet a marked one. There is a very considerable difference between the two sides of the Atlantic. It is bridged in a way by the great currents. The main Equatorial current—the parent of the Gulf Stream—first crosses the Atlantic from east to west under the tropics, and may there be considered a good bridge since the distance traversed is not enormous and the temperature is steady. But we know too little of the marine floras of the African and South American coasts to enable us to judge certainly of its effects. The Gulf Stream crosses from west to east with too great a slant to the north-east to have a very marked effect—it has had time to cool somewhat, and the distance it travels is great -—but yet we have noted above that its effect 1s beyond question. Sand makes deserts in the sea as on land. Every one has observed such coasts of small extent, but they occur over wide areas. For example, an enormous desert extends along the north coast of the Gulf of Mexico from Florida to Yucatan. Another occurs, as observed by Kjellman, in the Siberian Sea; and these areas combine with the depths of the ocean in forming barriers to distri- bution. JI think I hear some one saying, ‘ why is it necessary to lay down now and here these fundamental conditions that hedge about the distribution of marine Alege? Surely allthat has been done long ago.” It 1s true that much that I have said, though true is not by itself new, but my experience of the study of phycology is that the idea of there being a distribution of Algze at all is in its infancy. In the pages of the older writers we frequently meet with remarks on the local distribution of Alez, in standard modern works hke those of the venerable Agardh, the distribution of each species 1s carefully noted, but so far as I know, very little has been done with the subject 4 - DISTRIBUTION OF MARINE ALGZ. 175 by itself. In Kjellman’s Alge of the Arctic Sea there are admirable tables of the distribution of these Algz through- out the provinces into which he has divided that region. In the Essai de classification des Alques de la Guadeloupe by MM. Mazé and Schramm, there are exhaustive tables showing the relationship of the Algz of Guadeloupe and in my Catalogue of West Indian Alge@ there are tables showing the relationship of West Indian Algz with other regions, viz., North Atlantic, Mediterranean, Warm Atlantic, South Atlantic and Cape of Good Hope, Indian Ocean, Australia and South Pacific, Warm Pacific, North Pacific and China Seas. It is much to be wished that the authors of catalogues of Algz should furnish us with similar tables, though, knowing the labour of the performance arising from the diverse classifications in use, and from the necessity of verifying records— knowing that such labour rivals that involved in the produc- tion of the catalogue itself, I can understand the reluctance of authors. Certainly few tasks have less outward and visible result than the construction of such tables. But the more of them made the easier does the work of making the remainder become. Now I have heard it said that the subject hardly exists—that species of Algz are pretty well world-wide if we except such broad and obvious facts as that the Sargassa are more or less tropical and the Siphonez also ; that the Laminariez are temperate and polar and so on. There is not much use wasting argument on such ignor- ance which the gods fight against in vain. The plants themselves intervene in this matter, and by appeal to them we can settle it. My object in constructing the table appended to this paper* is the very humble one of *T have to acknowledge gratefully the aid of Miss Ethel Barton and of Mr. Carver in drawing up the table and checking results. 176 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. showing that there is such a subject and that it deserves to be pursued. For this purpose I have selected three regions of the ocean which are well cut off from each other, which have little or nothing in common except the fact that their Algee have been well collected and studied. These regions are the Arctic Sea (taking Kjellman as the basis of calcu- lation); the West Indian region (based on my own catalogue) ; and the Australian region (based on Sonder’s catalogue in Baron von Mueller’s Fragmenta Phytographia Australie, vol. X1., Supplement and also in Additamenta). The first and the second are purely natural regions, but the third is hardly so. Australia is both tropical and south temperate, but the fact may be urged in favour of our treating it as a whole that the portion of the coast best known at present 1s south temperate. I wish for the purpose of this table it had been possible to so delimit Australia as to exclude its tropical forms, but it was hardly possible to do this with accuracy. Nevertheless, the whole region is well cut off from the others, and the fact that the whole of its flora is included would concede chances against my argument for the geographical diversity of algal forms. So let it stand. Before entering upon an examination of this table, I would point to a discrepancy between the totals of forms common to the West Indies and Australia now given and those given in my catalogue of West Indian Alge. The discrepancy arises from the fact that the present enumeration is based principally on Sonder’s Catalogue and the former one on Agardh’s Species, Genera et Ordines Algarum, and on other books. Sonder’s Catalogue is more exhaustive than the Agardhian enumeration for the reason that part of the latter (the Pheeophyceze) was done long before Sonder’s catalogue. There is here a difference of four. Again under the Florideze there is a difference in excess of ten, arising J eee eee > NR a DISTRIBUTION OF MARINE ALG. 177 partly from Agardh’s more just appreciation of the value of specific forms, notably in the Helminthocladiaceze which contribute six of the excess of ten to be found in Sonder. Under Chlorophycez and Protophycee there are in the present estimate excesses of three and two respectively arising from my own judgment in framing the former lower estimate. It was necessary in constructing the former tables to use one plan, one estimate of specific value (the Agardhian) for the whole world flora and so Sonder’s catalogue was not then taken bodily. However with these differences, amounting to nineteen only in the ageregate of the entire flora in question, we need not con- cern ourselves farther than to explain their origin. Let us first look at the aggregate totals that we may form some idea of the extent of the floras we are dealing with. The arctic marine flora consists of 259 species contained in 111 genera; the West Indian of 788 species in 150 genera; and the Australian of 1132 species in 255 genera, the last owing its preponderance to its embracing subtropical and south temperate types. The most note- worthy observation on these totals is the proportions of genera to species. In the arctic regions the genus averages slightly more than two species only, while in the West Indies it averages rather more than five, and in Australia rather less than five. These proportions be- come more instructive when we trace them through the tables showing the numbers which the different regions have in common. The Arctic Sea and the West Indies have 42 genera and 380 species in common; the West Indies and Australia have 109 genera and 135 species in common; the Arctic Sea and Australia have 42 genera and 21 species in common; while 32 genera occur in all three regions and only 12 species. It will be seen that exactly the same number of genera are in common 178 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. between the Arctic Sea and the West Indies, and between the Arctic Sea and Australia, though of course, as the tables show, not the same genera. It will also be seen that the comparison of the West Indies with Australia alone shows a preponderance of specific over generic types in common (except in the case of the item Protophycee the least worked out group). This naturally shows a greater affinity between these floras, as was indeed to be expected, and it remains true when we substitute my previous lower estimate of 116 for 135 species. I have elsewhere re- marked on the relationship of these floras so far removed from each other and on the fact that there is a greater correspondence between them than between the West Indian and the Indian ocean floras, though the generic types of these latter correspond closely. This table of figures speaks so plainly for itself that any discussion of it would be a mere reiteration of its obvious statements. I cannot help, however, calling attention to the totals of forms common to all three regions, viz., Floridez, 17 gen- era and only 5 species; Pheeophycee, 6 genera and only one species (Hudesme virescens); Chlorophycee, 5 genera and 6 species (four of which are notoriously cosmopolitan Ulvaceze—plants which do their best if I may say so to become fresh water forms even, not content with a home in the boundless ocean; the one siphoneous alga is our beautiful Bryopsis plumosa); and finally Protophycee, 4 genera and no species. It will be noticed also from a study of these totals that while in the Arctic and Australian Regions, the Pheo- phycez far out-number the Chlorophycez, in the tropical West Indian flora, the proportion 1s very markedly reversed and the green Algze outnumber the olive brown. One is tempted to put this down to the strong illumination of the tropical sea but another reason is to be found in the fact ign ee a ee ae en ee ee oe re ae Se ere eee DISTRIBUTION OF MARINE ALG. 179 that a number of the Antilles richest as regards Alge are subject to irruptions of fresh and brackish water from the Orinoco floods, a condition that would operate in the same direction. When I have finished the examination of Indian Ocean Algee on which Iam at present engaged, check results may be expected that will answer this speculation. The figures I have quoted to you with those in the table speak for themselves. Out of three diverse floras consisting of 259 species, 788 and 1132 respectively there are only 12 species in common. This one fact surely answers the question plainly enough that there is a subject of the distribution of Alge, and that materials for its study exist; and moreover it exhorts us to undertake it. I now come to the last part of my subject and on it I need not detain you long since the materials are scanty. The distribution of Algze in time as evidenced by their fossil remains is a branch of study which is indeed some- what starved for lack of material. In the early rocks there are many markings which have been dignified by imagina- tive paleontologists with such names as F'ucites, Confer- vites, Caulerpites, etc. But these have been shown by Nathorst and others to be in most cases no other than casual impressions of miscellaneous objects, trails of creeping animals and the like. We have however certain fossil remains such as Nematophycus described by Mr. Carruthers, from the Hrian of Canada (=lower Devonian). The minute structure of this Alga has been studied microscopically and it is apparent that in these far off times there flourished in the ocean, this gigantic sip- honeous alga, resembling our Udotea or Avrainvillea in structure but attaiming a girth to be measured by feet—a veritable marine tree. Besides this alga and a few questionable forms such as Pachytheca, we have only 12 180 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. certain fossil Dasyclade and fossil Diatoms from Tertiary beds as materials for discussion. The theory of develop- ment requires the supposition that we have in Alge the least changed descendants of the earliest forms of life that appeared on the globe, but the testimony of the rocks is — barren in this respect—nay it 1s worse than barren, since it is difficult to account on this hypothesis for the absence of Diatoms for example from the Silurian and other early beds in which one might expect from the nature of the deposit to find them or organisms of a like kind. It would be easy to insist on the comparative worthlessness of negative evidence in a case of this kind, but it is a duty to state the difficulty emphatically if it is ever to be removed. It is difficulties of this stubborn kind that stand in the path of the theory of evolution and not the ingeni- ously constructed and imaginary obstacles evolved from the fermenting brains of the new school of subjective naturalists who know not Darwin but who know Nature well—at second hand. . = | a | uv | GA ae Wa | (OR FST! | Gra LAL | aa AO | VUL | Kav ees G ce G c OL 6 6 |v |8 Lg Be || iL 1 is Nectar SOUL TRIO) 0 I 0 G rele jester fis teh TL) 17 Sba| (oxe= |) We: FL eee | ie ae eo SOO p One : 0 0 0 0 6 G 0 OF ay aie VG G 10 ORAS Se eee Boltpuoyl) CeO OO Te On OO FOO 0 170 Ora ees eordreoosuodg 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O |G Il 0 0 10 Ofer BOLL UIULOTT CeO OO Ft | O | O FOG |e Ie I |¢ Cage aoe VOTPOSUBA AA, 0 0 0) 0 c V 0 || OG 8) GL v | O (2 aie as eee ows 0 0 0 0 PANS 0 0 |og | 9 1Z G | 0 O | ewoovoudA Ty 0 0 0 0 6 Il 0 O 76 V SL Cen nO) OS Sa ae ee) 84 ire) Oe Ore eee pee OO Te ig , ‘VdOduHdO0 HO 194 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. BIOLOGICAL RESULTS OF THE ‘‘ARGO’’ CRUISE. 195 xX X XX xX XX ee IK XXXXX xX X xX X x xX X XS PS OSX d00 000000 000000000 COUIOIIOIOICIGIOICIG rvadvAs snbypp piorexerelertigaicreg “" UNpUNZoLgns WNYPYIIILOT D000 000000000 000 000000000000 pprbr.t DI)VLISUO FEO rseees “Saumoun “9 revel aa ee iee aRENe eRe eee pjoonury $apopan{) SOO 000000 000000000 000 ppnvorbwop lA ee in oe ee DPNDIYAND ay COD 000000000000 000000000000 sys aquoy dowry DOO D0D 000000 000000000 wunjgdnssagur “ar 000006000000000000000 wnssaudap wunipuyjag sholpjielalelleleleletslelelelelenetelelevenelsisnerelcneters wnordhy vIpnug coOcC0D00D000DG0 000000 punwrebwo7 $2.1989) DY, DNDN 000DD0 DOO O00000 000 000000000000 pypoinfe whip] DOOUUOOUU ODD DUO U0U0D0 O00 snaynf ar RS SYODAB “TA ‘op sogde0 boo boc 00d G00000 000 wafyayo snonondun ET sun00dud serrsesseeness saamsony vurdopoho DOOUDD 000000006000 000000 DYDUOLOO orpadrbuoryT DOU ODD UOOUOO ODD DUG O00 OOD saduuds iT 650000000000 000000000 sdowyghiaa “af ISU DOP GUO OUGOEO. Oud UUNIYUD)IAY YuULosowry9s Ay sovlatocnc-dge ddauco0ss snsnqqo sdopohoopnasg 800600000 000000 005500000 suowfrurds DUOYIUC PAU MOSOO aun DOhy Oc su.lonidaig D))a2U0d DL Ae ee Heeeerereetess quogsmnjoa D1)AIU0q 13 196 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. ALG. I made small collections of Algze from near low water mark on the shore at two points where we happened to be on land at the right state of the tide, viz.: at the Island of Inishbofin off the coast of Connemara on August 15th, and at Galway on August 17th. The speci- mens were handed over to Mr. Harvey-Gibson, and they have been identified in his laboratory and under his supervision by Miss A. EK. Warham, B.Sc., who has furnished me with the following lists. The collection of Marine Alge is a small one, and contains few species of any rarity. Amongst the more interesting forms are Dermocarpa schousbei, Halopteris jilicina, Ascocyclus reptans, Lomentaria clavellosa, Chylo- cladia ovalis, and C. kaliformis. All the other species are common. ‘The nomenclature adopted is that of Holmes and Batters’ ‘“‘ Revised List of British Marine Alge.” (Ann. Bot., vol. v., p. 63). Species found at Inishbofin are indicated by the figure (1), those at Galway Bay by (2). CYANOPHYCE. Dermocarpa prasina, Born. (1) D. schousber Born. (1) Lyngbya majuscula, Harv. (1) L. semiplena, J. Ag. (1) Calothriz pulvinata, C. Ag. (1, 2) CHLOROPHYCEZ. Enteromorpha compressa, Grev. (1, 2) E. clathrata, J. Ag. (1, 2) Urospora pencilliformis, Aresch. (1) Cladophora rupestris, Kutz. (1, 2) C. pellucida, Kutz. (1) Chetomorpha linum, Kutz. (1) — « _ , °° =e BIOLOGICAL RESULTS OF THE ‘‘ARGO”’ CRUISE. 197 PHAOPHYCER. Dictyosiphon feniculaceus, Grev. (1) ictocarpus confervoides, Le Jol. (1, 2) Ascocyclus reptans, Rke. (1) Asperacoccus echinatus, Grev. (1) Chordaria flagelliformis, C. Ag. (1) Pylaiella litoralis, Kjellm. (1, 2) Sphacelaria cirrhosa, C. Ag. (1, 2) Chetopteris plumosa, Kutz. (1, 2) Halopteris filicina, Kutz. (1) Stypocaulon scoparvum, Kutz. (1) Halidrys siliquosa, (1, 2) RHODOPHYCER, Bangia fuscopurpurea, Lyngb. (1) Chantransia virgatula, Thur. (2) Chondrus crispus, J. Ag. (1, 2) Cystoclonium purpurascens, Kutz. (1, 2) Rhodymenia palmata, Grev. (1, 2) Lomentaria clavellosa, Gaill. (1, 2) Chylocladia kalvformis, Grev. (1) -C. ovalis, Hook. (1) Plocamiun coccineum, Lyngb. (1,2) Nitophyllum laceratum, Grev. (1, 2) Delesseria sinuosa, Liamx. (1, 2) D. sanguinea, Lamx. (1, 2) Rhodomela subfusca, C. Ag. (1, 2) Laurencia pinnatifida, Lamx. (2) Polysiphonia fastigiata, Grev. (1, 2) P. nigrescens, Grev. (1, 2) P. byssoides, Grev. (2) Dasya coccinea, C. Ag. (1) Callithamnion hookeri, C. Ag. (1) C. corymbosum, Lyngb. (1) 198 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Ceramium rubrum, C. Ag. (1, 2) C. tenuissemum, J. Ag. (1) C. circinatum, J. Ag. (1) C. ciliatum, Ducluz. (1) Polyides rotundus, Grev. (1) Melobesia farinosa, Larmx. (1) Corallina officinalis, Linn. (1) SPONGES.* CaLcAREA—A scetta coriacea, Fl., var. osculata, and Sycandra ciliata, Fl., on rock, off Arran Ids. MonaxontpAa—Halichondria caruncula, B., off Arran Ids. Rentera (densa, B. ?) do. Esperella sordida, B., rock, off Arran Ids. Desmacidon fucorum, J., off Arran Ids. Suberites ficus, H., Killybegs, 5—15 fms. Suberites domuncula, N., Killary, 10 fms., incrusting shells inhabited by Paguri. Tophon hyndmam, B., rock, off Arran Ids. CERATOSA—A plysilla rubra, Hn., do. CQ@LENTERATA. HYDROIDA. Hydractinia echinata, Flem., abundant. Bougainvillea (?) Clytia johnston, Ald. Obelia flabellata, Hincks. Obelta genculata, Linn. Campanularia neglecta, Ald. * Dr. Hanitsch has written some further notes about some of these species of Sponges which will be found as an Appendix at the end of this paper (p. 213). BIOLOGICAL RESULTS OF THE ‘‘ARGO’’ CRUISE. 199 Calycella syringa, Linn. Filellum serpens, Hass. Halecium halecinum, Linn. Sertularia pumila, Linn. Plumularia setacea, Ellis. P. halecioides, Ald., on sponge. P. pinnata, Linn. Aglaophenia tubulifera, Hincks. ALCYONARIA. Alcyonium digitatum, Linn., white, yellow, and deep orange varieties. Virgularia mirabilis, Linn., very fine, and in quantity, brought up by the anchor from stiff blue mud at Glengariff. ACTINIARIA. Professor A. C. Haddon reports as follows :—‘‘ Professor Herdman submitted to me a few specimens of Actinise collected by himself when on the ‘ Argo’: they consisted of two species— “(1) Anthea cereus, Johnst., which is extremely com- mon on the west coast of Ireland, especially on Zostera beds, the Actinian looking like an inflorescence on the Zostera. The ashy grey variety 1s the most common, occasionally the tentacles have a distinct green sheen. “(2) Sagartia (7?) herdmani, n. sp. (cut, fig. 1). “Tt is extremely difficult to investigate the anatomy of this form owing to the greatly contracted condition of the spirit specimens, and therefore I cannot yet speak with confidence as to the genus. Iam however pretty confi- dent that this is a new species; unfortunately I have not had the opportunity of seeing it alive, nor are there any sketches of the living and expanded animal. Provision- 200 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. ally I have the pleasure of naming it after my friend and its discoverer. Fig. 1. Sagartia (2) herdmani, n. sp. ‘The presence of acontia makes it a Sagartian, the mesenteries appear to have the arrangement which characterises the more typical Sagartide, it 1s probably not one of the Chondractinine (cf. Trans. Roy. Dublin Soc., 1889, p. 305). The external characters are as follows :— ‘“‘ Highly contracted Sagartiz of a low dome shape (in spirit) with an expanded pedal disc; surface finely corru- gated; capitulum when retracted with twelve ridges; acontia emitted through mouth (?); pedal disc in most specimens becomes remarkably folded, the folds being transformed into new Actiniz which gradually become separated from the parent and creep away (see cut, fig. 1) —twenty or more buds may be formed at the same time. Colour.* ‘‘ Dimensions—long diameter of base of column 12—14 mm., short diameter 8 mm.; height of contracted column 5—7 mim.; the pedal disc extends from 1 to 2mm. beyond the column. “ Habitat—on Twurritella shells, in Killary Lough, W. of Ireland, 5 to 10 fms., August, 1890; abundant. “Tt is well known that some Actinie proliferate from their pedal disc, Metridiwm (Actinoloba) dianthus is a *[ When alive, the colour was a pale brick-red with whitish markings on the tentacles. The animal when dredged had the same low dome shape as now ; when expanded in the aquarium it became a short cylinder: the tentacles were numerous, small, slender and pointed.—W.A.H.] ee ay NCTE CMS aoe ener ES Ait it i + BIOLOGICAL RESULTS OF THE ‘‘ ARGO” CRUISE. 201 case in point; but I know of no Actinian which has this habit in so marked a degree as has the above species. I cannot at present say whether this is a constant character or whether it has a purely seasonal significance.” Caryophyllia borealis, off Killeany, Arran Ids., 24 fms. CTENOPHORA. Pleurobrachia, (sev. sp.) 1n great abundance round the coast. ECHINODERMATA. Astropecten trregulare, Penn. Lwdea sarsi, Dub. and Kor. (?), trawled off Killeany, Arran Ids. 24 fms. Asterina gibbosa, Inishbofin, low tide. Ophiothriz pentaphyllum, Penn. Ophiocoma nigra, Abild. Amphiura filiformis, Forb. Ophioglypha lacertosa, Linck. O. albida, Forb. Echinus esculentus, Linn. Eichinocyamus pusillus, Mull., many, off Dursey Head. Holothuria mgra, Peach. Cucumaria hyndmant, Forb. Ocnus brunneus, Forb. The only one of these species which calls for further remark is :— Holothuria nigra, Peach. This is the ‘nigger,’ or ‘“‘cotton spinner”’ of the Cornish fishermen, a form which has usually been con- sidered very rare, and was not recorded as British until recently. Itis known now from several points on the southern and western coasts of Ireland and the southern coast of England. It belongs to the group of Aspido- chirote, forms with 20 shield-shaped tentacles, and is the only representative of that set known to inhabit British 202 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. seas. It has received its popular name of cotton-spimner from its unpleasant property of emitting from the cloaca, when irritated, its cuvierian organs in the form of a num- ber of white sticky threads of great strength, tenacity, and extensibility. Prof. Jeffrey Bell, to whose kindness I am indebted for my information, found that one of these threads on exposure to water elongated twelve-fold and swelled up to seven times its original diameter ; it would then become exceedingly attenuated and elongated, and stick to everything it came in contact with, but was so strong that six such threads would hold up a weight of from 800 to 1000 grains. On account of this peculiarity, the “‘ nigger” is greatly detested by the Cornish crab and lobster fishermen, as they find their lobster pots besmeared with its sticky threads. Mrs. Fisher (Miss Arabella Buckley) has given in ‘‘ Nature’’ (June 26, 1884, p. 193) an account of her experiences with a Mediterranean specimen which she had dredged, and which cast some of its threads at her hands. My own experience with the present specimen from Inishbofin was very much the same. A few seconds after picking it up it began to eject the white threads, and very soon I felt them sticking to my skin and joining my fingers together in a most unpleasant manner. The remains of the threads and the sticky feeling were difficult to get rid of afterwards. Prof. Bell, who exhibited this specimen at a meeting of the Zoological Society of London on Nov. 18th, remarks that it is specially inter- esting, as it has entangled itself in its own threads.* The threads are usually regarded as organs of offence and defence. This holothurian is supposed to live at a depth of from 10 to 20 fathoms, and has always been taken * For further information see Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1884, pp. 372 and 5638; also Nature, June 12, 1884, p. 146, June 26, p. 193, and Aug. 7, p. 335. BIOLOGICAL RESULTS OF THE ‘“‘ARGO”’ CRUISE. 203 previously, I think, by dredging or trawling. The present specimen was collected between tide-marks under a ledge of seaweed-covered rock near Cromwell’s Fort on the Island of Inishbofin, off the Coast of Connemara. POLYZOA. Schizoporella linearis, Hass. Sie aldert (?) All attached (along with 5 Smittia trispinosa, John. species of Sponges and S. reticulata, Macg. some Ccelenterates) to a Cellepora avicularis, Hincks.| piece of rock trawled off Crista eburnea, Linn. the Arran Islands. Cribrilina punctata, Hass. Membranipora dumerili, Aud., on Ascidian. Valkerta uva, Linn. vavr., cuscuta. Lepralia canthariformis, on Ascidian. Bowerbankia umbricata, Adams, erect form. Pedicellina cernua, Pall., on seaweed. BRACHIOPODA. Terebratula caput-serpentis, Linn., several. Crania anomala, Mull., 2 or 3. VERMES. GEPHYREA. Fchwrus, sp. (?) brought up on anchor at Glengariff. POLYCHATA. Terebella nebulosa, Mont., several. Nereis dumeriliu, Aud. and Edw., several. CRUSTACHA. DECAPODA. Ebalia tumefacta, Mont., one male. Portunus depurator, Leach. Pinnotheres sp., from branchial sac of Ascidia aspersa, from Kallybegs, 10 fathoms. 204 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. EHupagurus bernhardus, Linn. EH. cuanensis, Thomp. Pandalus annulicornis, Leach. | Also some larval forms of Decapoda. CUMACEA. 4 Iphinoe trispinosa, Goodsir, 2 females - Carrigaholt : Diastylis rathkev, Kroyer, 1 young male - a : Pseudocuma cercaria, van Beneden, several ” IsopoDaA. Idotea linearis, Linn., 1 adult, 1 young - * Ligia oceanica, Linn. - - = . i AMPHIPODA. Gitana sarsvt, Boeck, 1 female s - Monoculodes longimanus, Bate and West, 2 females ,, Megaluropus agilis, Norman, 1 young - Dexamine spinosa, Mont., 4 or 5 young - 4 Atylus swanvmerdamu, M. Edw., several te Halirages bispinosus, Bate, 2 or 3 - , Gammarus locusta, Linn., 4 or 5 young, Carrigaholt and Kallybegs. Microdeutopus anomalus, Rathke, several females and 2 or 3 males, Killybegs. Microprotopus maculatus, Norman, males and females, Kallybegs and Carrigaholt. Podocerus variegatus, Bate and West, 4, Killybegs and Carrigaholt. Iam aware that this species has been referred to P. falcatus, Mont., but as I have some doubt on the point I prefer to leave it as above. It is - not Janassa variegata, of Boeck ; 1t may or may not be Podocerus variegatus of Leach. ; Corophiwm crassicorne, Bruzelius, 1, Killybegs. MOLLUSCA. Anonua ephipprium, Linn. BIOLOGICAL RESULTS OF THE ‘‘ARGO”’ CRUISE. 205 Pecten opercularis, Linn. P. varius, Linn. P. tigrinus, Mull. Arca tetragona, Poli, many, alive and dead, off Killeany, Arran Ids., 24 fms. Nucula nucleus Linn., off Leenane, Killary Bay, 20 fms. Pectunculus glycimerts, Linn., young. Cardiuni norvegicum, Speng. Venus gallina, Linn. V. ovata, Penn., common. Tellina, sp., ? Thracea, sp.,.? Emarginula fissura, Linn., many. Puncturella noachina, Linn. Capulus hungaricus, Linn., sev., young. Trochus tumidus, Mont. Natica, sp. Aporrhais pes-pelicant, Linn., many, alive. Turritella terebra, Linn., many, alive, and spawning, in Kallary Bay. Spawn abundant. Nassa wncrassata, Strom. Nassa reticulata, Linn., many, alive, off Leenane, Killary Bay, 20 fms. Mangelia rufa, Mont. Odostomia, sp., Rissoa abyssicola, Forb. (or bean ?) several. Philine aperta, Linn., many, alive, off Leenane, Killary Bay, 20 fms. Hermea dendritica, Ald. and Han., on Codiuwm tomen- tosum, low water, Inishbofin. TUNICATA. Molgula holtiana, n. sp., on Ascidia, Killybegs, 10 fms. Styela grossularia, v. Ben., Galway Bay, under stones, abundant. 206 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Polycarpa argoensis, n. sp., Killary Lough, 20 fms. Ascidiella aspersa, O.F.M., abundant, Killary Lough, 5—10 fms. do., form pustulosa, A. and H., many large, Killybegs, 5—10 fms. Corella parallelogramma, O.F.M., Killary Lough, 5—15 fms., mud. Some compound Ascidians which have not yet been sufficiently examined, including a beautiful slate-blue Didemnid and a red Polyclinid, were collected at low tide on Inishbofin. The descriptions of the two new species are as follows :— Molgula holtvana,* n. sp. (Pl. IX., figs. 4-8). Hxternal appearance.—The body is of oval form, and is attached by nearly the whole of the right side (Pl. IX., fig. 4). The edges and the posterior end are rounded, while the anterior end is flattened, and bears the siphons at its two extremities. The branchial aperture is at the ventral edge on a short rounded projection, while the atrial is placed on a longer, narrower siphon at the dorsal edge. The surface is even, and is not covered with sand, but has merely some fine particles of mud and a matted coating of the Alga Cladophora lanosa, which gives a dull brown colour to the specimen. The length and the greatest breadth are about the same, 2 cm. The Test is moderately thick and tough, but flexible. It is of a whitish blue tint on the inner surface. It bears short shghtly-branched hairs on the outer surface, which have attached to them a little mud, sand grains, &c., and a great number of algal filaments, which are matted together so as to cover up the greater part of the outside of the animal (Pl. IX, fig. 4.) * Dedicated to my host, Mr. Alfred Holt. BIOLOGICAL RESULTS OF THE ‘‘ARGO’’ CRUISE. 207 The Mantle is thin, and has the usual moleulid fusiform muscles, which, however, are feebly developed. The sphincters are strong (Pl. IX., figs. 5 and 6). The Branchial Sac has six folds on each side. There are five internal longitudinal bars on a fold. The stigmata are, in most places, not much curved, and run in the main antero-posteriorly. There are occasional wide transverse vessels with broad horizontal membranes, which, with the branchial folds, form large meshes crossed by smaller and more irregularly placed horizontal membranes. These meshes are about twice as long as they are broad (Pl. IX., fig. 7). The Dorsal Lamina is a plain membrane. ‘The Tentacles ave of two sizes, 5 large and 5 small. They are bipinnate (Pl. IX., fig. 8, é7.) The Dorsal Tubercle is linear and undulating, with its ends slightly coiled. The Alimentary Canal is long, and is recurved so that the intestinal loop comes close to the atrial aperture. The Reproductive Organs are developed on both sides. Each forms an elongated sausage-like yellow mass. This specimen had about 20 copepoda (Notodelphis agilis, both males and females,) in its branchial sac, four or five of them with egg masses. Polycarpa argoensis,* n. sp. (Pl. IX., figs. 1—8). External appearance.—The body is erect and elongated antero-posteriorly. It is scarcely compressed, and is attached by the posterior end and a small area at the end of the right side (see Pl. IX., fig. 1). The anterior end is rather wider than the posterior, and bears the two aper- ‘tures on prominent siphons. The branchial aperture is terminal while the atrial is a lttle way down the dorsal edge; both are distinctly four-lobed. The surface is even * From the ship ‘‘ Argo.” 208 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. and smooth, except at the place of attachment where the test 1s prolonged into several short tag-like processes. The colour is a light yellowish grey. The length is 15 cm. The greatest breadth is 6 mm. and the greatest thickness 5 mm. The Test is thin and flexible, but tough, over the greater — part of the body. At the posterior end it becomes thicker and cartilaginous. It is white in section. The Mantle is very thin, but the muscle bands, though delicate, are numerous. They run both longitudinally and transversely and form a close rectangular network. The mantle adheres very closely to the inner surface of the test. The sphincters are strong. The Branchial Sac is large, but very delicate and transparent. It has four slight but perfectly distinct folds upon each side. Hach fold has about six internal longi- tudinal bars, and there are two bars in each interspace. The bars are narrow, but very regular. The transverse vessels are all of the same size and are moderately wide. They have narrow horizontal membranes, and the meshes are In some places divided horizontally by similar mem- branes which do not interrupt the stigmata. ‘he meshes are nearly square and contain four to six stigmata each (Pe IDK, sales A)e The Dorsal Lamina is a very narrow plain membrane with a straight edge and no ribs or other markings. The Tentacles are simple. There ave about 20, and they are of two sizes placed alternately. The Alimentary Canal forms a simple and rather narrow loop. The cesophageal aperture is placed far back in the branchial sac. The cesophagus runs posteriorly and ventrally to the narrower end of the ovate stomach which has longitudinal ridges, eight on a side. The intestine at first runs ventrally and then turns anteriorly and then BIOLOGICAL RESULTS OF THE ‘‘ARGO”’ CRUISE. 209 dorsally so as to make a narrow loop and reach the anterior edge of the stomach. It then turns anteriorly and runs parallel to the cesophagus as the rectum which ends behind the middle of the branchial sac in an anus, the margin of which is cleft into 14 finger-like processes (Pl. IX., fig. 3). The usual delicate branched gland is found ramifying over the surface of the intestine. Reproductive Organs were not found, but the mantle has a number of endocarps projecting from its Inner sur- face, so no doubt polycarps would be developed later on. The single specimen for which this species is formed was dredged with a large number of specimens of Ascidi- ella aspersa in Killary Lough. This species comes near to Heller’s Polycarpa gracilis,* but differs from it in the more anterior position of the atrial aperture, the less prominent folds in the branchial sac, the very narrow dorsal lamina, the fringed anus, the shape of the stomach, and the course of the intestine. Ascidiella aspersa, O. F.M., var. pustulosa, A. & H. (PI. X.) In Killybegs harbour the dredge brought up from a muddy bottom great numbers of a large ascidian, which corresponds exactly with Alder and Hancock’s description of Ascidia pustulosa, but that species is undoubtedly merely a large and rough form of Ascidia aspersa, and so pustulosa cannot be regarded as more than a variety. Miss Warham has examined, under my supervision, all the specimens preserved, with the object of finding para- sitic copepoda, and has come upon a few abnormalities, which are noted below. The copepoda were submitted to Mr. I. C. Thompson, who has kindly identified them. Out of 26 large specimens taken by chance from one store bottle, 21 contained copepoda, and one had a small * Denkschr. d. K. Akad. d, Wissensch., Wien, Bd. XXXVII., p. 262, 1877. 210 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Pinnotheres in the branchial sac, four only being free from parasites. The copepoda were Doropygus pulex, many, males and females, and A scidicola rosea, a few, all females, and were scattered over the inner wall of the branchial sac, a few being attached to the endostyle, the dorsal lamina, the peripharyngeal bands, the tentacles, and even in the branchial siphon. Five or six copepoda is an ordinary number to find in a branchial sac, but one Ascidia examined contained 15. Amongst many slight variations noted occurred that of the tentacles shown in Pl. X., fig. 1, where, besides the two ordinary alternately-placed sizes, a third very much smaller size of tentacle was found scattered irregularly. Another specimen showed the curious abnormality of the alimentary canal represented in Pl. X., fig. 2, where a large ceecum (c@.) was present, running anteriorly from the highest part of the intestinal loop and parallel with the rectum. Two specimens (Pl. X., figs. 3 and 4) showed extensive deficiencies in the wall of the branchial sac. Although these may be the result of former ijuries from which the animal has recovered, they cannot be due to very recent tearing at the time of capture or death, as the edges of the gaps are smooth and provided with a slight seam or marein, and have no projecting or torn blood vessels. On the other hand, they may be congenital deficiencies. The one specimen (fig. 3) shows an J shaped space on the left wall of the sac, of which the vertical limb measures 2°2 em. and the horizontal 1°5 cm., while the breadth of the gap is in most parts from 6 to8 mm. ‘The second (fig. 4) has a gap on its left wall 12 mm. long and 6 mm. broad in its middle, while on the right wall, close to the dorsal lamina, there is an elliptical space measuring 8 mm. by 2 mm. Two of the specimens had the posterior end of the test ed s eo — BIOLOGICAL RESULTS OF THE “‘ARGO’’ CRUISE. 211 torn off (Pl. X., figs. 5 and 6), evidently an old standing injury which had involved the area of attachment and the point where the blood vessels crossed from the mantle to the test, as in both large tufts of hypertrophied and freely- branched vascular processes were found hanging from the aperture. Fig. 7 shows the posterior end of the mantle of one of these specimens with the vessels hanging from it. In the other they were much more bushy. Figures 8, 9 and 10 show some of these abnormal vascular out- erowths magnified. EXPLANATION OF PLATES VIII.—X. Reference Letters. a. anus; at. atrial aperture; br. branchial aperture ; br.f. fold in branchial sac; ce. cecum; d./. dorsal lamina ; d.t. dorsal tubercle; en. endostyle; h.m, h.m'. horizontal membranes ; 2. intestine; 7./. internal longitudinal bars ; @. cesophagus ; 7. rectum; st. stomach ; tn. tr.’ tentacles ; ty. transverse vessels; v. vessel of test. Pras VEEL. Sketch map showing the contours of depth in fathoms, and the course of the 8.Y. ‘“‘Argo” in August, 1890, from Greenock to Liverpool, round the West Coast of Ireland. 1, 2, 3, &c., stations where the tow-net was used. A, B, C, &c., stations where dredges, &c., were used. Puate- IX. Figs. 1—3. Polycarpa argoensis, n. sp. Figs. 4—8. Molgula holtiana, n. sp. Fig. 1. Polycarpa argoensis, from right side, nat. size. 2. Part of the branchial sac, x 50. 14 212. TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 3. . Molgula holtiana, from left side, nat. size. . Body with test removed, from left side, nat. size. iS CO ND The alimentary canal, x 20. Same from right side, nat. size. , Part of branchiallsacy x50! . Dorsal tubercle, tentacles, &c., X 50. PLATH X. Ascidiella aspersa, var. pustulosa. Fig. 1. Abnormal small tentacle, x 50. 2. Abnormal cecum from intestine, slightly enlarged. 3 and 4. Abnormal deficiencies in wall of branchial sac, nat. size. 5 and 6. Large holes at posterior end of test, nat. size. 7. Posterior end of body of specimen drawn in fig. 6, showing branched vessels, nat. size. 8—10. Some of the twigs of these vessels, X 50. APPENDIX. NOTES on some SPONGES collected by Professor Herdman off the West Coast of Ireland from the ‘‘Argo.”’ By Ricuarp Hanitscu, Ph.D., DEMONSTRATOR OF ZOOLOGY IN UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, LIVERPOOL. With Plates XI and XII. THE Sponges dredged by Professor Herdman from the 5.Y. “Argo” on the west coast of Ireland were only a few in number and small, but there were some very interesting forms amongst them, and all were in a state of splendid preservation. ‘There were altogether ten species, five of which (including all the rarer forms) were attached to one small piece of rock dredged off the Arran Islands. Ascetta coriacea, El., var. osculata. The flat, encrusting form of Ascetta coriacea, with its beautiful basket-like structure, has long been known, and has been described by Montagu, Johnston, Bowerbank, and Carter. ‘hese authors, as well as Grentzenberg, in his recent paper,* did not find any oscula in their speci- mens. This form is frequently met with in Liverpool Bay. Apparently much rarer is the erect variety of our species, with its comparatively large oscules placed upon distinct conules. It was first figured by Heeckel,+ but as he has not given a special name to the variety, I propose to call it A. corvacea, var. osculata. ‘The collection con- tains four or five small specimens, which were attached to * Die Spongienfanna der Ostsee. Inaugural Dissertation. Kiel, 1891. + Heckel, Die Kalkschweemme, vol. iii., pl 3, figs. 13, 16, 17, 19, 20, 214 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. a piece of rock dredged off the Arran Islands. The largest of the colonies is laterally compressed, measuring 14 by 3 mm. horizontally, and 10 mm. vertically. It bears seven oscula, with an average diameter of 1 mm. The conules are about 2mm. in height. _Its colour (in spirit) is a transparent white. Sycandra ciliata, Fleming. One specimen, on rock, Arran Islands. Halichondria caruncula, Bowerbank. A small erect specimen, dredged off the Arran Islands. Reniera (densa, Bowerbank, ?) A small piece of a renierid sponge was dredged off Arran Islands, which may possibly belong to above species. Desmacidon fucorum, Johnston. A few small fragments were dredged off Arran Islands. Esperella sordida, Bowerbank (Pl. XI, figs. 1-9). Rhaphiodesma sordida, B., Brit. Spong., vol. ii., p. 280, pl. Ixxvi.. This sponge has been described only by Bowerbank, who gave it the specific name on account of its poor and ragged outer appearance, but a more interesting and more beautiful aspect than that which the skeleton of this species offers can scarcely be imagined. The only speci- men obtained is about half the size of a pea, and encrusted a piece of rock dredged off the Arran Islands. Its colour in spirit is straw-yellow. It is of a very soft consistency, and almost fell to pieces when touched. The megascleres in the specimen are styli, 0°26 by 0°0045 mm., whilst Bowerbank figures spicules of a more tylostylote character. The microscleres are of three forms: firstly, palmate anisochele, 0°032 by 0°0122 mm., which are mostly arranged in beautiful rosettes. The axes of the anisochele may either lie in one plane, occupying the radi of a circle (see Pl. XI, fig. 2), or they may lie in various planes, generally occupying the radii of a hemi- APPENDIX—SPONGES OF THE ‘‘ARGO”’ CRUISE. 215 sphere (or sphere?), similar to Bowerbank’s* figure of the rosette in Esperella lingua, B.; secondly, sigmata, 0°1 by 0:006 mm., generally simple, a few also contort ; thirdly, toxa, varying greatly in size, from 0:1 to 0:25 mm. by 0:002 to 0-005 mm. | A number of most interesting embryos were found in this specimen. They are generally of an oval shape, 0°3 by 0°21 mm, the one pole (ventral) being slightly broader and more flattened than the other one ‘the dorsal pole). The outer wall, except on the ventral pole, consists of high and exceedingly narrow columnar cells (the ectoderm) with the nuclei quite at their bases. Since a section through such an embryo is bound to be thicker than the diameter of its ectodermal columnar cells, and since the embryo is round, we must of course expect to se2 several rows of ectodermal nuclei, which will be the more numer- ous the thicker the section is. This is shown in the section represented in Pl. XI, fig. 9. Cilia or flagella could not be detected on the ectoderm. The ectoderm is absent on the ventral pole of the embryo. The central mass of tissue which also forms the ventral pole of the embryo, seems to be gelatinous, and contains numerous nuclei which are larger, but less intensely stained than the ectodermal nuclei. This tissue also contains spicules and for this reason one is inclined to take it to be mesoderm; so what part of the embryo represents the endoderm is a mystery to me. These embryos already possess a skeleton, both megascleres and microscleres. The megascleres are styl, 0184 by 0°0028 mm. They are arranged in a sheaf, converging with their pointed ends and directed towards the ventral pole of the embryo, and diverging with their blunt ends and directed towards and beyond the centre of the mesoderm (see Pl. XI., fig. 8). *Bowerbank, British Spongiade, vol. i., pl. xviii., fig. 297, 216 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. The microscleres are palmate anisochele, 0:023 mm. in length, which are not arranged in rosettes, and toxa, 0°112 by 0:002 mm. Most of the microscleres are found towards the dorsal pole. Sigmata do not seem to occur in the embryo. The embryos are enclosed in a loose membran- ous capsule which apparently is derived from the parent sponge. From the foregoing it will be seen that the structure of the embryos of H'sperella sordida, B, agrees almost com- pletely with what Ridley and Dendy* state in regard to the Halichondrina generally: ‘‘ the embryo consists of a sac of small, probably prismatic, ciliated cells, enclosing a central mass of mesodermal (?) tissue containing the developing spicules. In some cases, perhaps in all ”’ ‘the ectoderm appears to be absent from one pole at which the mesoderm comes to the surface.” But although this description agrees very well with what I found in H. sordida, still Ridley and Dendy’s figures show only a very slight similarity with mine. These authors had examined especially the embryos of Hsperella biserialis, Esperella mammifornmis and Myxilla nobilis, and they state that similar embryos had been found by Keller in Chalinula fertilis, by Carter in Halichondria simulans and Esperella cegagropila, by Marshall in Rewera filigrana and by Schulze in Huspongia officinalis adriatica. Ihave only been able to see Carter’s} paper in which he figures living embryos with cila dorsally and laterally and with a circle of flagella near the ventral pole. The embryo of Halichondria simulans 1s in shape somewhat similar to that of Hsperella sordida, but differs from it in its quite * Ridley and Dendy, Report on the Monaxonida collected by H. M.S. ‘* Challenger,” p. lili. ’ t+Carter, Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 4th ser., vol xiv., pls. 21 and 22, i sit APPENDIX—SPONGES OF THE ‘‘ARGO”’ CRUISE. 217 irregular arrangement of the spicules. Two germ-layers can easily be made out in it, but there is no clue as to the third one. An embryo very similar to that of Hsperella sordida has recently been figured by Lendenfeld* for Phorospongia chaliniformis. It also resembles it in the regular arrangement of the spicules, but differs from it in its cubical ectoderm. Lendenfeld calls the central portion of the embryo ‘‘ endodermal mass,” although in contains spicules and shows generally no great similarity to the endoderm of the adult sponge. It is certain that this embryonic stage has not yet been explained satisfactorily and that additional work is necessary. TIophon hyndmant, Bowerbank. The specimen which I refer to above species, does not differ from the type described by Bowerbank except very slightly in the relative thickness of the megascleres, and I think it safe to include the two forms under a common name. ‘The only specimen obtained is a minute fragment of brownish colour, about 3mm. in diameter, which was attached to the piece of rock dredged off Arran Islands. The megascleres are of two kinds, viz :—Strongyla, 0°18 by 0°003 mm. Althotigh slender, they are not so slender as those figured by Bowerbank.+ Secondly: spined styh, varying greatly in size, from 0:088 by 0:0035 mm. to 0:28 by 0°006 mm. ‘They are more slender than those figured by Bowerbank. ‘The microscleres are also of two forms, viz :—bipocillii which are so characteristic of the genus, 0-0087 mm. in length, and palmate anisochele, 0°02 mm. in length. Bowerbank described four species of this genus, Hali- chondria pattersom, H. hyndmam, H. scandens and H. *R. vy. Lendenfeld, A Monograph of the Horny Sponges, pl. xli., fig. 2, + Bowerbank, loc. cit., vol. iii, pl. xlvi, fig. 2. 218 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. nigricans. Ridley and Dendy* regarded these species, together with some other forms, merely as varieties of one type, Iophon pattersoni, B. Whether they are right in doing so, is doubtful. Certainly their table on p. 118, in which they wish to show the affinities of the so called varieties, is not quite free from error. For the tylota of I. nigricans are not, as these authors state, ‘‘ very slender ; heads barely visible, or absent, not spined,”’ but on the contrary they are not very slender, heads spined. Further the ‘‘tylota’”’ of I. hyndmani have not ‘very slight, faintly spined heads,” but they have no heads at all and no trace of spines. These spicules should rather be called strongyla, as I have done above. Better material than was found on this occasion was obtained from the West Coast of Anglesey, on the “Hyena” cruise, of June, 1890, and probably I shall give a detailed description of it in a future report on the Pori- fera of the L.M.B.C. District. Suberites domuncula, Nardo. Several specimens were dredged in Killary Bay at a depth of 10 fathoms. They incrusted univalve shells, inhabited by hermit-crabs, as it is usually the case with this species. I take this opportunity of correcting an over- sight in my ‘‘ Third Report on the Porifera of the L.M.B.C. District,” p. 215. I omitted there to mention the micros- cleres of this form which are centrotylote. Dr. Carter was kind enough to point out this error to me and also to send mea shde and specimens which showed their spicules exceedingly well. These spicules had not been men- tioned either by Johnston or by Bowerbank, although, as Dr. Carter writes me, their type-specimens, now in the British Museum, contain these spicules plentifully. Nardo and O. Schmidt had also not seen them, * Ridley and Dendy, loc. cit., p- iy APPENDIX—SPONGES OF THE “‘ARGO”’ CRUISE. 219 Suberites ficus, Esper. Two specimens were dredged off Killybegs, August 10th, at depths of 5—15 fathoms. Aplysilla rubra, Hanitsch (Pl. XII, figs. 1-6.) Halisarca rubra, Hn., Trans. L’pool Biol. Soc., vol. iv., p. 196, pl. x. The doubts which I expressed in regard to the systematic position of this form, when describing it for the first time, were not unfounded. The examination of additional and well-preserved material has convinced me that I must remove this sponge from the genus Halisarca to Aplysilla, a genus of the true Ceratosa. The skeleton of Aplysilla, Schulze, consists, according to Lendenfeld,t of ‘“‘numerous, isolated, small, dendritically ramifying, upright fibres.” In young specimens these fibres are simple, not branching, and arise about at right angles from the limiting membrane. I had noticed these fibres when describing the sponge in my ‘“‘ Third Report on the Porifera of the L.M.B.C. district,” but I thought them to be hairs of Mytilus, on which the sponge was found encrusting. But the fact that the material dredged on the ‘“ Argo” expedition was encrusting a stone, and a more careful perusal of literature, have shown me that the fibres are essential parts of the sponge. The specimen formed a small dark blood-red patch (3 mm. in diameter, 0°6 mm. in thickness) on the piece of rock dredged off Arran Islands. Its surface is raised into numerous sharp-pointed prominences, caused by the erect spongin-fibres projecting through and dragging upwards the neighbouring parts of the dermal membrane and other tissues. These fibres are isolated and simple, and spring about at right angles from the hmiting membrane. Their diameter in the centre of the sponge is 0°007 mm. We * R. v. Lendenfeld, ‘‘ A Monograph of the Horny Sponges, p, 698. 220 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. may expect that in large specimens these fibres would be branched, as is the case in other species of Aplysvlla. A vertical section through the sponge shows a well- | defined dermal membrane, 0°024 mm. thick; large but flat subdermal cavities (0°25 mm. broad, 0°028 mm. deep). The floor of the subdermal cavities is frequently seen to be perforated and to open by a narrow passage into large cavities, the inhalent canals (this is not figured on PI. XII). The subdermal cavities, therefore, seem to be dis- tinct from the inhalent canals. The flagellated chambers are large and sac-lke, somewhat irregularly oval (in cross sections, of course, more or less round), aud may be simple or bilobed (see Pl. XII, fig. 1.) Their average size is 0°08 by 0°04 mm; but the large flagellated chamber on Pl. XII, fig. 1 measures 0°24 by 0°06 mm. They open directly with a wide mouth into the large exhalent canals. The chamber system is therefore eurypylous. The hning of the flagellated chambers consists of cells in the shape of truncated cones. In a few cases I could see something hike highly transparent pointed projections in front of these cells. They might have been ‘ Kunstprodukte,” or amoeboid processes, or, in fact, anything, but certainly they did not show the shghtest resemblance to those notorious structures, the collars and flagella, which are so often met with in hterature, and so rarely in reality. The endodermal lining of inhalent and exhalent canals is distinctly squamous epithelium. The ground-substance of the mesoderm is probably hya- line. It is full of fibrous tissue, and contains numerous stellate (amoeboid) cells and large gland cells. The stellate cells are met with in all parts of the meso- derm, but they are found most crowded along the spongin- fibres. They become elongated and finally thread-like, where the fibres project beyond the level of the sponge. APPENDIX—SPONGES OF THE “ARGO” GRUISE. 221 Also the gland-cells are not restricted to a special part of the mesoderm, but they are most numerous in the dermal - membrane, just beneath the ectoderm. They are large, round, granular, with a small nucleus, and were often seen to project with a small pointed prominence (the mouth) beyond the ectoderm. They contain a varying amount of red pigment and seem to fulfil the double function of gland cells and pigment cells. In my former paper I described these cells only as pigment cells. According to Lendenfeld two species of Aplysilla have been described as British: A. sulphwrea, Schulze, found off the Shetland Islands; and A. rosea, Schulze, which Lendenfeld regards as identical with Aplysina nevus, Carter, dredged on the ‘“‘ Porcupine”’ expedition, 1869, between Scotland and Faroe Islands (345 fathoms) and north-west of the Shetland Islands (812 fathoms). A. sulphurea of course differs from my species in its colour. A. rosea comes much nearer to it, but it 1s very difficult to get a correct idea of the degree of its relationship with A. rubra, since, as far as I know, no sections of it have been figured. Carter gives only the figure of a spirit- specimen, Lendenfeld even only a figure of a dried specimen. However, as Lendenfeld states that in A, rosea ‘‘the pigment occurs in the shape of large red spherical granules which are found in the amceboid and collar cells,’ we may take this as distinguishing it from A. rubra, which contains no pigment in those cells, but only in the gland-cells. 222 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES OF APPENDIX. PuatTe XI. | | Fig. 1. Style of Esperella sordida, Bowerbank, x 400. 4 Fig. 2. Rosette of palmate anisochele of the same, | x 400. } Fig. 3. Isolated palmate anisochela, x 800. = Figs. 4 and 5. Simple and contort Sigmata, x 400. ti Figs. 6 and 7. Toxa, x 400. Fig. 8. Embryo in optical section, < 100. 4 Fig. 9. Vertical section through an embryo, enclosed by membranous capsule PratTe XII. Fig. 1. Inner portion of a vertical section through Aply- silla rubra, Hanitsch, showing an exhalent. canal with flagellated chambers opening into it, X 120. Fig. 2. Outer portion of a vertical section through the same, showing dermal membrane with gland- cells and subdermal cavities, xX 250. Fig. 3. Outer portion of a vertical section showing one of the spongin-fibres projecting beyond the level of the sponge and dragging upwards the der- mal membrane, ete. X 250 Al Fig. 4. Part of limiting membrane and_ spongin-fibre ! il arising from it, X 2650. a 5. Flagellated chamber, x 800. | Fig. 6. Diagrammatic vertical section to show arrange- ment of the spongin-fibres, X 15. 223 REPORT on the POLYCHATOUS ANNELIDS of the L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. By James Hornet. Wath Plates XUME , XenV., XV. [Read 13th March, 1891.] INTRODUCTION. THE dredged material with which the following report ‘deals was collected in great part on the various dredg- ing cruises instituted by the Liverpool Marine Biology Committee during the years 1886—90; while the littoral species were mostly obtained by myself during 1890 from selected local centres. Great help was in addition ren- dered by the keeper of the Biological Station on Puffin Island, especially during the past winter. I offer hearty thanks to Professor Herdman for the uniform kindness he has shown in facilitating my labours. Indeed to one with my limited leisure, his words of en- couragement and advice furnished an incentive I could ill have spared. Messrs. A. O. Walker, I. C. Thompson, F. Archer, and Dr. Chaster have also at various times kindly procured specimens for me, and I gladly avail my- self of this opportunity to express my thanks. Finally, I have to express my obligation to Professor M‘Intosh for help in the determination of a few of the more critical species. In the arrangement and nomenclature of the larger divisions I have followed Claus,* but with the generic * Traité de Zoologie, 1884. 15 O94 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. nomenclature I have used a free hand—especially among the Polynoine, the Syllide, and the Nereidz where I have followed the example set by Theéel, Hansen, and other recent authors in suppressing many of the genera insti- tuted by Malmgren and adopted by Professor M‘Intosh in his ‘‘Challenger’”’ Report and elsewhere. Lists of synonyms are dispensed with, as such can be found by reference to the Nordiska Hafs-Annulater and the Ainu- lata Polycheta of Malmgren, and to the memoir on the Polycheta Sedentaria of the Firth of Forth by Cunning- ham and Ramage. The specific nomenclature of these works I follow closely; the few exceptions being noted. To make the present report as far as possible, a com- plete chronicle of the Polychetous fauna of the district, such species as I have not met with, but which appear in previous lists and are well authenticated, have been inserted. Re-examination, however, of some of the material described by Mr. R. J. Harvey Gibson in his paper upon the Vermes of the district, (Fawna of Liverpool Bay, vol. I., p. 144) shows that he had fallen into the following errors, viz.:—(a) His ‘‘ Malmgrenia castanea” found in the ambulacral groove of Astropecten turns out to be nothing more than the usual Astropecten commensal Acholoe astericola; (b) his ‘‘ Spiochetopterus typicus’’ is the diagnostic portion of the body of Chetopterus isignis ; (c) his (new British species) ‘‘ Iphione muricata”’ is im reality the not uncommon Nychia cirrosa from the tube of Chetopterus ; (d) his Nereis viridis is one form of N. pelagica; while (e) the identity of Pectinaria auricoma with P. belgica which he tried to prove, is, as has been shown by Cunningham and Ramage, founded upon over- sights and erroneous premises. There are some other cases where I suspect Mr. Gibson’s identification to be at fault, and in this uncertain category I am inclined to place . % < POLYCHATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. a5 Sthenelais zetlandica—the original specimen of which unfortunately I cannot discover. This list—including the last mentioned doubtful species —ennumerates 88 species and two varieties. Both the latter—Polynoé halieti var. hyene, and Sabella pavona var. bicoronata are hitherto undescribed: while of the former, one—Dasychone herdmani—is new to science ; three are new to British waters, viz. :—Polynoé (Lagisca) extenuata, Autolytus alexandri, and Ampharete gruber; and 39 have been found for the first time in this district. Of these the most important are Polynoé castanea, P. johnston, Halosydna gelatinosa, Hermadion pellucidum, Sthenelais boa and S. limicola, Spinther oniscoides, Hunice harassw, Onuphis conchilega, Nereis virens, Syllis tubrfex, Psamathe fusca, Castalia punctata, Phyllodoce maculata, Glycera goést, Ammotrypane aulogaster, Capitella capt- tata, Nicomache lumbricalis, Axiothea catenata, Scoloplos armiger, Cirratulus tentaculatus, Nerine cirratulus, Am- phitrite figulus, Nicolea venustula, Amphicora fabricia, and Serpula reversa. Species recorded for the first time in this district are prefixed by an asterisk, thus:—*S. boa. At the end a table is given showing the world-distribution of local species side by side with details of the distribution of these forms in our own area. The bathymetrical range is also supplied so far as the often scanty data permit of. I fear the details of distribution outside our local area are not so complete as could be wished—several memoirs being out of my reach for consultation. However, so little has been done in the way of tabulating records of distribution that I venture to think that the present may prove useful to students of the group. From my observations on the vertical range of local Annelids, I would divide them under three heads—(a) littoral forms, (6) deep water forms, 1.e., ranging down- 996 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. wards from low water mark, and (c) species extending from the littoral to considerable depths, 1.e., indefinite. The following short list embodies these observations. LITTORAL. *Polynoé vmbricata Sthenelais boa Psamathe fusca *Hulaha viridis Capitella capitata Arenicola marina Axiothea catenata Cirratulidee Spionidee Sabellaria alveolata Spirorbis borealis DEEP WATER. INDEFINITE. Hermionine Polynoé hahieti Polynoé propinqua iG castanea _ umpar * lunulata. - jgohnstont < Acholoé astericola Nychia cirrosa Hermadion assimile Lep. squamatus » pellucidum Sthenelais limicola Spinther oniscordes Hunicine Nereide generally Lumbrinerinee Nephthys ceca Nephthys hombergi Castalia punctata LHphesia gracilis Ophelia limacina Ammotry. aulogaster Scoloplos armiger Owenta filiformes Chlorhemide Terebellidee Sab. spinulosa Sabella pavonia Filigrana implexa - Serpula vermicularis Pomatoc. triqueter Spirorbis lucidus } Although I put the foregoing forward provisionally, I believe it to be accurate in the main, and I would draw — attention to the graphic manner in which it depicts the * Occasionally found in deep water. POLYCHAITA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. eh fact that where a species has (in the same district) one nearly related form only, the one is nearly always found to be littoral, the other to belong to deep water. It was only very gradually as I gained in familiarity with annelid life that there dawned upon me the full significance of the fact that every organism occupies its own particular niche in nature. It was as though a key to nature had been placed in my hands. For instance, in this district Sthenelais boa lives under stones between tide-marks; its near neighbour S. limicola, characterised by but very minute though constant differences, invariably frequents deep water. Sabellaria alveolata is littoral; S. spinulosa is always dredged. Polynoé castanea is only met with among the spines of Spatangus purpureus, Acholoé asteri- cola never elsewhere than in the ambulacral groove of Astropecten. Nereis virens burrows in boulder clay, while its congener N. fucata lives commensally with Hermit-crabs (Pagurus). A few notes on embryology will be found under the names of several species. Those on the development of Arenicola marina are of the greatest interest, as they deal with points hitherto undescribed. The following numbers and letters will be employed to indicate the stations where the species were collected, SHORE COLLECTING. 5. Southport and Formby (sand) EK. Egremont (sand, clay and stones) N.B. New Brighton and Leasowe (sand) isl Hilbre Island (sandstone) Li. Lavan sands, Bangor (mud and stones) B Beaumaris (mud and stones) P. Puttin Island (limestone) M. Port Erin, Isle of Man (Schist) Mp. Peel, Isle of Man (Schist) 998 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. DREDGINGS. 1. Mouth of Mersey (sand) - - 1—8 fathoms. 9. Mouth of Dee (sand) = - - - 1—9 - 3. Colwyn Bay - - - - 3—Dd m 4. Turbot Hole, Beaumaris Bay - 14 es 5. Menai Straits - - - - 5-10 es 6. Off Puffin Island - - - 5—T . 7. Off N.E. Coast of Anglesey - 10—16 _,, 8. Off N. . 5 - - 16—20 _,, 9, 20 miles N.W. of Holyhead - - 45—57_,, 10. Off S.W. coast of Holy Id., Anglesey 16—18 _,, 11. W. and 8. W. of Port Krin_ - Sib 15 ., 12. 25 miles N.W. of Bar Lightship, - 20—22 ,, (‘Spindrift ” cruise, 12 July, 1890). 13. do. do. (‘‘ Spindrift” cruise, 27 Sept., 1890). 14. 20 miles S.E. of I. of Man - - 20—25 a” (‘‘ Weathercock”’ cruise, 28 Aug., 1886). Stations 12, 13 and 14 proved the most productive in results; stations 1 and 2 the most meagre. Section I.—ERRANTIA. Family.—APHRODITIDA. Sub-Family.— HERMIONINA. Aphrodita aculeata, Linn. Stations :--1,6,7,8,10, 13,14. (From low water to 40 fms.) This worm is generally obtained from ground of a sandy or muddy character, thus differing markedly in habit from the closely allied species Hermione hystrix which I have found to prefer rougher surroundings—shell-debris, gravel and the like. As is the case with so many of the Her- mionine A. aculeata has a very considerable deep water range. A specimen was brought up from a depth of 530 Se ae EET RE SE CT a ages Le ae ee _ POLYCHEHTA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 9929 fathoms from oozy bottom in the Farée Channel, ‘‘ Knight Errant”’ expedition, 1880.* Hermione hystrix, (Savigny).t Stations:—8, 10, 11, 14 (15—40 fms.). Never found in this district in purely sandy or muddy localities. Sub-Family.—PoLynomna. The genera of this division stand greatly in need of revision. Since Malmeren’s publication in 1865 of his valuable Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, with the erection therein made of many new genera, there has been great confusion and changing of boundaries. Indeed when a new species turned up, it was almost certain not to fit with any of Malmegren’s narrow generic definitions, and consequently had to have a brand new genus formed for its special reception. In my belief, Malmgren, misled by his great capacity for perceiving minute differences, attached too much generic value to what were often altogether second- ary divergences—the result being that he erected a host of needless new genera. To this class, I am of opinion, belong the genera Lagisca, Harmothoé, Evarne, and Lenilla. All are characterized by the possession of 15 pairs of elytra, stout notopodial sete, and bidentate apex to the setz of the neuropodium.{ These I have placed * M‘Intosh, ‘‘ Challenger” Report, p. 34. + Brackets round author’s name signifies that the generic designation of the species is different to that originally used by said author. As Moquin-Tandon remarks (Claus ‘‘ Traité de Zoologie”), great con- fusion reigns in the nomenclature of the appendages of Polychetes, and as a guide I now apppend the following list of synomyms :— HUXLEY. M‘InrosH & MALMGREN. GRUBE. Parapodium = Foot Neuropodium = Ventral branch of the foot Notopodium = Dorsal Branch of the foot Przestomial tentacle = Tentacle = Unpaired tentacle Superior prestomial cirri = Antenne = Middle tentacles Inferior Pe ee eleallipi = Lateral ,, Peristomial cirri = Tentacular cirri = Tentacular cirri 9230 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIHTY. together in the old genus Polynoé, together with Johnston's Polynoé scolopendrina which however might perhaps with advantage be removed to a separate genus. CoOMMENSALISM. This favourite habit of the Polynomes is well illustrated in the following pages. To summarize the local facts on this pomt we have Nychia cirrosa and Polynoé setosissima living in the tube of Chetopterus imsignis ; Polynoé castanea upon the test of Spatangus purpureus; P. lunulata and Acholoé astericola in the ambulacral groove of Astropecten irregularis; P. johnstont in the tube of Thelepus cincinnatus ; Hermadion assimile close to the mouth of Hehinus esculentus, and finally the nearly allied species H. pellucidum has been found upon three different kinds of star-fishes. Lepidonotus squamatus, (inn.). Stations :—6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14; Hi, PB, Me @eironn between tide marks to 22 fms). This widely distributed form is more frequently found in deep water than Polynoé propinqua. The most prolific ground was in 18—20 fathoms, Porthwen Bay, Anglesey, where a large number were dredged. These were of a ereater size than any elsewhere procured, and the largest were very strongly marked on the elytra. Many of the warts towards the postero-internal direction were filled with very conspicuous black pigment. Nychia cirrosa, (Pallas). Hab: B, 5,7. Low water of spring tides to 18 aos. = sometimes commensal with Chetopterus insignis and Thelepus cincinnatus. Malmeren (oc. cit.) was the first authority to recognise this to be an undoubted British species. He found that certain British Museum specimens named Lepidonotus cirratus v. parasiticus, W. Baird, and hailing from Beaumaris, N. Wales, in the majority of cases belonged POLYCHATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 231 in reality to Pallas’ Aph. cirrosa, the remainder pertaining to P. setosissima, Sav. (Lenlla glabra, Mgrn.). Both species had been found living commensal within the tubes of Chetopterus insignis, Baird. Curiously enough, the first example I obtained was dredged from 5 fathoms in the Menai Straits within a few miles of the spot whence came Baird’s specimens in 1864. It came up from ground covered with the valves of dead mussels, and when first noticed it was crawling from the broken end of a T'erebella tube, probably Thelepus cincinnatus—thus denoting a wider range of its commensal habit. The Iphione muricata of Mr. Gibson’s report is this species, as I can certify from an examination of the original very fine specimen now in the Zoological Museum of University College, Liverpool. Polynoé (Harmothoé) imbricata, (Linn.). Hab: 6, P.M, Mp, under stones. Abundant at low water But few of my specimens were dredged, and these were from shallow water; the great majority were shore collected. Hj. Théel however records dredging it as deep as 80—100 metres.* The species is predominant and exceedingly abundant under stones on the south side of Port Erin Bay, attracted and provisioned—directly or indirectly—by the large quantity of fishing refuse present at the quay. In colouration of the elytra P. imbricata is the most variable of our Polynome—from black and blue- black it grades to grey and lght rose. Usually the colouration is more or less over the whole surface of the elytron, but sometimes it is restricted to the inner third or half of each elytron leaving the outer portion colourless. Several Puffin Island specimens and others from Port Erin with this pecular marking are especially beautiful. The inner black margins of the elytra to the eye appear to coalesce and thus give the animals the appearance of having *“Tjes Ann. polych. des Mers de la N. Zemble.” 1879. 932 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. a black band extending medianly from head to tail, being edged with a pale uncoloured margin on either side. Théel is correct in saying that only the largest indivi- duals possess on the scales any notable rounded processes and I cannot imagine how so able a naturalist as Mobius could for a moment confound the species in question with P. impar. Indeed the globosely tuberculated elytra of P. imbricata approach much more closely to those of P. propinqua, but otherwise the differences between these two are striking. (Pl. XIII, fig. 2). Polynoé (Harmothoé) halieti, (M‘Intosh), var. hyene, n. Hab: Port Erin, Isle of Man, 15 fms. The specimens described by Mr. Gibson. (loc. cit.) unfortunately wanted the scales, but in one recently obtained (‘‘ Hyena” cruise of Kaster, 1889) a few scales were present. These differ considerably from Professor M‘Intosh’s description.* Instead of the margin being ‘quite smooth throughout,” it is densely fimbriated after the manner seen in Lepidonotus squamatus other- wise they agreed closely with the characters given. (PI. XIU, fig. 5). *Polynoé (Hvarne) impar, Johnston. Hab: 10,12, S; A, li} P. Brom Inttoral to 22a The number of large pear shaped tubercles on the margin of the scales varies greatly, but few have so many as Malmeren gives in his figure. Many have only one very large one, others none whatever, while again a few of the largest approach Malmeren’s engravine—haying 3, 4,5, and 6 tubercles. The number varies even on adjacent scales of the same individual—some with none, others overlapping these with one or more. A number of the largest of these remarkable processes are made even more so by the presence on the broad summit of numer- * ““ Challenger” Report, p. 96. POLYCHATA OF THE &.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 933 ous tiny spines, (Pl. XIII, fig. 6). The inferior cirrus is shortly and sparsely ciliated, not smooth as represented in Malmeren’s plate. The largest specimens were from Southport—33 mm. long—and in these the bristle bearing segments sometimes reached 37. Malmgren gives 34— 35 for the oldest. Notopodial seta, Pl. XIII, fig. 3. * Polynoé (Lagisca) extenuata, Grube. Hab: Port Erin, Puffin Id., and Colwyn Bay; under stones. A single specimen was found at each of the above localities. This is the first record of its occurrence in British seas. Superficially it has considerable resem- blance to Polynoé (Evarne) impar. The serration of the dorsal bristles is however distinctly finer. (Pl. XIII, fig. 4). The bristles are nearly colourless and without the brilhant golden hue so noticeable in those of the last-named species. The tips of the ventral bristles are very charac- teristic and reliable, especially among the strongly bifid superior bristles of the bundle. Their angle of incision is formed by nearly straight lines, wherein it differs from what is seen in P. imbricata, impar and propingua, where the angle is made by curved lines. The upper median ones, however, possess curved bifid apices, while the inferior bristles show curved entire tips. These specimens agree closely with the plates in Marenzeller’s “ Zur Kenntniss der Adriatische Anneliden”’ except in one point in the structure of the scale. In mine, the surface of the scale is mapped out into a large number of separate areas, each containing usually several papille, giving the appear- ance of a line having been drawn around every three or four papille, thus forming the latter into groups (see Pl. XIII, fig. 8). All the specimens show this very peculiar marking, which is not to be found in Marenzeller’s fioures. This species must be classed close to P. impar and P. 234 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIBTY. propingua, between which it is intermediate in many respects. Polynoé (Lagisca) propinqua, (Malmgren). Hab: 6. 8, 9, 12, 13,5, P, M, and Mp. Abundant from mid-tide to 57 fms. Beneath stones and in rock cavities. This species, which Malmgren constituted to receive a single individual received from Bohus, and which M‘Intosh has sometimes found in the debris of fishing boats at St. Andrews, 1s here one of the most constant and abundant of the Polynoinze—present at the greatest depth yet dredged in our local area viz :—45-57 fathoms, 20 miles N.W. of Holyhead, (‘‘ Spindrift”? cruise, 20 July, 1889), as well as being taken in profusion on the rocky shores of Puffin Island, Hilbre Island and the Isle of Man. At Puffin Island it is especially plentiful and is undoubtedly the characteristic Polynoé of the island. Malmegren’s figures absolutely tally with the majority of my specimens. A few deviate in that the outer edges of the elytra bear a feweweak and inconspicuous cilia, and occasionally some of the smallest show none of the characteristic globose processes on the elytron edge. (PI. XIII, fig. 7). In colour, as in most other pomts, my specimens agree closely with Malmgren’s, while differing markedly from that described by M‘Intosh from St. Andrews (Trans. Zool. Soc., vol. IX, p. 375). The structure of the bristles is identical with that of those belonging to Polynoé floccosa as figured by M‘Intosh. Were it not that all the specimens examined possess 15 pairs of elytra, the margins of which are unfurnished with _ aught save a row of sub-globular processes, in contrast with the more numerous and ciliate elytra of P. floccosa I should incline to unite the two species. (Pl. XIII, fig. 1 and 9). | POLYCHETA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 935 Polynoé (Lenilla) setosissima, Savigny. Hab: Beaumaris. Low water mark, commensal with Chetopterus insignis, Baird. Ray Lankester* records it under the name of Harmothoé malmgrent living with the same host on the shores of Herm, one of the Channel Islands. His remark anent its commensalism—-‘‘ It appears to be only met with in this habitat’? I am able to confirm, as under the guidance of my good friend Mr. J. Sinel, of Jersey, I have dug up in Herm a number of Chetopteri and have found this Polynoé invariably present. It is the L. glabra of Malmeren. * Polynoé (Malmgrema) castanea, (M‘Intosh). Hab: 7, 12, 18 in 20-22 fms. Commensal with Spat- angus purpureus. Every living Spatangus I have examined—and this Echinoderm was several times dredged in considerable numbers on the ‘‘Spimdrift”’ cruises 1890—has had one of these worms clinging to the test close to the mouth. All Prof. M‘Intosh’s examples were obtained from the same host. The curious fact noted in the first Report on the Vermes by Mr. Gibsont of finding this worm in the ambulacral groove of Astropecten turns out to be erroneous —for haying occasion to refer to Mr. Gibson’s specimen, I discovered it to be the ordinary Acholoé astericola, which Carrington recorded long ago as.a common guest of the starfish named. ‘This species is very unlike P. castanea. Polynoé floccosa, Savigny. Hab: The South of the Isle of Man. I give this as a member of our local fauna on Mr. Gibson’s authority. I have searched long and carefully for it without success. Prof. Ray Lankester observes that in the Channel Islands this form—his H. sarniensis—seems *< On New Brit. Polynoina.” Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xxv, t Fauna of Liverpool Bay, p. 149, 236 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. to take the place of P. imbricata so common in more northern localities. Polynoé (Harmothoé) lunulata, Delle Chiaje. Hab: Southport. Found in company with P. astericola D.Ch., occupying the ambulacral grooves of Astropecten irregularis cast ashore by storms. * Polynoé johnstont, Marenzeller. Hab: 8, 10 (numerous). During the “‘ Hyena” expedition, Whitsuntide, 1890, nearly every haul of the dredge (12-20 fathoms) off the S.W. coast of Holy Island, Anglesey, brought up at least one specimen of this Polynoé. In one case, an individual emerged from an inhabited tube of Thelepus cincinnatus, suggesting another instance of the habit of commensalism so frequently noticed among the Polynoina. Quatrefages was the first to point out the presence of certain differences between Johnston’s and Savigny’s P. scolopendrina. Subsequently Marenzeller (loc. cit.) gave this belief definite form, by separating the two and giving separate diagnoses of each thus :—- P. scolopendrina, Savigny. Tentacle much shorter than the palps. The tentacular cirri longer than the palps. No wart-hke tubercles projecting from the dorsum of the segments. P. johnstont (the P. scolopendrina of Johnston, Malm- eren and M‘Intosh.) The tentacle longer than the palps. The tentacular cirri shorter than the palps. Three wart- like tubercles on the dorsal aspect of each segment. Acholoé astericola, (Delle Chiaje). Hab :—Southport, and 6 m. N. of Gt. Ormes Head 14 fms. I have to thank Dr. G. W. Chaster, of Southport, for a number of specimens of this interesting annelid which, together with P. lunulata, he procured in the above POLYCHETA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 237 named locality from the ambulacral grooves of Astropecten irreguiaris cast upon the beach. This worm ranges from the Mediterranean to Galway in Ireland. At Naples, Claparede found it in company with Ophiodromus flexuo- sus on Astropecten aurantiacus, while A. aurantiacus, bispinosus, platyacanthus and pentacanthus from Trieste all furnished to Marenzeller (loc. cit.) the same two guests. Examples of this worm were identified as M. castanea by Mr. Gibson in his ‘“‘ Report on the Vermes”’ of this district. I note that in the ‘‘Challenger’’ Report the generic name is spelled Achloe. *Halosydna (Alentia) gelatinosa, (Sars). A very large specimen was found under a stone at extreme low water at Puffin Island, October, 1887. It measured 64 cm. by 16 mm. (including the bristles). Hermadion assumile, M‘Intosh. Hab: 12 (21 fms.) and 11 (10 fms.). One small specimen was found crawling among the spines of an Hchinus esculentus dredged from 21 fathoms in the Irish Sea, 25 miles N.W. of Liverpool Bar, and Mr. Gibson recorded two from the same host dredged near Port Erin. * Hermadion pellucidum, (Ehlers). Hab: 6, 10, 12, 13, (16-22 fms.) This species was taken for the first time locally at Sta- tion 12, (‘‘Spindrift,’’ September, 1890), when three small specimens were dredged. All were commensal with Echinoderms. One was in the ambulacral groove of Astropecten irregularis; another upon Solaster papposa and the third was upon a brittle-star—Ophiothrix rosula. Marenzeller (loc. cit.) speaks of obtaining a specimen from Ophiothriz alopecurus from the Bay of Muggia, near Trieste. One of these specimens was perhaps the most beautiful 938 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Polynoé Ihave ever met with. Each of the pellucid body scales had on the hinder margin a crescent of orange-hued pigment, varied on the two head scales by the orange margin being carried completely round as a resplendent eirdle. Sub-family.—SIGALIONINA. * Sthenelais boa, (Johnston). Hab: P, M, Mp, under stones from mid-tide to low-water. Malmgren (loc. cit.) stated his belief that Rathke’s S. cduné is synonymous with Johnston’s S. boa, a view with which I unreservedly concur. He, however, in his list of synonyms, gives Cat. Br. Mus. 1865 as date of Johnston’s name, and omits reference to the British author’s prior description and naming of the species in question, viz: 1833, in Loudon’s Mag. of Nat. Hist. In this way Rathke’s nomenclature, dating from 1848, is wrongly given priority and I gladly follow Prof. M‘Intosh’s lead in the retention of our countryman’s title. S. boa is in this district essentially a shore species. I have never taken it in the dredge but always littoral. The nearly related species S. limicola on the other hand is characteristic of a lower zone, being invariably obtained by dredging. The fact that in “Invert. Fauna of St. Andrew's”’ M‘Intosh notes that storms cast up abundance of the latter species, and gives the habitat of S. boa as between tide mark would point to this lmitation of vertical range as a constant feature. * Sthenelats limicola, Ehlers. lab 12s: As noted all specimens without exception were taken in the dredge, at depths varying from 18-22 fathoms. The present 1s the first recorded instance of the occurrence of either the present or the preceding species in this district. POLYCHATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT, 239 Sthenelais zetlandica, M‘Intosh. The mutilated fragment mentioned by Mr. Gibson* as dredged from 20 fathoms off Port Erin remains without successors. Pholoé minuta, (Fabricius). Dredged, Whitsuntide, 1890, in Menai Straits. Car- rington records it as rare at Southport. Webster and Benedict+ record it from Massachusetts, U.S.A. and it has an exceedingly wide range within the Arctic circle. This is an interesting form, as through the structure of its falcate compound sete it hints at the not distant relationship of the Syllide with the Polynoide. Family.—APHINOMIDS. Sub-Family.—HIpPPonoiInz. *Spinther oniscoides, Johnston. Six specimens of the usual yellow hue were dredged during the ‘“‘Hyzena’”’ cruise, Whitsuntide, 1890, from about 17 fathoms, off Holy Island, Anglesey. As they were picked from off the yellow hydroid Antennularia ramosa and also from the yellow Halichondria panicea— to both of which they assimilate absolutely in colouring— they furnish another addition to the long list that is accumulating of protectively coloured animals. Family.—EUNICcIDz. Sub-Family. —EuNICcINeE. *Hunice harassi, Au. and M. Ed. Hab: 12. Dredged from 21 fms. I refer this single specimen to the above species with some hesitation as in the spirit preparation the character- istic spots on the dorsum do not show, and again the filaments to the largest branchize are more numerous —(20)—than is given in previous diagnoses of this species. Report on Vermes, Fauna Liverpool Bay, Vol. i. + Annel. Chaet. from Princetown, &c., 1884. 16 940 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. To facilitate future reference, a figure 1s given ef the branchia pertaining to the 21st setigerous somite. (PI. GME ies 110) *Onuphis (Northia) conchilega, Sars. Great numbers of this widely distributed worm were taken on the ‘‘ Spindrift’ cruise (September 27th, 1890), 25 miles N.W. of Liverpool Bar—depth, 21 fathoms—for the first time in this district. The animals are very irritable when expelled from their homes; breaking into fragments at once. The anterior part of the body is firm; the middle and posterior soft and indefinite. The scabbard shaped tubes which O. conchilega constructs bears some analogy to the stick or stone encrusted tubes of the larvee of the caddis-fly. Like the latter, they are unattached to any fixed object and can be dragged from place to place by their owners, who can turn themselves if they please in the tube. All sorts of shell fragments and bits of echinid tests are requisitioned and fitted into place. When we remember the diversity in shape and size of the material and that when completed neither are the edges of adjoining fragments allowed to overlap, nor are any unarmoured spaces left in the tough membranous tissue forming the framework of the tube we must concede a considerable amount of ingenuity and skill to Onuphis conchilega. Such a tube is protective both by reason of its strength and great relative size as compared with the worm itself and also on account of the admirable way in which it assimilates to the general appearance of the sea-bottom where it is found. M‘Intosh in the ‘‘ Challenger’’ Report (where he uses the form Nothria for Northia as the name of this genus) says—‘ The Onuphidide are distinguished from the Huni- cide by their bathymetrical distribution for while the latter are often found between tide-marks, the Onuphidide POLYCHETA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. DAL are characteristic of deep water, many of them ranging to very great depths. Even in our own seas they frequent the deeper waters of the coralline ground.’ None of the “Challenger” series came from a less depth than 100 fathoms, and only one at that. Two came from 2225 fathoms. Sub-Family.—LUMBRICONEREIN#S. Lumbriconereis fragilis, O. F. Muller. Hab: 12—13; from 20—22 fms. True to name this beautiful iridescent annelid broke into pieces immediately on capture on the only two occasions on which I was fortunate enough to procure it. There is no doubt in my mind that this is a habit acquired and practised with the aim to save its existence when seized by enemies, as I noticed that the pieces broken off were in both cases short lengths from the posterior end. The piece left with the head was by far the longest and probably sufficient to start life afresh with had the animal escaped capture. Family.—NEREID&. Nereis pelagica, L. abil El, (PS Ms Mip: Met with at all depths and on rocky or stony ground, with as high a vertical range as Arenicola displays on a sandy or muddy shore. *Nereis (Hediste) diversicolor, Miller. Hab: 5, 2. A large nnmber were found burrowing in the peat at Hightown at the mouth of the Mersey. Nereis (Leontis) dumerilii, Aud. and M. Edw. Hab: E, P, M, 6, 7, 8 (numerous). Specimens of this worm are frequently obtained lying in cocoon-like structures composed of hardened grey mucus, often with foreign bodies attached to the outside. 942 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. In one case, an individual had seized upon a shore blown beech leaf, constructing on its surface a mucus tunnel in which it lay hid—very similar in appearance to the cocoons of many insects. A species of pycnogonid is frequently found parasitic (?) clinging to the outside of these mucus tubes. Nereis (Neretlepas) fucata, (Savigny). Jaleo gs 45 tS, IO) JOE, tS, WWE, iGo. The Nereis bilineata of Carrington. It is frequently met with in dead Fwsws and whelk shells. Also in about 90°/, of such shells which have been taken possession of by Hermit-crabs (Pagurus). If a shell containing one of these. strangely assorted couples be watched in an aquarium, the forepart of the worm’s body will be seen to emerge slowly from the mterior depths and sway gently from side to side, above the back of the crab, surveying keenly the environment. The fellow- lodgers together dwell in amity, though what the mutual relationship existing between the two is I have never seen explained. My own opinion—seeing how often the worms occupy otherwise uninhabited shells—is that Nerevs fucata is the first tenant and that it tolerates the intrusion of the Hermit-crab chiefly because it can easily steal morsels of the plentiful supply of food which the latter can generally manage to procure. Besides the Pagurus furnishes means of locomotion unattended with danger, and his presence in the mouth of the shell prevents other intruders who might be unwelcome from getting entrance. The Hermit-crab on the other hand, I believe, derives no benefit from the partnership and takes no notice of the worm as long ex- perience has taught him that he cannot dislodge the latter, who occupies the coign of vantage, possesses superior agility and a pair of stout mandibles. Indeed the worm can easily turn the Hermit out if so disposed, POLYCHZTA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 943 N. fucata is sometimes taken free. Such specimens, as well as those forcibly taken from their refuge in shells, display a very peculiar mode of swimming. Turning on their side they assume the outline of an S much drawn out, and move through the water with a gentle undulat- ing shivering motion with a weakness suggesting want of training, and without any of the vigorous lashing seen in Nephthys and in Nereis virens, N. pelagica, &c. These latter swim upon the ventral surface of the body. Used for bait sometimes by the Manx fishermen. * Nereis (Alitta) virens, Sars. iia EON: Abundant between tide-marks along the Mersey shore from Egremont to New Brighton, burrowing in patches of very stony boulder clay. Its extensive burrows are mucus lined. This mucus is secreted by enormous numbers of tubules found along the dorsum and in the lobes of the feet, especially in the great leaf-lhke upper lobe of the notopodium, the so-called ‘‘branchia”’ of Kinberg. ‘This lobe seems pre-eminently modified to act as a great secretive organ, its great expanse and lamellar form giving the maximum of available surface while occu- pying the mimimum of room. Each is richly supplied with blood vessels and its substance is crowded with masses of tubuli opening on the surface. The cirri (dorsal and ventral) contain no tubules. Immense quantity of mucus 1s thrown off very rapidly after capture, so filthy and dense that it is difficult to make out the presence of the worms at all. N. virens (the N. Yankiana of Quatrefages) is the most esteemed of bait worms in this district. The fishermen have given it the name of ‘‘ Creeper.”’ 244 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Family.—NEPHTHYD. * Nephthys ceca, (Fabr.). Hab: ‘‘ Hyena” and ‘‘ Despatch”’ expeditions, 1886. In this district much less common than N. hombergt. Its range is also more restricted than the latter, having been taken only by the dredge. Nephthys hombergi, Aud. and M. Edw. Hab: S, EH, NB, L, 3, 6, 10, 18, “Despatch” exped., 1886: The characteristic Nephthys of the Irish Sea, common along the N. Welsh, English and Scottish coasts bordering this basin, wherever sand occurs. Together with this constancy on all our shores it posesses a wide bathymet- rical range, having been taken frequently with the dredge at varying depths. Thecate Infusoria are frequently met with parasitic upon the bristles. This is the N. assimilis of Malmeren and N. longisetosa of Oersted. Family.—GLYCERID&. Glycera capitata, Oersted. Hab: P, 8,10. The G. alba of previous local lists. * Glycera nigripes, Johnston. Hab: Puffin Island; 5 fathoms. * Glycera dubia, Blainville. T have several times found traces of a large species —referred provisionally to G. dwbtia—within the stomachs of Cod. The length would be nearly six inches and the four stout black teeth present within each were of corres- ponding size. * Glycera goést, Mern. tab sO icon aon: Family.—SYLLIDZz. * Syllis (Husyllis) tubifex, Gosse. labo, 2s iS a0 so: Common in dredged material—3 to 21 fms, ae ee ; POLYCH/TA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 945 Syllis armillaris, (O. F. Muller). Found at low water Puffin Island, August, 1889. Specific characters :—Dorsal cirri quite short, of 8—10 joints. Sete falcate with entire apex. Two more or less interrupted transverse markings on the dorsum of each segment. * Autolytus alexandri, Malmgren. Hab: Tow-netted off Puffin Island. A single specimen, a male as shown by possessing the . curious forked palps characteristic, as Verrill remarks, of the sex in this genus. The anterior falcate sete-bearing segments numbered 14. The dorsal cirri were somewhat shorter than depicted by Verrill* Length of body 12°5 mm. This species has not before been recorded from British waters. Autolytus prolifer, (O. F. Muller). Recorded by Carrington as abundant at Southport. Ephesia gracilis, H. Rathke. IBIAS fey) 1 eeead eee ee This aberrant annelid is not uncommon under stones at low water mark at Puffin Island. It is the Sphero- dorum flavum of Oersted and the Pollicita peripatus of Johnston and Carrington. Family.—HESIONID&. * Psamathe fusca, Johnston. Hab: Puffin Id., and Lavan sands, Bangor; under stones. Two large specimens. The feet are uniramous, with compound bristles. * Castalia punctata, (Muller). Dredged off Anglesey, Whitsuntide, 1890. The foot is biramous, the notopodial setz being simple, the neuropodial compound, thus sharply marking the animal off from the preceding. * New England Annelida, 1881. 946 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Family.—PHYLLODOCID2. * Phyllodoce maculata, (O. F. Muller). Hab: Egremont, under stones in clay, near low water mark, and dredged of S. W. coast of Anglesey. Malmeren’s exclusion of Johnston’s P. maculata is, I believe, incorrect. Many of the latter author’s figures are very poorly drawn and in the case in question the figure does not agree with the letterpress, the markings on the back being represented while the dot on each lamellar process of the feet is omitted. I can easily reconcile my specimens with both author’s figures and descriptions. Length 3°5 cm. Phyllodoce laminosa, Savy. Hab: Pand M. Under stones, Laminarian zone. Of a most lovely delicate yellow-tinged green in life. It is able to secrete very great quantities of mucus—from the large leaf-like lobes of the feet as in Nereis virens— which in spirit becomes very tough, enveloping and bind- ing together the body and feet as in a web. Eulalia viridis, (Muller). Hab: P, M, Mp. Over the entire tidal zone. This bright, dark grass-green Phyllodoce is unquestion- ably the characteristic errant annelid of Puttin Island, finding in the weathered and molluscan bored (Saxicava rugosa, Li.) cavities and tunnels of the limestone rocks and boulders, the perfection of sheltering places always at hand to which to retreat on sign or suspicion of danger. From my observations of annelid life characteristic of localities having different geological formations, I arrive at the inference that this species can appear in great abund- ance only in spots where its environment provides in- numerable retreats always open. The honeycombed surface of limestone rocks answers such requirements admirably, and in this district such spots—of which oe ee a a POLYCH/TA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 247 Puffin Island is typical—are homes of Hulala viridis. The only other rock surroundings where I have found this species in any number was on rock surfaces encrusted with large Balani shells, many of which being dead and empty formed fairly good hiding places. I cannot think that its bright green colour is in any way mimetic and protective as has been suggested. For it 1s most numerous on brown Fucus-covered rocks where green alge are conspicuous by their absence. Besides its activity is incessant, and this alone prevents its enemies passing it unnoticed. Protectively coloured animals as far as I know, are usually sluggish in their movements, as for instance Porcellana platycheles as noted by Professor Herdman. Family.—ToMOPTERIDZ. Tomopteris onisciformis, Esch. Tow-netted off Puffin Island and Port Erin. Section.—_SHDENTARIA. Family.—OPHELIAD&. * Ophelia limacina, Rathke. Hab: ‘‘ Despatch” expedition, 1886, from 18 fms. The dredge, during this expedition (‘‘central area’’) brought up two individuals—the only ones I have been able to obtain in this district, although the species is not uncommon in the stomachs of Cod. *Ammotrypane aulogaster, H. Rathke. Hab: 3, 6,12. Dredged from 8—21 fms. To judge by the great number of examples dredged at each of the above stations, this worm seems to be very plentiful in our local area. The great majority were collected in May, and these were in all cases minute, not exceeding 4 mm. in length. 948 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Family.—CaAPITELLIDA. * Capitella capitata, (Fabr.). Hab: Port Erin, and Lavan sands, Bangor. Very numerous amid decaying Fucus under overturned boulders. Family.—TELETHUSIDA. Arenicola marina, (Linn.). IBENOS Si, Jd INE), Jel, Joy, 16h, ee WL. WO. Abundant everywhere, between tide marks wherever a patch of sand or mud occurs. Nore on the Embryology of Avrenicola and Scoloplos (Plate XIV.) Max Schultze in 1856 (Hntwickelung von Arenicola) described certain ege-masses and embryos found on the Cuxhaven shore as belonging to Arenicola. In 1887 Cun- ningham and Ramage figured and described identical em- bryos in the Trans. Roy. Soc. of Edinburgh, Vol. XX XIII, part 3, (Polycheta Sedentaria of the Firth of Forth), but in the text they point to certain facts, chiefly connected with characteristics of form in the larve, which inclined them to believe that the parent was in reality Scoloplos armiger and not Arenicola as Schultze averred. These authors were, however, unable to describe either the embryos or the manner of spawning of Arenicola, though they give a sketch of immature ova taken from the body cavity in February. This gap I am fortunate enough to be able to fill up from observations made in 1890—91, and IT am also able to confirm in its entirety, Cunningham and Ramage’s correction of Schultze. On 2nd March, 1890, I procured on the sandy beach at Keremont several small pear-shaped brownish egg-masses and a few larger green ones about the size and shape of a large grape. The latter were mvariably associated with POLYCHZTA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. YAO Arenicola castings, while wherever I found the smaller the worm Scolopos armiger was sure to be present. Both kinds of egg-cocoons were anchored in the sand by a gelatinous cylindrical stalk descending some two or three inches into the sand. In the case of the green cocoons the stalk soon became ragged and shredded; in the brown, it continued perfectly cylindrical and entire for most of the distance traced. I. Development of Scoloplos:—The small brown cocoons certainly appertain to this animal, for besides the fact that this worm is always found close to the egg masses— animals examined February 21st contained ova identical] with those least developed in the cocoons. The size of the cocoons differed somewhat; the largest being 2 cm. by 1 cm., stalk 10 cm. at least. The later stages of development are well figured by Cunningham and Ramage and also by Schultze, and I have nothing to add to their descriptions. As to the progress of segmentation, hither- to undescribed, the following is a summary of what I have observed :—The ova are 0°25 mm. in diameter. Hach shows a very distinct germinal vesicle. 'T'wo polar bodies are excluded and following quickly is the division of the vitellus into macromere and micromere (Pl. XIV, fig. 3). The latter very rapidly sub-divides into very small cells which gradually overspread the few large cells derived from the primitive macromere, until finally only a small opening—the blastopore—is left in the enveloping layer of micromeres. Usually the number of derived macromeres is either two or four at the stage of enclosure by the micromeres. These latter are, I believe, not all derived from the primitive micromere, being added to from time to time by small cells fissioned off from certain of the macromeres. (Salensky observed a similar process during his elaborate investigation of the embryology of Nereis 950 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. cultrifera and of Psygmobranchus protensus). This being so, it is evident that the primitive micromere in this case contains a part only, of the entire epiblastic material. The cocoons were found at various dates ranging from March 2nd to April 18th. (Pl. XIV, figs. 1—11). Il. Development of Avrenicola marina :—The ova are deposited in vast numbers within a grape-shaped gelatinous matrix furnished with an anchoring stalk as described. The mass is delicate ulva-green in hue due to the colour- ation of the contained ova, the matrix being transparent and colourless. In size the masses vary from 2 to 2°5 cm. in length by 1:75 to2cm.in breadth. The ova are spherical and 0'08 mm. in diameter. Segmentation is unequal and a cephalotrochous embryo is the result. I was anxious to watch the stages of segmentation but beyond the bare fact noted nothing could be made out, owing to the opacity of the vitellus. To describe the embryo (Pl. XIV, figs. 12—21) :—The first appearance of cilia is in the form of an equatorial zone, and a tuft of long cilia at the anterior pole or apex of what eventually develops into the preoral segment. With the advent of these organs the embryo begins to rotate slowly within the gelatinous matrix of the cocoon; and shortly two reniform pinkish eye-spots appear on opposite sides above the zonal band of cilia: soon after this the embryo become free-swimming. Hither upon liberation or it may be a little prior thereto, a ciliated pit—which eventually becomes the mouth—makes its appearance a little behind the zone of cilia, and this again becomes connected with the posterior pole by a band of short cilia. In this advanced stage— the latest I was able to observe —it 1s noteworthy that what was the apical tuft of cilia in the first stage has changed its position, moving a little distance ventrally ; one of the cilia of this tuft has become extremely elongated POLYCHEZTA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 251 while the rest are shortened. When freed from the investing mass of the cocoon, this trochosphere moves through the water with a rotary motion, the long cilium of the anterior tuft conspicuously directed stiffly forwards, and apparently forming a larval sense organ. The most advanced embryos showed a decided lengthening of the body, chiefly of the post-oral part, and the beginning of a constriction a little behind the mouth. Last year I observed these egg-masses of Arenicola about the middle of March, on the Egremont shore; April 4th, at Port Erm, 1.0.M., and April 24th, at Hilbre Island. Mr. Sinel, of Jersey, has also sent me specimens gathered in that Island on February 29th. This year, on April 11th, I found large numbers of the usual bright green hue in sandy pools among the sandstone rocks of Hilbre Island associated with numerous castings. I noted on the last mentioned occasion and also in the Isle of Man, that no cocoons were to be seen on the exposed sandy flats, though castings innumerable were there, and in the pools where they were abundant were masses of Ulva and of Hnteromorpha to which the cocoons assimilated exactly in colour. On the other hand, the cocoons of Scoloplos were frequently to be noticed anchored among the bare ripple-furrows of the sand expanses. Now these ege-masses of Scoloplos are hardly to be distinguished in colour from the muddy sands, the surface of the cocoons becoming so coated with mud that the brownish contents —themselves only a little darker than the sands—do not show through. Family.—MALDANID&. * Nicomache lwmbricalis, (Fabr.). Hab: 10. Three of the hindmost segments together with the characteristic equally lobed anal funnel, were dredged off 252 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Holy Island, Anglesey, from 16 fathoms. Colour, rosy pink. The two ante-anal segments are without sete. *Axiothea catenata, Malmgren. Hab: L. Immense numbers live in the muddy, evil-smelling sands stretching out from Bangor into the Menai Straits. Cunningham and Ramage aptly remark on the similitude of the projecting ends of their numberless tubes to a miniature forest. A similar ragged appearance on a larger scale is given to the Egremont and New Brighton shore by the exposed ends of Lanice conchilega especially when a storm has removed some of the surface sand. Tubes 5—7 inches long and 1—1} mm. broad. The anal funnel is distinguished from that of the preceding species by the fact that the processes are of unequal length, there being about seven long tapering ones, each separated from its neighbour by from one to three short ones, and instead of two ante-anal segments being TL oS setve four are naked in the present species. Family.—AMMOCHARIDA. Owenia filiformis, Del. Chiaje. Jalaoe) 1, US}, tS), Ib, Is plentiful at all these stations; but most numerous in the deep water. It ranges from extreme low water mark to 21 fathoms. It is the Ammochares ottonis of Grube; and is the worm described by Carrington under the name of Ops digitata. Family.—ARIcHDz. *Scoloplos armiger, (Muller). iElabe 2565 Bs INISseMip: A common species in sand from mid-tide mark to 6 fms. From observations made in the beginning of March, 1890, and April, 1891, upon the egg-cocoons of this worm, : i —_— POLYCHATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 250 I confirm Cunningham and Ramage’s statements and deductions (loc. cit.). Max Schultze* certainly described the eggs and cocoons of S. armiger in error for those o Arenicola marina. His figures, if we remember them to represent S. arnuger, are accurate and beautiful. For details of early embryology see notes under Arenicola marina, page 249. Family.—CIRRATULIDE. *Corrratulus tentaculatus, (Montagu). Attains to a large size at Puffin Island, where it is commonly found under stones partly buried in mud near low water mark. Curratulus cirratus, (Muller). falar Vi During Easter, 1890, I collected a large number of small specimens—about $—1 in. in length—from narrow clefts in the schist rocks of Port Erin Bay, Isle of Man. The colour varied; very beautiful were a few where the entire body and long branchial filaments were intense black, relieved by the tentacular filaments of the anterior end being milk white. This species can be distinguished from C. tentaculatus among other characteristics by (a) having a transverse series of tentacular filaments on the Ist setigerous somite and not on the 5th and 6th as in C. tentaculatus, (b) the lateral filaments are fewer and usually originate at a distance from the bases of the notopodia; in the other form they are more numerous and arise close to bases of notopodia; (¢c) annulations are much finer on buccal somite in C. tentaculatus. Mr. Gibson enumerates, in this district two species of this family, viz :—C. borealis, Lamarck, and C. cirratus, * Entwick. von Arenicola piscatorum, 1856. 254 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. O. F.M. In fact, these two names are now accepted by all authorities as synonyms. *Chetozone setosa, Malmgren. Hab: Egremont, in clay between tide-marks. Specimens found February 21st, 1891, contained ova quite ripe. An egg mass found on the same spot with these I believe belongs to this species. It was about the size and shape of a pea, of a faint green colour, and was anchored in the sand by means of a cylindrical stalk. The embryos which I was unfortunately unable to examine in detail appeared to be cephalotrochs approach- ing closely in form to those of Arenicola. Family.—SPIoNIDz. Carrington (loc. cit.) mentions three species from Southport, viz:—Spio seticornis, (Fabricius), Spio quad- ricornis, Lamarck, and Nerine conitocephala, Johnston (=N. foliosa, Sars), and catalogues N. vulgaris as doubt- ful. I have not had the good fortune to find the second or the third of these, but on the other hand I have pro- cured a number of specimens of N. cirratulus which previously has been but once recorded as British (Firth of Forth). JI am also able to say with certainty that N. vulgaris is included in our local fauna. Spto seticornis, (Fabr.). Very abundant on the Mersey shore between Egremont and New Brighton—chiefly about or a little above mid- tide level. As half-an-inch of their fragile sand-tubes projects from the surface, their multitude gives some patches of sand quite a ragged appearance. * Nerine cirratulus, (D. Chiaje). Hab: Egremont (common between tide-marks). Specimens found 1st March, 1890, were full of elliptical ova exhibiting the peculiar and characteristically marked vitellme membrane described by Claparede (Chét. dw Golfe POLYCHATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 955 de Naples, 1868). This is so sculptured as to present the appearance of a network of hexagonal meshes, each mesh being a concavity. Diagnosis :—the first setigerous somite bears no branchie. The lamina extends, at most, little more than half-way along the branchial process. In N. contocephala the lamina extends to the tip of the branchia in the anterior somites. Nerine (Scolecolepis) vulgaris, Johnston. Hab: Port Erin and Southport. Plentiful in mud, under stones, at the former locality. On none of the branchial filaments does the lamina extend to the tip. The first setigerous somite bears branchie, thus differing from N. cirratulus. There appears to me no sufficient reason for excluding this species from the genus Nerine as Malmgren has done. I revert to Johnston’s nomenclature. Leucodore ciliata, Johnston. Hab: Port Erin and Southport. A few were found living in narrow clefts in schist rock near low water mark. Also in old shells. Family.—MaGELONIDA (Cunningham and Ramage). Magelona papillicornis, Fr. Muller. Hab: New Brighton and Southport. Found not uncommonly in sand between tide-marks. The Mea mirabilis of Johnston and Carrington. Family,—CH@ToPTERIDA. Chetopterus insignis, Baird. Hab: Beaumaris (low water); and Turbot Hole off Puffin Island (14 fms.). An excellent illustration, together with figures of the various kinds of sete, is given in a paper by Mr. J. Wilhams, published in vol. xvii of the Proc. of the Lit. and Phil. Soc, of Liverpool, 1864. A number of Mr, 7 256 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Willams’ specimens gathered from extreme low water at Beaumaris are now in the British Museum. Hxamina- tion of the large specimen of ‘‘ Spiochetopterus typicus, Sars,’ described by Mr. R. J. H. Gibson (loc. cit.) as obtained at Beaumaris shows it to be in reality an example of C. insignis. Nychia cirrosa and Polynoé glabra—one or other—are usually present in the tubes as commensals; N. cirrosa more frequently of the two in this district; P. glabra (H. malmgrent of Ray Lankester) in the Channel Islands.* Our local species is identical with specimens from Herm, Channel Islands. The species differs from Quatrefages’ C. valencinit procured from St. Malo, in that the latter shows a bundle of black bristles on the 4th and 5th pairs of feet, whereas the Herm and the Beaumaris specimens have these on the 4th pairs of feet only. Quatrefages’ species has also a larger number of segments in the posterior section of the body. A Herm specimen procured for me by Mr. Sinel of Jersey had about 21 segments in this part. Family.—CHLORHZMIDA. *Trophonia plumosa, (Muller). Hab: 6,9, P. A few small specimens from 5 fathoms off Puffin Island; numbers from the deep water (45—57 fathoms) between Anglesey and the Isle of Man. Parasitic thecate infusoria are occasionally to be seen on the head tuft of bristles and also much minute fila- mentous matter similar to that clogging the dorsal bristles and the fimbrie of the elytra of Lepidonotus squamatus. Siphonostoma diplochaitos, Otto. So? Jel len (oy 5 8) The S. gelatinoswm of Mr. Gibson’s previous local list. It is more frequently taken on the littoral than Trophonia * On some new British Polynoina, 1866. POLYCHETA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 257 plumosa, indeed it is fairly common at low water at Puffin Island. After careful examination of specimens of the undoubted S. diplochaitos obtained from the Naples Zoo- logical Station and home specimens of Flabelligera affinis, Sars, I cannot but conclude that specifically they are identical. The slight differences there are, are amply accounted for by the varying states of contraction con- sequent upon divergent preservative agents and to the considerable difference in latitude between the two habitats. Quatrefages could certainly never have seen a specimen of the Naples S. diplochaitos else he would not have defined the genus Siphonostoma as destitute of hairs or glandular papille. Family.—TEREBELLIDS. *Amphitrite figulus, (Dalyell). Hab: Puffin Island and Egremont. The A. Johnstoni of Malmgren according to Marenzeller. The presence of 24 pairs of notopodial fascicles of capill- ary sete is characteristic of this species. Tube of mud, the corrugated end projecting about an inch above the surface of the mud-flat where it is found. Terebella nebulosa, Montagu. Dredged off Port Erin. Lanice conchilega, (Pallas). Abundant on the littoral, and taken frequently in the dredge. Thelepus cincinnatus, (Fabr.) ica 4810; 3,14 PP. Lattoral to 22 ims. Shares with Lanice conchilega the honour of being the characteristic species of Terebellide of this district. It however has not so high a httoral range as the latter, but, on the other hand, it is, ofthe two, much the more frequently found in deep water. Since Malmeren’s time the name has continually been 258 TRANSACTIONS TiVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. spelled wrongly ‘‘ circinnata.” As Marenzeller points out (loc. cit.) Fabricius called the branchie ‘‘ cincinni”’ (locks of crisped hair) hence the species “‘ cincinnata.” It is the Venusia punctata of Johnston. * Nicolea venustula, (Montagu). Hab: 12, 13, 14, i.e, the central area of the Irish Sea. Dredgings in deep water (20—22 fms.) usually yield specimens of this worm—the N. zostericola of Malmgren. The species seems subject to frequent variation in the number of bristle tufts and of branchie. Malmgren defines it as having 2 pairs of branchie and 15 pairs of bristle-bundles ; Tauber (Ann. danica) gives 16—17 pairs of the latter and 3 pairs of the former. Again, R. Leuckart’s T. parvula (=N. venustula, Mont.) is endowed with 15 pairs of bristle bundles and 3 pairs of branchie, while Marenzeller who first pointed out the agreement of N. zostericola, Malmgren, with the T’crebella venustula, Mont., diagnoses the same species, from specimens gathered both at St. Malo and in the Adriatic as possessing 17 bristle-bearing fascicles and 2 pairs of branchie.* Fin- ally all of the individuals I have examined from the Irish Sea have had the characters as given by the last named author, with the exception of two half-grown ones which differed in having 15 pairs of fascicles. Family.— AMPHARETID&. *Ampharete gruber, Malmgren. Hab: Station 14. A single specimen. T'wo species of the genus Ampharete have previously been reported as British, viz :—A. gracilis, and A. arctica. The former is characterized according to Malmgren—by elongated filiform branchiz and apex of palmular sete much attenuated; the latter by stout short branchie, the palmular sete having a mucronate apex. The present * Zur Kenutniss der Adriat. Anneliden, POLYCHZTA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 259 species (recorded now for the first time as British) has short branchie and apices of palmular sete very much drawn out. Family: AMPHICTENIDZ. This is a family wherein Malmgren has introduced much unnecessary sub-division. For instance, take his two genera Amphictene and Pectinaria, the former contain- ing P. auricoma, the latter, P. belgica. His generic definitions for the two are nearly word for word the same, almost the only divergence being that he states that in Amplhictene the margin of the post palmular area is cirrate- dentate whereas in Pectinaria the same region is entire. Again, the former constructs a curved tube—the latter a straight one—all which, while they may be good specific distinctions, seem to me altogether too trivial to possess generic value. Again, Malmgren erects the genus Lagis to contain species possessing 15 and 12 pairs of capillary and uncinigerous setz respectively in contradistinction to Amphictene and Pectinaria with 17 and 13 pairs. This division is apparently founded upon an error as both P. (Amphictene) auricoma and P. belgica possess only 15 and 12 pairs. If Malmgren’s Lagis really possesses the number of bristle bundles stated by him, then Lagis as a genus must cease to exist and must be merged into Pectinaria. Pectinaria (Amphictene) auricoma, (Muller). Eaby: 2-13: Dredged from 20—22 fathoms in company with P. belgica, which they generally surpass in size. Not found at any time in great number. Malmgren gives the number of fascicles of capillary bristles as 17 pairs, and the uncinig- erous rows as 13 pairs, but careful examinaticn of all the specimens available showed but 15 pairs of the former and 12 pairs of the latter. 260 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Pectinaria belgica, (Pallas). Jelg a dy Pl I Tks) diy INI, Immense numbers people the far-stretching sandbanks skirting the Lancashire and Cheshire coasts. The animals live head downwards in the sand, and range from mid-tide mark (exceptional) to a depth of 21 fathoms. As in the preceding species there are 15 pairs of capil- lary fascicles and 12 pairs of uncinigerous rows, not 17 and 13 as stated by Malmgren, nor 15 and 11 pairs respectively as amended by Cunningham and Ramage. Family.—HERMELLID2. Sabellaria alveolata, Linn. labs 9S; E, INS; EL: Enormous encrusting masses attaining in favourable situations a thickness of quite two feet, occur at the tide- swept end of Hilbre Island. As the geological formation of the Island is soft Red Triassic sandstone lable to rapid denudation, these incrustations have an important retard- ing effect, as has been pointed out by Prof. Herdman.* Damage wrought by storms on the brittle sand con- structed tubes is very rapidly righted by the gregarious occupants. A species of mite is frequently found parasitic upon this species. : * Sabellaria spinulosa, R. Leuckart. labo, 10,09) LOMAS O50 eimise This animal is met with everywhere in deep water in our area often in considerable abundance, and is without doubt one of the commonest worms. It is brought up both in broken masses and also singly upon valves of dead shells. It appears to be confined pretty straitly to the depths of the sea and not to trench on the shallow water and littoral range of S. alveolata. *Proc. L’pool Biol, Soc., vol. II. p. 39. POLYCHEHTA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 261 Family.—SERPULIDZ. 1. Sub-family.—SABELLINZ. Sabella pavonia, Savigny. Blabe4). 7,8; 1, A, M. I have found considerable variation in this species, both in size and in the colouration of the branchial filaments. In this district it ranges from some feet above low water level to 16 fathoms, but specimens which are ever left uncovered by the tide never attain to the largest size. Sabella pavonia, var. bicoronata, n. Hab: Rock pools at extreme low water at Hilbre Id. This variety is found in considerable numbers as above. From the type it differs in nothing save the arrangement of the branchize. These are in two unequal tufts forming two closely superposed cirles of filaments when expanded— nearly 4 in. in diameter in large specimens. Of the two fully grown specimens obtained one had 61 filaments in one tuft, and 30 in the other. The second had 55 and 37 respectively. The smaller tuft usually forms more than half a circle, the larger meets this on one side and forms the remainder of the outer circle and then curves inwards to make a more or less complete inner circle. The anterior part has 8—13 segments. At first I was inclined to form a new species for this animal and to place it in the genus Spirographis but for the present I incline to count it merely a variety. Numbers of normal S. pavonia are found associated. Probably many of the species of Sprrographis described in various works will in time be eliminated and found to be varieties of different species of Sabella. In Dasychone herdmani, mentioned next a specimen is noted having unequal tufts after the Same Manner. 262 "TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. *Dasychone herdmani, n. sp. (Pl. XV, figs. 1—9.) Hab: Puftn Island and off the coast of Anglesey, from low water to 18 fms. Stations 5, 6, 10, P. The body is short and thick, composed of about 60 segments. The anterior or thoracic region is about as broad as long, having 8 bristle-bearing segments. The dorsal edges of the cephalic collar incline towards each other and nearly touch. Thence the collar is continued as a slightly everted rim of even height, terminating in two boldly everted lappets on each side of the median ventral line. A shallow notch separates the lappets from the rest of the collar laterally. The branchie are in two equal tufts of 15—20 filaments each. Apex of each radiole is naked, rather stout or digitate. The distal pinne rapidly diminish and end as mere bud-like eminences at the base of apex. At equal distances on the rachis are disposed paired eye-spots. Between each two pairs of eye- spots is a pair of dorsal appendages; usually the position is just behind one of the pairs, but in some specimens it is nearly midway between the two. In shape they are ample, long, and broadly spathulate, the margin of the broad apex being puckered and indented. There are in general 20—22 pairs of these processes on each filament and an equal number of eye-spots. The tentacula are two in number, channelled on the opposing faces, acumin- ate, about a third as long as the filaments. Colour. Body of dark yellowish or brownish red; a dark brown spot below each tuft of capillary sete in the thoracic region, but above each tuft in the posterior or abdominal portion of the body. Collar pale and uncoloured as are also the tentacula. The branchiz are white, beauti- fully variegated with narrow bands of intense purple, brown and yellow. The tube is short and corrugated, dark grey in colour POLYCHZTA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 263 and chitinous in structure. Length about 3 to 5 cm. Animal about the same length. This species while agreeing in all other essential details with the previously known British representative of this genus, Dasychone dalyelli, Kolker (the Sabella bombyx of Johnston) is sharply differentiated by the shape of the dorsal processes. A similar difference marks it off from the Neapolitan D. lucullana with which species Mr. Gibson, in the previous local list erroneously identified the present. In both D. dalyelli and D. lucullana, which I fancy will be found to be one and the same species, the dorsal append- ages have the form of elongated sublinear processes slightly dilated at the apices—giving them a graceful club-like form—totally different from the broad spathulate append- ages of D. herdmam. This latter form approaches more closely to that seen in D. wnfarcta, (Kroyer), but Kroyer’s species has no eye-spots. In one specimen I noticed with interest a similar varietal departure from the normal arrangement of the branchie such as I elsewhere note concerning Sabella pavonia. In the individual I refer to, the left tuft of bran- chial filaments was much larger than the right—containing 33 filaments for the other’s 16. *Amplucora (Othonia) fabricia, (Muller). It is to the courtesy of Mr. C. H. H. Walker that I am indebted for having my attention directed to this tiny tube builder as an inhabitant of this district. It is fairly num- erous attached to the surface of seaweed, &c. at the extremity of Eeremont slip—than which no more prolific hunting-ground exists in the Mersey whenever the Ferry authorities for even a short period cease from troubling about repairs. A. fabricia is at times met with free— without trace of any protecting tube—crawling about among weed. 264 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 2. Sub-family :—SERPULINAE. Filigrana vmpleca, Berkeley. Hab: N. KE. coast of Anglesey and south coast of Isle of Man—Low water to 18 fms. Serpula vermicularis, (Ellis). Hab: Deep water area of Irish Sea, about 20 fms. * Serpula reversa, Montagu. Hab:—P, 6, 12, 18. From low water mark to 22 fathoms. The most abun- dant deep water Serpulid. I have seen a crab dredged up carrying two or three large ones upon its carapace ; the usual situation 1s upon shells of dead molluscs. Probably the Hupomatus pectinatus of Philippi. Pomatoceros triqueter, (inn). Hab: P, 5, 10. Common on the littoral, extending more sparingly to deep water—18 fms. Apparently a variable species—in the colour of the bran- chie and in the shape of the operculum. Cunningham and Ramage are in error in giving S. conica, Johnston, as a synonym, unless indeed it be that the latter is found to be a variety P. triqueter. In any case Johnston’s figure of the operculum of S. conica is not a typical form of that of P. triqueter, while that figured under the name of S. armata 1s perfectly characteristic, agreeing even with C. and R.’s own delineation of the operculum of the present species. Sptrorbis borealis, Morch. Hab:—On all our rocky shores and wherever it can find lodgment, characteristic of the littoral—Fwucus serratus 1s its commonest host. Spirorbis lucidus, (Mont), Moych. The characteristic Sptrorbis of deep water. Its tiny translucent spirals frequently occur in rows along the stalk and branches of Sertularva dredged from various depths. 4 ‘ t ‘ 4 POLYCHAITA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 265 GEOGRAPHICAL and BATHYMETRICAL range of local PoLYcH2ToUS ANNELIDS. NOTE.—The following abbreviations are used :—EK= Kast coast of Great Britain; Ch= English Channel coasts; r= West and South coasts of Ireland; WS= West Scot- land; Shet=Orkney, Shetland and Faroé region; UK= all British coasts. US=East coast N. America, south of Labrador and north of N. Carolina; Gr=Greenland and Arctic America; Sp=Spitzbergen; NZ=Nova Zem- bla; Sc=Scandinavian, Danish and German coasts; Med= Mediterranean Sea. L= Littoral; O= Low water mark. (xX) cast ashore by storms. | Local—Irish Sea Area | TET Seda ee | | 2 | S| A || RANGE | IpRATRA [Slai/a) 8 1/8] -2 . in | PEG g(clg\le| 2 | SEA. | [2 is c | 5 = | ae q { | OFI=| Ss isl s&s | Bee _—|—} i =I \- | Aph. aculeata......... | x lees x| x |...,O—20| UK. US, Sc, Med. Hermione hystriz ...| |x) x | .. |...|15—40 Ch, Ir. |Se, Med, C. Verde I, Lep. squamatus ...... VSS 5641551] cae | x | L—22 | UK. US, Gr, Se, Azores. Nychia cirrosa ...... seat celles | ..|O—18| E, Ch. US, Gr, Sp, ) NZ, Se. Polynoé imbricata ...|...| x |x| \L—5 UK. US, Gr, Sp, NZ, Sc, S. 1 | | Jpn, Ochotsk§, ‘Sitcha an halieti ...... |x| x| 15] WS, Sh. 55 ETOP eee ees |x|...) x| x |x|L—22/ Sh, E, Ch. |US, Gr, NZ, Se, offGib- | Peal gen ae | raltar, Med (probably) PREECTULOLG a3) SX een iat ee Med. »» propingua..|x|x x] x | Li —57 y Shet. |US, Se, Madeira. 3). Setosissima,.|...|-.-| X| -.. Po, Ms , Ch. |Se, Med (probably). ae Castanea ....|<\-.-1x| wee [oe e|/ 20— 2 She liiChs op GUACBAST soacae! 153 i! Re eal LS E, Ch. 5 lunulate.....| | | |(x)| Head UK. Med. gohnstont....|...|.... x... |.../12—20Sh, WS, Ch./Se. La Rochelle. Acholoe ustericola. soll SX > x Ne 14 | Ir Med, Hal, gelatinosa....... Pecleecle< eee eeaiee One Ee Wiss Chel Sc: 266 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. H2rmadion assimile |x| x|...| ... |...)10—21| E, Ir, Ch. off C. de Gatte (M1). » pellucidum) x)|...)x|... |... 16—22) HE, WS. /|Med. Stitenelats\boa.. 2. s-)--4| XX) ea lace L UK. Se. jo Ubimmn@otke — 13 |calloosl| on flooc 20—22} Shet, E. |US. yy) etl ican Oi. 4) |e) enenleee 20 Shet Pholoé minuta......... Isocllooall S61 32 E, Ch. |US, Gr, Sp, NZ, Se. Spinther oniscoides..|...|...|X|... |... 17 _|WS, & Blfast|Se. Eunice harussii....... VSL SGN aa a 20=—22) Ch. Onuphis conchilega..|x!...)...) 0.4... 20—22 UK. US, Gr, Sp, NZ, Se, | | Portugal. Lumbr. frayilis....... x |x| x | 20—-22) E, Shet. |US, Gr, Sp, NZ, Se. Nereis peluyicw....... x|x|x | x |L—20 UK. US, Gr, Sp, NZ,Se,Jn. - diversicolor | x | L | UK. (Gr, Se, Med, Japan: . dumerilai...) \x|x| x | L—16 UK. US, Se, Med, Madeira, | | C. Verde Ids. & Japan. ne VEreNS ......! | SS ee is WIS, Se: POOLED co0000 |x|x| x | |L—18| EH, Ch. (US, Se Nephthys GOOD .coaaccs x | | | 18 |E. WS, Ch./US, Gr, Se. Bs homberyt.. |x|x|x}| x. |...|L—20| E, WS. |US, Gr, NZ, Se. Goniada maculata... | Sue geal bp tl E. US. Se. Glycera cupituta...... || x L—17 |E, WS, Ch.|US, Gr, Sp, NZ, Se, | Portugal aud Azores. 5 nigripes...... Lise eee a 59 Chat sanx00000 ‘Stiomlach sof Cod KE, W S, Ch. ng OG RERUSe donsouger x | E. Se. Syllis tubijew.......... x} |x| 32 Ik, WS, Ch.|N. Scotia, Madeira. armilluris ...... alia | @ E, Ch. iSe. Autolytus wlexandtri.. Tow-| x nett ed “i \US, Gr x prolifer... | x | E. Se. Ephesia, gractlis ...... x| |x| x |\O—25 UK. Gr, Sp, NZ, Se. Psamathe fuscu....... | [5x | Jb E, Ch. Custalia punctate... Silay a 18 K. Se, Iceland. Phyll. maculata...... | |x| x | J|O—18 E. Iceland. 50 URRADPOTE 20550 lealbs | © E, Ch. |Med. Eulalia viridis........ | Nise Se L BH, Ch: |Gr. Se: Tomopt. onisciformis| |x|x| Tow- netted | |i, Ch, epee 4 : Ophelia limacina..... | x | | 1 HS | Be , Sp, NZ, Se, US. Anvunot, wuloyaster... x x | 3—21 | BE, WS. Gr Sp, NZ, Se. Capirella cupituta.... |x| x | ib 15, Mis {Ene Sy, 2 NZ, Se, Med. Arenicola murina..... |x|x| x |x| L UK. US, Gr, Sp, Sc, Med. Nic. lumbricalis ...... elses BE: US, Gr, Sp. NZ, Se. Asiothea catenata.... | |x| | | © | E, Shet. |US, Gr, Sp. Owenia filiformis.. ...x| |x| x | |O—22 | E. Gr, Med. Scoloplos armiger.. . x| x] x L—6 | Sh, BE, Ch. US, Gr, Sp; NZ se Cirratulus cirratus... x Om kK. US, Gr, NZ, Se. », tentuculutus| |x| x L E, oe Med. Chetozone setosa..... x L |US, Sp, NZ, Se. Sptio seticornis........ | x L EK, an iGr, Se. Nerine cirratulus..... x (eee By ‘Med. A vulgaris ...... x 7 Ib NW 1, Cla, SG: Leucodore ciliata..... oe IPS eT E, Ch. |Iceld, Sc, Philippns & | | Australia (Haswell). Mag. papillicornis ... x (i Slbp =| E. Chetopterus insignis x | |O—14| WS, Ch. | Trophonia plumosu..|x | | x |O—57 | Sh, E, Ch. |Gr, Sp, NZ, Se. Siphon. diplochaitos| | |x |x /L—18 IWS, E, Ch. US, a ae NZ, Se Med Amplitrite figulus.... Sates | Seale | E. US, Se. Terebella nebulosa....J |x | Wee 1B Se, Med. | POLYCHATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 267 Lanice conchilegu.... x |x| { | | | x|L—22| E, Ch. (Cattegat, Belgium, Med, and Madeira. L—22 UK US, Gr, Sp, NZ,Se Med Thelepus cincinnatus x x : Nicolea venustula.... x 20—24) Sh, E, Ch. |Gr, Se, Med. Ampharete grubei.... x os Gr, Sp, NZ, Se. Pectin. auwricoma..... x 20—22) EK, WS. |Se, Med. 6 belgica........ * imbricata, * 250. Fig. 3. ie = - umpar, X 250. Fig. 4. Y L. =f extenuata, X 250. Eilon, 2): 3 rn , halieti,var. hyene, X 250. (These figures show the minute but constant rela- tive differences in the degree of serration exhibited by the bristles of the respective species.) .6. Polynoé impar. Portion of scale showing single large pear-shaped papilla, x 130. “I margin processes, X 190. .8. Polynoé extenuata. Entire scale, x 44. .9. Polynoé propinqua. Parapodium, xX 20. .10. Hunice harass. Parapodium and_ branchia from the 21st setigerous somite, X 20, Polynoé propinqua. One of the large sub-globular 268 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. PrarE XV. Fig. 1. Egg capsule of Scoloplos armiger, nat. size. Fig. 2. Ovum separated from capsule, x 80. Fig. 3. Extrusion of polar bodies, x 80. Figs. 4—11. Stages in seomentation of an ovum, X 80. p.b. polar bodies; mic. micromeres; mac. macro- meres. Fig. 11. Shows macromeres entirely enclosed by micro- meres except at the blastopore. Fig. 12. Egg capsule of Arenicola marina, nat. size. Figs. 13—18. Stages in the larval development of same, xX 225. e.g. eye-spots; z. zonar band of cilia; a. anterior tuft of cilia; m. mouth; v. ventral band of cilia; c. first segmental constriction of larval body. Figs. 17, 18 are diagrams to show the ciliary arrangement. Fig. 19. Appearance of zonar cilia as seen from above while the embryo is whirling rapidly, x 225. Figs. 20, 21. Most advanced embryos observed; c. first seemental constriction, x 400. PLATE XV. Dasychone herdmani, n. sp. 1. Entire animal, dorsal view, X 3. . 2. Lateral view of anterior portion of body, x 44. 3. Ventral view of same, X 4}. .4. Part of a branchial filament, x Mu. a. dorsal processes; b. eye-spots; p. pinne. ge. 5. Extremity of a radiole, x 44. ge. 6. Dorsal process from a different specimen to Fig. cies icomics 0g dQ dQ IO Poles] oer 4; here the margin is less puckered, x 60. Figs. 7, 8. Capillary sete. 7, superior; 8, inferior, X 950. Fig. 9. Uncinus, x 250, Do if ( : 269 On the preparation of MARINE ANIMALS as LANTERN SLIDES to show the FORM and ANATOMY. By Dr. H. C. Sorpy, F.RB.S. [Read April 10th, 1891.] THE author exhibited 30 lantern-shde preparations of marine animals, including representatives of most of the leading groups. Flat fishes, like soles or dabs, about 1} inch long, when mounted in Canada balsam are sufficiently transparent to show their general form and anatomy very well. Crustaceans which are not too thick may be digested in diluted alcohol, to which a little hydrochloric acid has been added, to remove the carbonate of ime. Their form then remains perfect, though they become so pliable as to make it easy to gum them flat on the glass. Those, lke Caprella, which become too transparent when mounted in balsam, may be previously stained with carmine. Success in the case of soft bodied animals, like Ascidians, Nudibranchs, Annelids and Meduse, depends to a great extent on the fact that, when properly arranged out, they dry first round their edges, and adhere to the glass in such a manner that on subsequent complete drying contraction takes place almost entirely in a direction perpendicular to the plane of the glass, so that they become quite flat and thin, without material change in the original outline. Those which, like Meduse, contain so much salt water must be digested for some time in diluted alcohol, but some Nudibranchs and worms must be kept in the alcohol no longer than is absolutely necessary, or the natural 270 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. colour may be destroyed. Many worms make excellent preparations, especially Nerezs and coloured varieties of Sabella. Meduse, first digested for some time in diluted alcohol and then stained with carmine, make splendid prepara- tions. They dry down quite thin and transparent; but, without care, are almost sure to crack and break up, As they become partially dry their surface should be coated with clear and colourless gum, and the slide kept under a saucer with wet blotting paper, so that the gum may remain liquid, and soak well into the tissues. By careful management perfect and uncracked specimens may be prepared and finally mounted in balsam, so as to show both the general form and anatomical structure extremely well. Probably on the whole the most satisfactory pre- parations are those in which the animals are partially dissected, and so arranged as to show the internal viscera, as In the case of a slide of Arenicola, which shows to great perfection the intestine, the digestive glands, and the principal blood vessels. Partially dissected and subse- quently stained Priapulus and Synapta show very well the arrangement of the muscles moving the body and proboscis, and also the digestive and reproductive organs. When shown on the screen these last preparations look more like anatomical drawings than real animals. The principal difficulty i making the slides is the final mounting in Canada balsam, which is indispensible for lantern purposes. Small bits of black cardboard should be fixed at the four corners, of such a thickness that the cover glass is just clear of the dried animal. Before mounting, the object should be sufficiently soaked in benzole, and any bubbles included in the balsam got rid of by keeping the slide warm. By fixing well gummed MARINE ANIMALS AS LANTERN SLIDES. O71 paper round the edges, and, after this has dried, by var- nishing it, and, when the varnish is hard, by glueing strips of black paper round the slide, the soft balsam may be so confined as not to run out; but it seems probable that, by a modification of the process, the balsam may be made sufficiently hard before the glass cover is put on, so as to greatly reduce the risk of leakage, which, without care, may be very troublesome. Excellent results can be attained, but it is very desirable that the necessary pro- cesses should be materially simplified, and made more certain. 18 272 LIST of the FRESH WATER ALG of the LIVERPOOL DISTRICT. By Wma. Narramore, F.L.S. With Plates XVI., XVII. [Read April 10th, 1891.] Durine the past six or seven years I have interested myself, more or less as far as limited time and opportunity would permit, in the collection and the examination of the Fresh Water Algze of the District of Liverpool, say for fifteen or twenty miles round. I did not set out with the intention of writing a report, otherwise this list would have been much more extended than it is; it is simply a preliminary list of the unicellular and filamentous forms of the Fresh Water Algze exclusive of the Desmidiacez and the Diatomacee. The list is fairly representative, and I may hope for it that it will serve as a basis for further work. With a systematic list in hand no doubt many of our local naturalists will feel at liberty to add considerably to this division of the ‘‘ Flora of Liverpool.” Whatever has been done by local workers among this group of Cryptogams, I know of no list available as a guide to systematic work. I shall be only too glad to hear of workers among the Fresh Water Algez and to receive additions to the present list from any sources. The district is undoubtedly rich in Fresh Water Alge, either side of the Mersey is well provided with flats and shallows, ponds and ditches, canal and stream, moss and marsh, and bog and sandy hollows; habitats so many and so varied are rich in both genera and species. The nature LIVERPOOL FRESH WATER ALG. 973 of the rocks and subsoils, especially the sandstones and clays, are important factors in the determination of this richness. On the Cheshire side one may walk for miles, and pass scores of fields and find one or more ponds in each field. Now it will readily be expected that many forms of Alge will occur frequently, and particularly the simpler forms, and such is the case, for many of the unicellular Algze are met with in almost every gathering and at almost any time of the year. The difficulties of certifying to the specific characters of many of these forms are great Indeed; form, size, con- dition, still or active, singly or In mass, vary with many changing conditions and many times in a short period. Be it remembered that the very simplicity of structure of these simple plants makes them susceptible and respon- sive to relatively feeble changes in the conditions that are at once remarkable and surprising to students of higher forms of plant life. Of course active cell structures of the higher plants are acted and reacted upon by slight changes of conditions, e.g., food, temperature, light, moisture, etc., but the changes largely pass unnoticed as they require longer time, and the influence is evident only in the result. These minute plants all require microscopical examina- tion to determine even the most superficial characters, whilst the characters determining specific differences often require close, skilful and patient investigation. Again and again conclusions have to be postponed for want of stages in the life history or development of the plant; the factor of reproduction is so important to a true classification that much material has frequently to be cast aside as incom- plete for determination. As in other groups of organisms careful selection and cultivation of the particular forms to determine the true life history is all important, so in the 274 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. group of plants now under consideration a similar course must be followed. For instance, I take a gathering of Algze from a ditch or pond, keep it in a vessel, and from time to time examine it. If the gathering happens to be mixed, I shall find perhaps that the reproductive bodies proceeding from two or three different Algee are similar in size, form, &c.; now deductions made from the course of events that follow are very liable to error, and at all events as a matter of science, would be open to doubt. The following case will illustrate my meaning even more strongly. Quite recently I gathered from a dripping sandstone rock at Storeton quarries some jelly-looking material which I thought at the time might be some of the Nostocee. Placing it under the microscope I made out the following forms, Glwocystis rupestris, Lyng,, Gleocapsa arenaria, Rabh., Gleocapsa quaternata, Breb., Palmella mooreana, Harv. Here we have three genera and four species, composed of similar pseudocysts, all existing together in a gelatinous matrix. Is there any connection between them? Is there genetic affinity? Are any of these forms but stages in the life history of either these or higher forms of Alge? It is generally admitted that Gleocapsa is analogous to Gleocystis in the two divisions, the chlorophyll-green and the blue-green divisions of the Alez, and Richter goes so far as to suggest there is identity. It must be clear that nothing short of separation and pure cultivation of these several forms can give us the solution to these questions. When we are able to accurately trace the development of many so-called unicellular Algw, I have no doubt that the classification — of the Fresh Water Algz will be very much simplified. The question of classification is always a difficulty, but as I have worked chiefly with Dr. M. C. Cooke’s British Fresh Water Alge, in the main I have followed the LIVERPOOL FRESH WATER ALGAE. 975 arrangement given in his work. Ina few cases I have modified this arrangement by accepting the newer classifi- cations of Goebel and of Bennett and Murray. As the tendency of workers in the present day is to group together a large number of the simpler forms of plant life, I have fallen in with the provisional division the “‘ Protophyta”’ of Bennett and Murray for the Protococcoidee and Chroo- coccacee. In fact I think in the present state of our knowledge of the more or less distinctly unicellular organ- isms that the division Protophyta is at least a convenient one. The practice of certain writers of giving the time of reproduction or “‘ fruiting’’ as it is termed, is unwise and misleading. In making these statements, often made on too limited observation, due consideration has not been given to the character of the season, conditions of sur- roundings, geographical position, free or limited supply of water, etc. Among the Conjugate, the Multinucleate and some of the Confervacee times of reproduction given have certainly been misleading as far as this district is concerned. I have to thank several students who have afforded me help by supplying material gathered from different parts of the district ; I have especially to acknowledge the help rendered by Mr. T. Birks and Mr. R. H. Day both of whom have collected and named several species which are duly noted in this list. The total number of genera recorded is 69, and of species 176. Letters L and C indicate counties Lancashire and Cheshire. Letters (N), (B), (D) after the locality stand for Narramore, Birks and Day, by whom the Algze were found. 276 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Division. RHODOPHYCEA. Order.—FLORIDEZ. Family.—HILDENBRANDTIACEZ. Hildenbrandtia rwularis,, Ag. Incrusting stones at the bottom of a stream at Bromborough, C. (N). Family.—BATRACHOSPERMACEZ. Batrachospermum moniliforme, Roth. Raby, C. (N) on shells of Limneus stagnalis, Barton, L. (D), Woodville, C. (N), sparingly found. B. vagum, Roth. Ainsdale. L. (B) sparingly found. It is probable that only detached specimens of these species have been found, no doubt large masses will be met with in the district as it is usual for this alga to be found in abundance. Family.—LEMANEACE. Lemanea torulosa, Roth. Little Sutton, C. (N) in stream with Prasiola crispa. Family.—PoRPHYRACEZ. Bangia ceramicola, Thur. In brackish ditch, Wallasey, C. (N). Division.—_CHLOROPHYCE. Family.— ULVACE. Prasiola crispa, Kutz. Little Sutton, C. (N) stream, attached to stones; Formby, L. (N) in ditches; Raby, C. (N) stream. P. furjuracea, Men. Bootle, L. (D) damp ground. P. calophylla, Cam. Sefton Park, L. (B). Enteromorpha intestinalis, Linn. Little Sutton, C. (N) stream; Raby, C. (N) stream ; LIVERPOOL FRESH WATER ALG. eae Leasowe, C. (N) brackish water; Wallasey, C. (N) brackish water; Sefton, L. (N) ditch. E. ramulosa, Hook. Not given in Dr. M. C. Cooke’s British F. W. Alge. Found in quantity in a ditch at Sefton, L. with LH. intestinalis, (N), identified by Dr. J. G. Baker of Kew. Monostroma laceratum, Thur. Formby, L. (N, B, D) ditch. CONFERVOIDE2, HETEROGAMZ. Family.—CoLEOCHATACEZ. Coleocheta scutata, Bréb. Shotwick, C. (N), Bromborough, C. (N), Spital, C. (N), Newsham Park, L. (N), Green Lane, L. (N). Growing on water plants and also on the sides of fresh water aquaria. C. orbicularis, Prings. Bromborough, C. (N), Princes Park, L. (N), Bootle, L. (D). Attached to water plants. C. soluta, Prings. Huyton, L. (N), Rufford, L. (N). On water plants. Aphanocheta repens, Br. Burton, C. (N) on leaves of Myriophyllum spicatum, Sefton Park, L. (B) on Cladophora flavescens; spines long and not articulate, but thallus the form of A. repens rather than A. hystriz. A. hystriz, Thur. Sefton Park, L. (B) on Cladophora flavescens. This form was decidedly in agreement with the charac- ters of A. hystrix except that the spimes were longer and resembled A. repens but were not articulate. Family.—CiDoGonIAcEz. Cidogoniwm petri, Witty. CH. vernali, Hass. CH. urbicum, Witty. 278 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. G. pluviale, Nord. Gy. flavescens, Hass. CG. ciliatum, Hass. CH. calcareum, Witty. Gi. longatum, Kutz. CH. tenellum, Kutz. Members of this genus are freely found in several places in the district. Individual species are subject to many variations and it is a matter of considerable difficulty to classify them with absolute certainty. Bulbocheta gracilis, Prings. B. polyandra, Cleve. B. setigera, Ag. B. mirabilis, Witty. Members of this genus very sparingly found, and rarely met with in the reproductive stage. CONJUGATA. Family.—ZYGNEMACEZ. Zygnema pectinatum, Ag. Moreton, C. (B), Freshfield, L. (N), Huyton, L. (N), Shotwick, C. (N), Bromborough, C. (N). Z. parvulum, Kutz. Kensington, L. (N), Raby, C. (N). Z. cruciatum, Ag. Bromborough, C. (N). Z. stellinum, Vauch. Moreton, C. (B). Z. signe, Kutz. Huyton, L. (N). Z. anomalun, Ralfs. Bromborough, L. (N). Found generally in ponds and ditches. Spirogyra crassa, Kutz. Huyton, L. (N). . | | : S. S. Se S. S. 8. S. iS: LIVERPOOL FRESH WATER ALG, 279 . orbicularis, Hass. Probably the same as S. crassa; not satisfactorily determined in the absence of the zygospores. . orthospira, Nag. Bromborough and Spital, (N). This species was recognised long ago by Mr. Archer in Ireland, but only discovered in England some few years since. . bellas, Hass. Bebington, C. (N), Kensington, L. (N), Bromborough, (N, B, D), and other places not noted. porticalis, rivularis and decimina. Bebington, C. (N), Bromborough, C. (N, B, D). longata, Vauch. Bebington, C. (N), Bromborough, C. (N, B, D). condensata, Vauch. Kensington, L. (N), Hooton, C. (N). flavescens, Kutz. Hooton, C. (N), Little Sutton, C. (N). insignis, Hass. Kirkby, L. (N), Sefton, L. (N). calospora, Cleve. Kirkby, L. (N), Spital, C. (N). tenuissuma, Hass. Found in several places along with the above named species. quadrata, Hass. Sefton Park, L. (B). This list does not include all species of the Zygnem- aces found, but only those whose specific characters could be determined. The difficulty of securing specimens containing the zygospores compelled the writer to exclude many and even to leave a few of the present list in doubt. Zygonium ericetorum var. aquaticum, D.By. Several places but not in reproduction. 280. TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Staurospermum viride, Kutz. Kirkby, L. (N). S. gracillumum, Hass. Fragments in gatherings of Algee—places not noted. Family.—MESOCARPACE. Mesocarpus parvulus, Hass. M. parvulus, var. angustus, Hass. M. depressus, Hass. The above and other species freely met with in ponds and ditches, but in the absence of the reproductive stages, they have not with certainty been diagnosed. CONFERVOIDEZ ISoGAMZ. Family.—CONFERVACES. Chetophora pisiformis, Roth. Bromborough, C. (N), Raby, C. (N), Spital, C. (N), Moels, C. (N), Kensington, L. (N), Formby, L., Birkdale, L., Storeton, C. (N, B, D), Aintree and Walton, i: (D): - C. elegans, Roth. Bromborough, C., Kensington, L., Moreton, C., Formby, L. (N, B, D). C. tuberculosa, Roth. Kensington, L. (N), Green Lane, L. (N), Barton, L. @ and sD): C. endwefolia, Ag. Barton, L. (N and B), Leasowe, C. (D). Draparnaldia glomerata, Ag. Huyton, L. (N), Formby, L. (D). D. glomerata var. distans, Kutz. Huyton, L. (N). D. plumosa, Ag. Moreton, C. (N and B), Formby, L. (N and B), Sefton Park, L. (B), Hightown, L. (B). ——— eS LIVERPOOL FRESH WATER ALG. 981 Chroolepus aurewm, Linn. Along with V. sessilis on damp soil of flower pots (N). Stigeoclonium tenue, Ag. Pond Wavertree Park, L. (N), ditch Storeton, C. (N). S. protensum, Kutz. Cladophora fracta, Kutz. Princes Park, L. (N), Raby, C. (N), Huyton, L. (N), Sefton, L. (N). C. crispata, Kutz. Princes Park, L. (N). C. flavescens, Ag. Princes Park, L. (N), Sefton Park, L. (B), Brom- borough, C. (D). C. glomerata, Linn. Bromborough, C. (N), Sefton Park, L. (B), Kensing- ton, L. (N), Newsham Park, L. (N), Sefton, L. (N). Microspora vulgaris, Rabh. Oxton, C. (N), Moreton and Leasowe, C. (N, B, D). M. fugacissima, Thur. Moreton and Leasowe; C.(N, B,D), Sefton Park, L.(B). M. floccosa, Thur. Formby, L. (N), Storeton, (N, B), Oxton, C. (N), Leasowe, C. (N, B, D), Sefton Park, L. Conferva bombycina, Ag. Bromborough, C. (N), Huyton, L. (N), Storeton, C. (B and N), Barton, Li. (N). C. fontinalis, Berk. Formby, C. (N, B, and D), Raby, C. (N), Little Sutton, C. (N). C. tenerrima, Kutz. Oxton, C. (N), Wood Church, C. (N). Chetomorpha sutoria, Berk. Sefton Park, L. (B). 282 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. C. impleaa, Dillw. Walton, L. (D). Lihizoclomum flavicans, Jurg. In ditch Formby, L. (N). fi. casparyt, Harv. In ditch Formby, L. (N). Family.— ULOTRICHACEZ. Hormiscia cateniformis, Kutz. Formby, L.(N, D), Oxton, C.(N), Bromborough, C. (N). AH. moniliformis, Kutz. Bromborough, C. (N). A. variabilis, Kutz. Walton, L. (N). Ulothria tenwis, Kutz. Formby, L. (N), Storeton, C. (N and B), Bootle, L. (D), Sefton Park, L. (B). U. tenerrima, Kutz. Wood Church, C. (N). U. wmplexa, Kutz. Sefton Pk., L. (B), Oxton, C. (N), Kensington, L.(N). U. parietina, Kutz. Litherland, L. (D), Sefton Park, L. (B). U. radicans, Kutz. Kensington, L. (N), Oxton, C. (N). Schizogonium murale, Kutz. | Sefton Park, L. (B). Ulothriz parietina, Ulothriz tenuis, Schizogonium murale and Prasiola calophylla, were found growing together, and upon careful examination they appear very fully to confirm the view of Dr. Braxton Hicks (Quart. Journ. Micros. Sc., 1861 and 1868) that Schizogoniwm is only a condition of Ulothriz in which the threads have become connate, of which Prasiola is only a frondose form. wa LIVERPOOL FRESH WATER ALGA. 983 MULTINUCLEATA. Family.—VAUCHERIACEZ. Vaucheria sessilis, Vauch. Moreton, C. (B), Walton, L. (D), Kensington, L. (N), Bromborough, C. (N). V. sessilis, var. cespitosa, Vauch. Formby, L. (N), Barton, L. (N), Kensington, L. (N). V. sessilis var. repens, Vauch. Formby, L. (N). V. dichotoma, Lyngb. Aintree, L. (D, N). V. terrestris, Lyngb. Kensington, L. (N), Huyton, L. (N). V. geminata, D. C. Moreton, C. (B). These species very freely distributed in ditches, damp stones, clayey soil and similar places, also found floating in mass on ponds. They are subject to attacks from parasitic Rotiferons of the genus Notommata (vide paper by W. Narramore, read before the Liverpool Microscopical Society, November, 1889). V. sessilis is subject to much variation in the reproduc- tive structures, one of the most striking examples is from a specimen gathered at Formby in March, 1891, an oogonium and antheridium of the specific type developed directly from the zoospore, whilst from the tubular portion of the same specimen are antheridia and oogonia of the types represented by V. terrestris, V. dichotoma and V. hamata (Pl. XVI., fig. 2, 3). This alga was taken from a ditch on sandy soil, the conditions being subject to many in the course of a season. C@NOBIEX. Family.—VOLVOCINE. Volvox globator, Linn, 984 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Bromborough, C., Spital, C., Kensington, L., Hooton, C., Barton, L., Seacombe, C., New Brighton, C., Bidston, C., Liscard, C., Wallasey, C. (N), Crosby, L.(N), Birkdale, L. (N), Churchtown, L. (N), Huyton, L. (N), Aintree, L. (N). EHudorina elegans, Ehyb. Croxteth, L. (N), Kensington, L. (N). Pandorina morum, Bory. Commonly found in ponds and pools along with other Algee. Gomum pectorale, Mull. Croxteth, in a pond in the private grounds, in abun- dance, associated with other members of this family, (N). Kensington, L. (N), Walton, L. (N), Sefton Park, L. (B). Related to the Volvocinee there is a form of alga represented in six positions by fig. 8,on Pl. XVII. It was met with in two gatherings from two places. It is free from other Ccenobial forms, made up of four cells held together by the faintest trace of a matrix; each cell has dark green contents, clear anterior end, pigment spot, nucleus and a pair of long cilia. When they swim the four cells are drawn after the cilia; they can spin round rapidly when the cilia may be seen either above or below the cells. _Another uncommon form of unicellular character is represented by fig. 9. The cell-wall is distinct with the cell contents which is of a pale green colour, drawn away from the wall except at five points; a nucleus is clearly seen, but no pigment spot and no hyaline end, a pair of long cilia exerted at one point of attachment. Although there was a steady movement of the organisms throughout the observation, the seven figures represent the appearance during twenty minutes, it was not until the end of this 5 — 7 LIVERPOOL FRESH WATER ALG. 985- time that the long cilia were clearly seen. No opportunity has yet offered for tracing the life history of these two forms. Apiocystis braumana, Nag. Huyton, L. (N). In 1887, large specimens, no cilia observed. Kensington, L. (N). Autumn of 1890, no cilia observed. The same clay pit in the spring of 1891, cilia detected in most specimens. Stephanosphera pluvialis, Cohn. Croxteth, L. (N). Chlamydococcus pluvialis, Br. C. pulvisculus, Ehyrb. These forms freely found associated with other Alege, particularly in pits and ditches receiving drainage from organic matters. Several forms of Euglena invariably found with Chlamydococcus. Pediastrum anguloswm, Elyb. Princes Park, L. (N), Newsham Park, L. (N), Brom- borough, C. (N). P. bidentulum, Br. Raby, C.(N), Formby, L. (N), in ponds among moss. P. ehrenbergw, Corda. Shallow water pools, (N). Division.—PROTOPHYTA. PRoTOcCOCcCACEa. (including PALMELLACEZ. Palmella mucosa, Kutz. Found on damp sandstones, moss and stems of water plants. P. hyalina, Breb. On stones, &c., associated with P. mucosa. P. moreana, Harv. On moss at Raby, C. P. prodigiosa, lor. . Found in ponds along with Botryococcus. 286 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Porphyridium cruentum, Ag. Damp sand stone at Low Hill, L. (N). Botryococcus brauni, Kutz. . Bromborough, C., Barton, L., Formby, L. (N). Raphidium aciculare, Braun. Not so common as the next species. fi. faleatum, Rabh. Several places in ponds. Schizochlamys gelatinosa, Br. Little Sutton, (N and B). Many of the so-called species of Protococcus, Pleuro- coccus, Gleocystis, Chlorococcus and other unicellular forms which are commonly found have purposely been left out of this list because of their uncertain position among Alge. Family.—HREMOBIE. Hormospora transversalis, Breb. Bromborough, C. (N). H. ramosa, Thur. Bromborough, C. (N), Burton, C. (N). Sciadium arbuscula, Br. Kensington, L. (N), attached to Mesocarpus. Storeton, C. (N), Spital, C. (N). Mischococcus confervicola, Nag. Kensington, L. (N), Green Lane, L. (N), Formby, SGN ands): Dictyosphervum remforme, Buln. Kensington, L. (N). Characium ornithocephalon, Br. Storeton, C. (N), Kensington, L. (N). C. tenwe, Herm. Kensington, L. (N). C. sieboldiw, Br. Newsham Park, L. (N), Green Lane, L. (N), Maghull, LIVERPOOL FRESH WATER ALGA. 287 L. (D), Bromborough, C. (N), Little Sutton, C. (N). Ophiocytium cochleare, Hich. Kensington. L. (N), Formby, L. (N), Raby, C. (N), Huyton, L. (N), Walton, L. (N), Bromborough, C. (N), Little Sutton, C. (B and N), along with other Algee in clay pits, ponds and ditches. CYANOPHYCEA or PHYCOCHROMACEAK. _ Famuily.—CHROOCOCCACEZ. Chroococcus coherens, Nag. Frequently found on dripping rocks and stones in damp places. C. turgidus, Nag. Found among other alge which mass together in shallow ponds and bogs. Gleocapsa coracina, Kutz. . atrata, Rabh. . wida, Kutz. . quaternata, Breb. . arenaria, Rabh. . eruginosa, Kutz. Moist rocks, damp surfaces, stones, &c. Aphanocapsa rwularis, Rabh. Little Sutton, C. and Bromborough, C. (N), on stones in streams. A. depressa, Rabh. On damp rocks. Microcystis protogenita, Rabh. In ditches at Barton, L. (N), in clay pits at Little Sutton, C. (N). M. marginata, Men. In shallow water on swampy ground at Rufford, L.(N). Gleotheca cystifera, Rabh. G. granosa, Rabh. These two species found associated with other Alge in gelatinous matrix on damp rocks. RR RRR 288 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Aphanotheca prasina, Br. Found in ditches at Woodville, L. in globular masses from } to 14 inches in diameter, (N and B). Family.—NostTocacE&. Nostoc humifusum, Carr. Found on other alge in ponds at Bromborough, C. and Raby, C. (N). | N. sphericum, Vauch. Found in ponds among mosses at Raby, (N). N. commune, Vauch. In ditches. N. rupestre, Kutz. On damp soil. N. muscorum, Ag. On rocks at Huyton, (N). N. pruniforme, Ag. On mosses from ponds. N. hyalinum, Benn. Lydiate, L. (D). Anabena flos-aque, FY. Found floating among other Alge in ponds. A. variabilis, Kutz. A. inequalis, Ralts. Boggy ditches at Barton, L. (N). Spherozyga jacob, Ralfs. Pond at Capenhurst, C. and Shotwick, C. (N). S. elastica, Ralfs. Pond at Shotwick, C. (N). Cylindrospermum macrospermum, Desm. In fragments found three or four times. C. comatum, Wood. Found at Bromborough, C. (N), and at Little Sutton, C. in quantity, in which the heterocysts were fim- briated, the spore brown and coated in the older SA ee LIVERPOOL FRESH WATER ALG. 289 trichomes. This agrees with Wood’s figure except the minute globular bodies at the ends of the hair- like processes. Family.—LYNGBYZ. Spirulina tenuissima, Kutz. Egremont, C. (Gould). S. oscillarioides, Turp. South End Mills, L. (N and B). S. gennert, Kutz. Bromborough, C. (N, B, and D). Oscillaria tenerrima, Kutz. O. leptotricha, Kutz. O. subfusca, Ag. Sefton Park, L. (B), Kensington, L. (N). O. tenwis, var. viridis, Ag. Sefton Park, L. (B), Kensington, L. (N), Bebington, C: (D). O. mgra, Kutz. O. frolichi, Kutz. Litherland, L. (D). O. nigro-viridis, Hare. South End Mills, (1). O. spiralis, Carm. Members of this genus have been found in several places besides those named, the species have not with certainty been made out. Inactis tinctoria, Thur. Found once at Storeton, C. (N), attached to other algee. Lyngbya rupestris, Ag. L. subfusca, Ag. L. turfosa, Carm. L. vulgaris, Kutz. L. papyrina, Kutz. 290 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. L. nundata, Kitz. . The above have been met with on damp soil, margins of ponds and in ditches and bogs but the places not recorded. Symploca ralfsiana, Kutz. Plectonema kirchnert, Cooke. Attached to decaying rushes in boggy Seas at Barton, L. (N). Family.—ScyTONEME. Tolypothria flaccida, Ag. Rufford, L. (N). T. distorta, Kutz. Spital, C. (N). T. coactilis, Kutz. Boggy ditches Barton, L. (N), pond Spital, C. (N). Family.—CALOTRICHEZ. Calothriz dillwynt, Berk. Raby, C. (N). Isactis plana, Thuy. Rivularia echinata, Eng. Bot. In deep pond with Riccia natans, at Spital,. C. (N). R. dura, Kutz. Attached to submerged plants, Raby, C. (N). EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PLATE XVI. Figs. 1,2. Vaucheria, showing variations of reproduc- tive organs (a) V. sessilis, (b) V. dichotoma, (c) V. terrestris or hamata, X 75. Fig. 3. Enteromorpha ramulosa, portion of filament in different stages of development, x 100. —} Ry : LIVERPOOL FRESH WATER ALG&. 291 Fig. 4. Portion of a branchlet of Chetophora elegans, (d) zoospores each with two cilia leaving the filament from alternate sides of contiguous cells, (e) showing an outer delicate cell-wall, x 400. PuaTe XVII. Figs. 1, 2,3. Cylindrospermum comatum, young trich- omes, X 400. Fig. 4. Older trichomes with wall of spore thickened, echinated and coloured brown, xX 400. Fig. 5. Spores and heterocysts detached from trichomes all having the heterocysts rayed with fine hair- like structures, X 400. This condition prevails also in the young trichomes. Fig. 6. An old spore and heterocyst, the rays shorter and bent over the heterocyst, x 400. A specimen from Cumberland; spore thickened and heterocyst rayed, x 400. Fig. 8. Volvocinee. A colony of four cells; (a, 6, ¢, d) seen in four positions, X 400, (e) division of each of the four into other four cells; three cells in stages of division the fourth still possessed of cilia; (f) two cells under higher power. Fig. 9. A form of Chlamydococcus plwvialis, shght changes noted during twenty minutes observa- tion, number seven exhibited a pair of fine, long cilia, X 400. Figs. 10, 11. Apiocystis brawniana. Attached to Meso- carpus parvulus. Cilia long, only a few shown, (e) shows two gonidia just begining to develop, X 250. ps) = Q =~ Vol. V., Pl. I. 3 i oie bi My — ky oh FT } Ae ) R | : S| HANITSGCR. APLYSILLA RUBRA, sof SS “te p8Ag, }4 cele Mi yon MUU Ait Iey ll} Ih ea Ta tea INGE, ihre ali Me nl Mig '< y f pi is VOLO NPR Wipe MC Aa VA LUYY Wi git A tall 7 Ca Mets @tN iff es Mii ff ie = LG POLYNOINAE AND EUNICINA. Vol. V., Pl. XIV. IONE aS) Jas. Hornell, del. EMBRYOLOGY OF SCOLOPLOS ARMIGER. AND ARENICOLA MARINA. _ Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc. Vol. V., PL XV-. ee uni Jas. Hornell, del. DASYCHONE HERDMANI, N. sp. IMOMREME | AIRBHOUAY © PEs oie a ak AONE RES Trans. L’pool Biol. Soc. Vol. V., Pl. XVI. Se a ee = Varo. 2 % Ne go paises Ne z fa ees Se ee 5 2 Sp 28> W. Narramore, del. VAUCHERIA, ENTEROMORPHA, CHA-TOPHORA.. Prat SOS teins es ad ke he . oe Ri BOON. Ih, mune asied eee hh os oe aes Texoolsa n@lO3020 eae | _ Trans. L’pool Biol. Soc. Pa Voie. PL avalte 5 Fig. 6. ~— P22 YO i W. Narramore, del. CYLINDROSPERMUM, VOLVOCINEA, CHLAMYDOCOCCUS, APIOCYSTIS. MN IDA eee